Author: Nik Ranger

Diablo 4 shows Blizzard is finally learning from the series’ previous mistakes Blizzard EntertainmentDiablo 4 is starting to look like the culmination of all of the series’ successes and missteps – and it’s the players who will benefit the most. Coming off its third and final beta test, Diablo 4 is shaping up to be one of the biggest games of 2023. Blizzard has welcomed the franchise‘s fanbase in the latter stages of the development cycle, listening to feedback and responding with relevant action when needed. Not only that, the team has also been active on social media, creating a back-and-forth between fans and devs which other studios would do well to copy. The Diablo series‘ road here has been bumpy. From what we’ve played of Diablo 4, Blizzard has not only found new ways to capitalize on what makes Diablo great – it’s learned from mistakes of the past. Back to basics When Diablo came out at the end of 1996, it was a little dungeon-crawling RPG with a simple premise. You entered a cathedral overtaken by demons, then carved your way deep into the darkness. Your character ventured beneath the world, through catacombs, cave systems, and finally, the bowels of Hell, where you faced off with Diablo, the Lord of Terror. The first game had a devilishly grimdark setting that was at odds with Blizzard’s more vibrant Warcraft series. It’s what made it so compelling. Diablo 2 kept this going, however, the franchise struggled to break into the mainstream like Warcraft, and even StarCraft. It wasn’t until 2012’s Diablo 3 that the series attracted the attention of broader audiences, especially with it’s later launches on PS4 and Xbox One. The threequel launched with a new art style and began to establish aspects of what would come to be modern live service games. For some older fans, the art style was too cartoonish, and many of those legacy players went on to establish a love-hate relationship with Diablo 3 over the years. While it’s hard to deny that it’s an excellent RPG, the game failed to capture the deliciously oppressive grimdark vibe of the first two. A more modern Diablo While seasonal content and multiplayer were not new concepts to Diablo fans, Diablo 3 put them front and center. This appealed to many, but some purists preferred to play it as a solo experience. 2021’s Diablo 2: Resurrected gave purists some classic Diablo to enjoy, alongside overhauled visuals and a legion of new players. The game started very rough due to soul-crushing server problems, but things have leveled out since its release. While to some, the damage was done, D2R reminded players what a Diablo game could look like and gave newer players a taste of a grim, less cartoonish version of the series that many first fell in love with. That was short-lived. The most controversial game in the Diablo series came soon after in the form of Diablo Immortal. In fact, the mobile/PC title was troubled from the moment it was announced at Blizzcon 2018. For starters, the game was announced before Diablo 4, which was what players really wanted to see. Things compounded when the player base learned that Immortal was a microtransaction-filled free-to-play mobile focused game. It was soundly rejected by a huge swathe of the player base on the spot. When the game was released, it was panned further due to the astronomical amount you could spend on gems and jewels, but more than that, it made fans worry that Diablo 4 would suffer a similar fate. The good news is that Blizzard listened and Diablo Immortal has been mostly salvaged. Once again, the damage is done to the title, but those looking for mobile Diablo will be well served. It can now be enjoyed without following the pay-to-win model, and as was also true at the time of release, there’s a fun game hiding in Diablo Immortal. It’s just a shame about it took a while to find. Diablo 4 rises Fast-forward to now and hype for Diablo 4 is at a fever pitch. Not only has the game embraced a more photo-real art style, but the cartoonish elements from Diablo 3 and Diablo Immortal have been replaced by a more serious, horror-infused tone. The gore and atmosphere feel like a return to the disturbing and that bodes well. The combat also feels weighty with every hack feeling satisfying, regardless of the platform. Blizzard has seemingly learned its lesson regarding microtransactions and monthly Battle Passes. Like Overwatch and the newly reformed Diablo Immortal, players will have the freedom to spend real money on cosmetics and other fun items to tailor their experience – but will receive no in-game benefit or advantage over players who choose not to part with their cash. Expansions and DLC have always been part of the Diablo experience, and we welcome that if each piece of content represents value, such as a new Act or a new character class. From what we’ve played and what the development team has said, Diablo 4 looks like it represents the best of Blizzard games and the series so far, combining all the things that fans loved about the earlier games while leaning away from the aspects that were less popular or controversial. As a result, Diablo 4 may be the best and most definitive Diablo experience yet. We look forward to finding out on June 6, 2023, when the game releases. In the meantime, check out some of the other Diablo 4 guides we’ve put together for you: All Diablo 4 beta rewards & how to unlock them | Is Diablo 4 coming to Xbox Game Pass? | Will Diablo 4 be on Steam Deck? | How to get Diablo 4 beta wolf pet cosmetic | Diablo 4 system requirements | Will Diablo 4 have microtransactions & is it pay to win? | Is Diablo 4 coming to Nintendo Switch? | Diablo 4: Who is Tyrael? | Will Diablo 4 have controller support on PC? | Will Diablo 4 beta progress carry over to the full game?

Diablo 4 should be more like Diablo Immortal Blizzard EntertainmentDiablo Immortal has some features that Diablo 4 could really benefit from, and Blizzard should really consider adding them. Wait, I hear you say, you’re talking about Diablo Immortal? A mobile game nobody asked for that was riddled with microtransactions at launch and suggesting that Diablo 4 should be more like it? Yes, but temper your fury, fellow Nephalem, and hear me out, as there are valuable lessons Diablo 4 could learn from Diablo Immortal. Before I go any further, I acknowledge the criticisms of Diablo Immortal, especially regarding its pay-to-win model at launch, but the game has evolved since then. Of course, microtransactions are still a thing, but they’re optional and, in the view of this Horodric scribe, are pretty pointless. Diablo Immortal’s Enhanced Battle Pass can be easily ignored and the controversy the game’s microtransactions caused at launch is likely why Diablo 4’s Seasonal Battle Pass has always felt like it was neutered before release. It, too, can easily be ignored. Diablo Immortal is great now The fact is, a great game was always hiding within Diablo Immortal, and in 2024, this is really starting to shine through. Unlike Immortal, Diablo 4 was a huge success upon release, but the game’s seasons have struggled with consistency. Thankfully, Season 4: Loot Reborn has most fans feeling positive again, but the things I yearned for in Season 1 are still the things I wish we could have in Season 4, and weirdly, all those things are available in Diablo Immortal. Now, after returning to Diablo Immortal to check out the new Tempest character class, I find myself wishing that Diablo 4 could be more like its much-maligned mobile cousin. What’s great about Immortal is that you don’t need to start a new character when a new season rolls around. Instead, you can enjoy all the changes and new features with your existing characters. Sure, you can start a new one if you like, just like I often do with Diablo 4. With both games, I have taken a new season as an opportunity to give a new class a try. Although, this can only be done so many times. So, it’s nice to return to my main character, the Necromancer I’ve had since launch, and continue his journey. Returning this way provides a fun sense of living in an evolving story, with my hero responding to each new threat as they emerge. Since I originally took down Skarn, my Necro has had many adventures and has continued to grow in his badassery. It’s also great to see the content stack, making the world expand around me. Meanwhile, with Diablo 4, all these adventures are siloed off from the last, and my characters become redundant once a season ends, essentially wasting the time I invested in them. In contrast, my Necromancer in Immortal is always ready to slay some demons, and every hour I invest means something. Diablo 4 seasons feel like Groundhog Day I wish I could say the same thing about my Diablo 4 Necromancer, a character I’ve had since launch and who has had no opportunity to hunt down a vampire menace, build a robot companion, or join the Iron Wolves. Is it too much to ask for these questlines to come to the Eternal Realm once a Season is complete? Rather than simply being gone forever. Fans understand Blizzard’s insistence on starting a new character every season to level the playing field; we saw it for 30 seasons of Diablo 3. There are a lot of us who hoped Diablo 4 would drop this requirement and deliver a system a little bit more like Diablo Immortal’s. After all, seasons aren’t expansions; they’re just a new way to play the same game, which is exactly how they’re portrayed in Immortal. I feel like Blizzard makes a rod for its own back with Diablo 4’s seasons, hyping them up as if they were expansions or more meaningful than they actually are, and this is what contributes to some fans becoming disappointed. Loot Reborn has been an excellent way to mix things up and balance the mechanics, but all I really want is for my Necromancer to be able to join the Iron Wolves and have a little robot spider buddy. I have no doubt that the Vessel of Hatred DLC will reinvigorate my love of Diablo 4, as it will be fresh and meaningful content that my existing characters will be able to partake in. But once I’ve done everything there is to do, I feel like my time with Diablo 4 will end, at least until the next annual expansion. Let’s be honest: every character class we make is a mayfly living on borrowed time. Every time I make a new one for a Season, I have this voice in my head telling me they’ll soon be as disposable as the last class I made, so why am I bothering? The more seasons that pass, the stronger this feeling becomes. Changing the game However, Blizzard could pull me back in every season if fresh content was added that I could enjoy in the Eternal Realm, such as new quests connected to that season. Even if it was just the story elements and new features, but most importantly, it needs to stick around after the season, Yes, Helltides are great, but how many of them do Blizzard honestly expect me to do? There are other games and pastimes calling to me, so I’m going to need some motivation, as once I’ve run out of character classes to try, I’m done with Diablo 4. Diablo Immortal, on the other hand, is built around convenience and respects my time. I can drop in and drop out of it whenever I like and don’t experience the fear of missing out on anything as I do with Diablo 4, a game that I feel dictates to me. It tells me that if I want to experience new content, I need to play when they say and play their way with a new class. When all I really want to do is play the new questline, earn some nice rewards, and feel like my progress matters. Now, I’m not saying Blizzard needs to change the new character per season system; that’s here to stay. Although, if players like me are to stick around, then Diablo 4 needs to be a little bit more like Diablo Immortal.

Diablo 4 shop adds WoW’s Invincible Lich King mount and it’s not cheap Blizzard EntertainmentA Diablo 4 shop refresh just added the Lich King’s Invincible mount from WoW; the bundle will cost players a lot of Platinum. Like countless other live-service expriences, Diablo 4 features an in-game shop that regularly refreshes items. Players make purchases with in-game currency known as Platinum, obtainable through real money and premium Battle Pass rewards. The shop’s contents aren’t known for being fairly priced, either. Not long after launch, Blizzard came under fire for giving 666 Platinum to Season 1 Battle Pass buyers, despite the shop’s cheapest item costing 800 Platinum. While the latest addition to the shop is sure to excite many a Blizzard fan, its price will probably leave some scratching their heads. Lich King’s Invincible mount from WoW enters Diablo 4 shop As spotted by Twitch streamer Toweliee (via Icy-Veins), the Lich King’s trusty steed is now available to purchase in Diablo 4. The Invincible Aspect comes in a bundle priced at 2,500 Platinum, meaning users will have to pay $25 for the full set unless they already have some Platinum stashed away. Notably, the bundle includes the mount, Bard of Undying Loyalty mount armor, Domination Helm trophy, and the Echo of Frostmourne trophy. Players can also expect to unlock a special charge animation for the newly added Invincible Aspect. Diablo 4’s Lich King mount isn’t the first time it’s crossover with World of Warcraft. To celebrate Diablo’s return, WoW hosted a pair of crossover events featuring items and rewards from the land of Sanctuary. Lich King’s Invincible mount joining the Diablo shop suggests these two Blizzard-created worlds will continue to cross paths in one form or another.

Diablo 4 set to receive Ray Tracing update improving shadows and reflections YouTube: NvidiaDiablo 4 is set to receive a Ray Tracing update this March, bringing improvements to shadows and reflections. If there’s one benefit of using Nvidia’s GeForce RTX cards, it’s the line’s Deep Learning Super Sampling (DLSS) and Ray Tracing compatibility with a wide variety of games. And in Nvidia’s special address at CES 2024, they’ve announced a slew of games will be receiving DLSS 3 support, with Blizzard’s online RPG, Diablo 4 receiving a long-awaited Ray Tracing update this March. As showcased in the special address, the update looks to improve reflections, shadows, and light through Ray tracing. And since Diablo 4 already has DLSS 3 support, it can be used to compensate for any performance hit from enabling Ray tracing. Clip starts at 11:11 As for what the performance will be like with Ray Tracing on, we got a glimpse of it, however, the showcase made no mention of what the specs were. But according to Nivdia, with DLSS 3 and Ray Tracing off, players can expect roughly 47-57 FPS. With ray tracing and DLSS 3 on, it’s around 144 to 188 FPS. However, do take the numbers with a grain of salt as it will vary between systems. DLSS is Nvidia’s suite of real-time image-enhancing and upscaling tools which can improve resolution, anti-aliasing, and framerates if a game supports it. And Nvidia is looking to implement across more titles. In the showcase, Nvidia revealed even more DLSS 3 compatible games, with titles such as Horizon: Forbidden West, Like a Dragon Gaiden: The Man Who Erased His Name, and Pax Dei receiving the DLSS treatment. Nvidia also announced three new RTX 40-series Super graphics cards, with the RTX 4080 Super, RTX 4070 Ti, and RTX 4070 Super all launching this month.

Diablo 4 servers down? Server status, maintenance & outage updates BlizzardAre the Diablo 4 servers down? Find out everything you need to know about the Diablo 4 server status and when maintenance will begin. Like most popular online multiplayer games, Diablo 4 servers occasionally go offline for maintenance or to apply new updates. While server outages are a rare occurrence, there are times when certain issues can prevent adventures from accessing the game. This can be incredibly frustrating for players who are looking to grind out dungeons and reach max level in Diablo 4. Fortunately, our Diablo 4 server status hub has everything you need to know about upcoming maintenance, server errors, and developer updates. Are Diablo 4 servers down? Diablo 4 servers are currently up and running, which means you’ll be able to log into the game without any issues. However, on June 8, many players are experiencing a login queue, with a message that reads “queued for login” with a time period of a few minutes or more. Reports on downdetector suggest there was a spike in connection issues at approximately 2pm PT. Some players have reported issues that have impacted logins, like the “account is currently locked” error and the Invalid License issue. Some users have also reported login issues and long queue times while trying to access the servers. Despite these issues, Diablo 4 servers are still up and running across PlayStation 5, Xbox Series X and Series S, PlayStation 4, Xbox One, and PC. However, if you’re still experiencing problems joining the game’s server, then be sure to head over to the official support page to find out the root cause of your connection issues. However, before you do this, it’s important to check your own online connection, so boot up another game and check your router to see if the problem is on your end. Diablo 4 server status To stay up-to-date on the status of the Diablo 4 servers, be sure to bookmark this article and check back here if you have any issues. Additionally, you can also head over to the official Blizzard support site, to receive real-time updates on Diablo 4 servers. The official Diablo 4 Twitter page also provides updates, so be sure to follow them and see if any new information has been announced. There you have it, that’s everything you need to know about the Diablo 4 server status and server maintenance. Make sure you check out our Diablo page for all the latest news and updates. Diablo 4 Review | Diablo 4: Best way to make money | Diablo 4: Fastest ways to get XP & level up | How to Transmog gear in Diablo 4: Armor, weapons & more | Does Diablo 4 feature followers or mercenaries to hire? | Diablo 4 couch co-op explained: | When is Diablo 4 Season 1? Possible start date, theme, & rewards | How to play Diablo 4 Early Access: Dates, times & how to preload | What is Diablo 4 Hardcore mode? | How to get a mount in Diablo 4 | Diablo 4: How to upgrade your healing potion | How to swap weapons in Diablo 4 | Diablo 4: World Tiers explained | How to use emotes in Diablo 4

Diablo 4 secret hunters unearth never-before-seen item after year-long search Blizzard EntertainmentA dedicated group of Diablo 4 players has finally confirmed the existence of a secret item that has eluded the community since the game’s launch. Since its launch, Diablo 4 has cultivated a dedicated community of secret hunters. Sure, the primary goal is to track down the infamous Cow Level, and they’ve made some strides toward it, but they’re also no strangers to side quests. Since the early days of Diablo 4 and some sneaky datamining, players have been searching for the coveted Ring of Misfortune. While its presence in the game was clear, how to get ahold of it was decidedly obscure. Now, after a collective effort across the Not Finding a Cow Level Discord Server, Reddit user Sowhatsthecatch has unveiled the first confirmed drop of the Ring of Misfortune. They were also kind enough to reveal the hoops you need to jump through to get it. The Ring of Misfortune is an Ancestral Unique item but given its insane drop condition, it might just be rarer than a Mythic Unique. Sowhatsthecatch went over the steps to get the ring to drop and it starts with acquiring five Lucky Coins. Getting ahold of these was an extreme case of trial and error for the collective of secret hunters chasing the ring and there’s still some debate. Essentially, players need to have a Shrine of Greed buff active during one of Diablo 4’s World Events. Then they need to allow an NPC to die so they can loot the Lucky Coin from them. “The exact method we’re still a little shaky on but the greed shrine seems to be a prerequisite,” Sowhatsthecatch explained. “Lucky Hit plays a big factor. Having 50% or more greatly increases the chance of a Lucky Coin dropping.” Not only do you have to recreate that set of circumstances more than five times to acquire the required number of Lucky Coins, you also need to organize a unique party of five players. To get the Ring of Misfortune to drop, a character of each class in Diablo 4 needs to drop one in the wishing well east of Cerrigar in Scosglen. After each player drops their coin, a brief meteor shower will occur and when it finishes, a Ring of Misfortune will drop for each player who threw a Lucky Coin in the well. It’s a small mercy that you don’t have to do this five times to reward each Diablo 4 player who helps you with the task. There’s also some debate if the ring is even worth the hassle. It has a total of six Affixes including a useful buff to elemental resistances but its Unique Aspect gives Lucky Hits a significant chance to deplete your Primary Resource to zero. At least it earned its name.

Diablo 4 Seasons vs. Expansions explained: Do you need to start a new character? Blizzard EntertainmentSeason 5 of Diablo 4 is upon us and if you’re new to the franchise you might be wondering exactly how things work, particularly if you need to start a new character or not. Here’s everything you need to know about Seasons in the game and the differences between Diablo seasons and expansions. After spending many hours reaching the endgame and perfecting your build in Diablo 4, only then to be told you’ll need to start again to take part in seasonal content may come as a bit of a slap in the face to some players. This is understandable, but in truth, it’s not that simple, and it’s a system that has been in place since Diablo 2. It’s not all doom and gloom either, there are plenty of advantages to starting a new character in Diablo 4. Below, we’ll also explain the difference between seasons and expansions/DLC in the game, as some fans are concerned that they’ll need to start a new character to continue the story. Do I need to start a new character in Season 5? Yes, you will need to start a new character in Diablo 4 to take part in Season 5. These are known as Seasonal Characters and they arguably have more opportunities than regular characters, depending on the season and what it entails. Once a season ends, you don’t lose your character. They just become regular characters in the ‘Eternal Realm’, but they get to keep all the rewards and upgrades you unlocked while the season was active. So, if you’re already planning on playing as another class in Season 5, then each subsequent season represents the perfect opportunity to do so. If you played through the game at launch with the powerful Sorcerer, but now fancy a more hack-and-slash approach, why not try the Barbarian? Or if you’re curious about what it’s like to field a squad of undead minions, give the Necromancer a try. Seasons are a great chance to check out a new class and try something new, and you’ll be able to reach endgame relatively quickly by engaging in new and exciting challenges. Remember, if you’ve played through the campaign and don’t fancy doing so again, you can always skip this when starting a new character in Season 5 and jump straight into the endgame and seasonal content. Just be aware that you’ll still need to build up your character to endgame levels (40 to 50) and won’t be able to take advantage of the rewards the campaign offers, but you’ll save yourself a ton of time. It’s important to point out that you’ll need to have beaten the main campaign at least once to unlock the skip feature. How seasons work in Diablo 4 Seasons in Diablo 4 represent a fun new way to build your character. They tend to come alongside a new Battle Pass, some new cosmetic items, some novel gameplay adjustments, and some new bosses to slay. However, each season does have its own short, self-contained story, that’s interwoven into the Seasonal Journey. These quests though are essentially just new side quests, artificially inflated by the other tasks that comprise the Seasonal Journey. They are also completely optional and once a season is over, some of its various gimmicks will either be carried over to the main game, return in later seasons, or disappear completely. This process will repeat at the start of the next season. Those expecting to learn where the story goes next in Diablo 4 Season 5 will be disappointed, this is not what seasons are for – but it is what expansions are for. However, as of Season 5 the Eternal Realm has been updated with a new set of story missions based on the content from that season. This is great news for those who don’t want to start a new character and just want to enjoy the new quests, but for those who want to enjoy everything Season 5 has to offer you’ll still need to start a new character. The Malignant Hearts, Vampire, Constructs, and Iron Wolves stories from Seasons 1 – 4 have yet to be added – and may never be – but at least the Eternal Realm is finally getting some love. What are expansions in Diablo 4? Diablo 4 is expected to have expansions like Diablo 1, 2, and 3. These expansions will not only continue the story, but they’ll also likely offer new areas to explore, provide even bigger bosses to kill, and feature new/returning character classes. Unlike seasons, expansion packs won’t force you to start a new character, instead, you’ll be able to use the characters you already have, be they seasonal or not. Diablo 2 had one big expansion called The Lord of Destruction, this provided an entirely new Act in the campaign including a new hub and many more dungeons to explore. It also continued the story after Diablo’s defeat, focusing on his brother Baal as the main antagonist. The expansion also introduced the Assassin and Druid class who were playable in all five Acts – and in the seasonal content known as Ladders mode. Diablo 3’s main expansion was called Reaper of Souls and also took place after Diablo’s defeat in the main story. It too offered a new fifth Act and a new enemy to fight. The game had subsequent DLCs each adding the Crusader and Necromancer character classes to the game, while seasons continued alongside them. We expect Diablo 4 will do something similar and that players should understand that there is a difference between seasons and expansions in Diablo 4. These are two very separate and different things, but will also work in tandem with each other. Essentially, expect every season that releases after an expansion to incorporate its various elements going forward. The first Diablo 4 expansion will be called Vessel of Hatred and will feature Mephisto as the main antagonist. For more Diablo 4 content, here’s everything you need to know about whether or not you should skip the campaign, and things you should do before starting the new season.

When is Diablo 4 Season 1: Season of the Malignant? Dates, theme & rewards Blizzard EntertainmentDiablo 4 may have a complete and lengthy campaign but there’s more coming. Here’s everything we know about Diablo 4 Season 1: Season of the Malignant. Diablo is no stranger to seasonal updates, with Diablo 3’s final season and Diablo 2: Resurrected’s Ladder mode. Even Diablo Immortal has its seasonal content through its Battle Pass, a system that Diablo 4 will likely emulate with its own seasons. Not only does Diablo 3 feature an epic campaign, but it also has meaty and engaging endgame content. However, like the previous Diablo games, Diablo 4’s getting a seasonal cycle with the first season is coming soon, but what will be the theme and rewards be? Let’s take a look at everything we currently know about Diablo 4 Season 1: Season of the Malignant. Contents Does Diablo 4 Season dates Diablo 4 Season 1: Season of the Malignant will be arriving on July 20, 2023, with new legendary items coming to the Eternal Realm as soon as July 18. The new season will start players in a completely different area with some key differences to the core progression, creating a fresh experience even for those who have seen everything Diablo 4’s current version has to offer. A recent seasonal guide video posted on the Diablo YouTube channel confirms the end date for Season of the Malignant on October 9. This means the season will run for a total of 11 weeks and four days so players will have plenty of time to grab all the rewards and complete the Battle Pass. Diablo 4 Season 1: Season of the Malignant theme Diablo 4’s first season, the Season of the Malignant, sees a corruption spreading through the land. This corruption affects every part of the world. Players will be tasked with stopping this corruption. You’ll start Season 1 right in Kyovishad, a hub city that normally takes players a while to reach. The story will be starting right form there on players’ fresh seasonal character. With the new story, players will encounter Malignant enemies that drop Malignant Hearts. These Malignant Hearts promise a great challenge, but also a Caged Heart that can be socketed into gear to grant players incredible power. The developer described these hearts as creating “stupid new broken builds that are hopefully balanced.” Players will also be able to farm specific hearts via Invoker events in order to go for the perfect build, new boss fights, new legendaries, and new unique items. While Malignant items won’t be in the Eternal Realm, new legendaries will be available for existing non-seasonal characters. For a more detailed look into the season’s new mechanics and how they work together, check out our handy guide. What’s more, cross-character map progression is finally being added. Things like areas of the map previously explored on other characters and aspects gained from dungeons will now be present across characters. All you have to do is log into the game on your character with the most progress when the patch drops on July 18, 2023. Having so many bonuses right off the bat in Season 1 will give players who have thoroughly played through Diablo 4 a massive advantage. What will the Diablo 4 Season 1 rewards be? While we don’t have a list of every cosmetic in the battle pass, we do know that it will contain 27 Free Tiers and 63 Premium Tiers all filled with rewards from Cosmetics, Smoldering Ashes, and so much more. Players are also encouraged to finish the main Diablo 4 campaign before starting the season due to some seasonal events only being available after you’re finished the main story. Smoldering Ashes were also explained as something that gives players a boost to all their seasonal characters. Additionally, players can’t pay their way into getting Smoldering Ashes if their character isn’t a high enough level to collect them, and these ashes are on the free track of the pass. Developers at Blizzard have assured players that the paid part of the pass is exclusively cosmetic and that anything on the track that grants additional power in-game will be free and available for all. To find out more about the Battle Pass, check out our handy guide detailing its cost, and everything you need to know. That’s everything you need to know about Diablo 4’s first season. When more information is revealed we will be updating this article so be sure to check back soon. In the meantime, take a look at some of our other handy Diablo 4 guides and content: Best Diablo 4 Druid builds | Best Diablo 4 Necromancer builds | Best Diablo 4 Sorcerer builds | Will Diablo 4 be on Steam Deck? | How to get Diablo 4 beta wolf pet cosmetic | Diablo 4 system requirements | Will Diablo 4 have microtransactions & is it pay to win? | Is Diablo 4 coming to Nintendo Switch? | Diablo 4: Who is Tyrael? | Will Diablo 4 have controller support on PC?

Diablo 4 Season 5: Should you skip the campaign? Blizzard EntertainmentDiablo 4 Season 5 is the latest outing in the game, but should you replay the campaign or skip it when you jump into the new season? Season 5 of Diablo 4 lets you skip the main story campaign if you’ve already completed it on an earlier playthrough. If not, then you’ll need to do that first before you can jump into the endgame content – and fully appreciate some of the new seasonal missions. If you have completed the campaign before, you may find the decision to skip it or not to be a difficult one. After all, the campaign is slightly different for each character class and some players find it to be the best and most fun way to reach endgame. However, others don’t want to commit all that time playing through the same missions over and over again, and may simply want to skip ahead to the game‘s latest seasonal content. This also makes total sense. So here’s the pros and cons of doing both, as there’s no right answer to whether you should skip the campaign in Diablo 4 Season 5. It all depends on you and your preferences as a player. Should you skip the campaign? Seasons give you the option to replay Diablo 4 with a new character class but with many of the benefits and rewards of seasonal gameplay. If you enjoy the story and want to see it again from a new perspective, then a seasonal option is the best way to do that. Like your earlier playthroughs, by the end of the campaign, you’ll be ready for the endgame and can then turn your attention to the Seasonal Journey, furthering your adventures in Sanctuary. The campaign is still a great way to level your character and earn rewards, but it’s not the only way to skin a demon. If you choose to skip the campaign then your Renown, map, and horse will all instantly unlock, and the game with throw you straight into the seasonal content. You’ll also start in a new location, kickstarting the new content with a cutscene and ready for that adventure. You’ll start with a brand new character that you’ll need to build up to level 50 before things really start to get juicy and you unlock the endgame content. Of course, you can simply engage in side quests and the Seasonal Journey to help you get there. The season’s progression system will also help you get there quicker than you did the first time. So really it just depends on what you’d prefer to do, replay the campaign and level up that way, or skip it and explore the world doing other tasks. Don’t forget, you can start playing the campaign but can skip it at any point once you feel sufficiently leveled. When you do, everything from your earlier playthrough will instantly unlock. Be aware though that side quests, events, and NPCs are always reset when you start a new Seasonal Journey, whether you skip the campaign or not.

Diablo 4 players report Season Journey & Battle Pass issues amid Season 2 launch Blizzard EntertainmentSeason Journey progress and Battle Pass issues are already impacting Diablo 4’s newly launched Season of Blood content. As planned, Blizzard Entertainment unleashed Diablo 4 Season 2 on October 17. It didn’t go live without some snags, though. Most notably, the season underwent a delay of a few hours due to “complications.” Blizzard finally got things up and running, yet the quick turnaround came with a caveat. PC and console crossplay is temporarily unavailable while the studio works through “technical issues.” Players have stumbled across a few other problems, too, specifically related to Season Journey progress and Battle Pass rewards. Season Journey & Battle Pass bugs impacting Diablo 4 Season 2 Shortly after the Season of Blood rollout, a Diablo 4 player on Reddit noted the “season is bugged.” Their post went on to say that Season Journey progress is not currently being calculated in-game. “Doesn’t matter what I do, nothing counts for the season journey,” the Redditor lamented. Several other people in the thread stated they’ve been encountering the same exact problem. One user shared, “Already done a bunch of tasks for Chapter 1. They all show as incomplete.” Similar reports appear in the comments for Diablo posts on Twitter. According to one fan, “the season journey is not showing any progress done.” That’s not the only trouble brewing, either. Fans also claim Battle Pass rewards aren’t working at the moment. In the aforementioned Reddit thread, a user explained: “Bought the premium battlepass and I have a green checkmark but I can’t claim any premium items. Good start to a new season…” They aren’t alone, unfortunately. A separate Reddit thread features someone else mentioning their inability to redeem Season 2 Battle Pass rewards. “I’ve unlocked some levels in the pass and the only option is ‘inspect’ when I click on the reward to claim.” Multiple people in the comments say they’re similarly unable to access earned rewards. And one user posits the Season Journey progress bug may be the cause. The comment in question reads, “…it probably is related to the fact that the game currently isn’t tracking seasonal progress.” At the time of writing, Blizzard has yet to address either of these errors.

Diablo 4 Season 6: Release date & everything we know so far Blizzard EntertainmentHere’s everything we know about Diablo 4 Season 6 so far, including its release date, and connection to the upcoming Vessel of Hatred expansion. Diablo 4 Season 6 launches at the same time as the first DLC so it will likely be focused on new events in a new land. Season 5: Infernal Hordes introduced a new set of side quests that teased the return of Mephisto to Sanctuary so expect Season 6 to build on this theme once it arrives. Here’s everything we know about Season 6 of Diablo 4 so far now that the PTR 2.0 patch has revealed some exciting new gameplay updates. Season 6 release date Diablo 4 Season 6 will begin on October 8, 2024 – the same day the Vessel of Hatred DLC arrives. There’s been no word on its end date as of yet. What do we know about Season 6? While we don’t know what the official theme and title of Season 6 will be yet, expect it to tie heavily into Vessel of Hatred. We wouldn’t be surprised if this season’s story sees the player arrive in Kurast and features a narrative that showcases the new Spirtborn class. As the game’s receiving a major story update as a part of Vessel of Hatred, expect the Seasonal Journey quests to connect to this, but also be a separate entity. As players will likely have the freedom to experience these either before or after the main campaign update, we expect the season-specific quests will be a side story, much like earlier ones have been. We can also safely predict there will be updates to Helltide event along with brand new Uniques and Legendary Aspects. Many of these will be geared around the Spiritborn class as they join the roster, but other classes will also get some love. For example, the August 29, 2024, campfire chat revealed that all classes will recieve new passive skills which will change builds as we know them. As the DLC introduces the new mercenaries for hire feature, this could play into the seasonal content in some way. We expect this will be triggered by a series of small side quests, however, Blizzard hasn’t confirmed quite how this mechanic will work in campaign and seasonal play as of yet. The Season 6 PTR will run from September 4-11, so we’ll know more about what to expect from it then.

Diablo 4 Season 5’s Infernal Hordes are so good they’re making The Pit obsolete BlizzardDiablo 4 Season 5’s Infernal Hordes are the centerpiece of the season, but they might actually be a little too good. Diablo 4 Season 5 is in full swing now and despite some players dubbing it “the season of Infernal Bugs”, there’s a lot of joy to be had. The titular Infernal Hordes have been called ‘the best thing to happen to Diablo 4’ by the game’s community. The new endgame activity not only offers insane loot and challenge, but it’s also a great way to farm materials for the crafting systems introduced in Diablo 4 Season 4. Therein lies the issue. Diablo 4 players are so enamoured with Season 5’s Infernal Hordes, it’s making The Artificer’s Pit feel a little superfluous. Players on the Diablo 4 Subreddit have gone as far as to say that The Pit now feels “boring and unrewarding”. The primary goal of The Pit for most players is to farm resources for Masterworking and the materials required to summon Tormented variants of the game’s major bosses. While it offers these resources, some find the new Infernal Hordes to be vastly more efficient. “A single T7 infernal horde gives me multiple runs worth of Pit 100s I’d need to do for the Neathiron, on top of a ton of gem fragments, stygian stones, and tens of millions of gold,” one player noted. “If there isn’t a season journey for pits this season, I’m skipping them entirely,” another replied. Of course, The Pit does have another use that proponents of the activity are urging players not to dismiss. It is still the metric by which builds are judged and how high you can push is still a good measure of progress. Some users have even suggested changes to cement this part of the activity’s identity. “The Pit needs solid leaderboards for fun push content. Scrap the other leaderboards,” one player put forward. “Absolutely no idea why they haven’t done this. It would really make the game feel complete,” another replied. There’s certainly room for both activities in Diablo 4 Season 5’s endgame. Infernal Hordes offers great gear and materials farming to prepare you for pit pushes. Official leaderboards would go a long way toward incentivizing those pushes and making The Pit feel more essential.

Diablo 4 Season 5’s Infernal Compasses prove inventory is still a problem BlizzardThe Infernal Compasses from Diablo 4 Season 5 are giving players inventory clutter PTSD. The battle for Sanctuary is heating up in Diablo 4 Season 5 as the Prime Evils send tides of demons to wage war. Blizzard has packed this season with new content including Hellbreach Dungeons to conquer, a Battle Pass to grind, and Mythic Uniques to farm. The major draw for this season is the titular Infernal Hordes which players have called ‘the best thing to happen’ to Diablo 4. To access these, you’ll need to stock up on Infernal Compasses but these new key items have seen an old issue raise its head. In a Reddit thread, Diablo 4 players have complained about the amount of space that Infernal Compasses are taking up in their assigned inventory tab. Players have gone as far as to plead with Blizzard to make the items stackable. In the early days of Diablo 4’s release, issues with inventory space were one of the major frustrations plaguing players. Frequent complaints led to the major overhaul of itemization in Season 4 which went a long way toward rectifying the game’s inventory problem. Diablo 4 Season 5’s Infernal Compasses have caused the game to take a few steps backward in that regard. With multiple versions of the item granting access to different tiers of Infernal Hordes, they’re quickly eating away at space in the Elixir tab. “These things are coming out of my ears right now. I’ve deleted over 50 at this point, with no end in sight. Please allow them to either stack or provide another place to store them with more than 50 slots,” a Diablo 4 player begged Blizzard. “[There’s] no reason why the ones with the same tier shouldn’t stack. I don’t get the game design,” one user complained in the thread. “They need to make a new tab for seasonal items and boss ingredients,” another player added. “It’s actually insane how one tab houses all of the season stuff, boss ingredients, Nightmare Dungeon Sigils, and Elixirs.” At the very least, Infernal Compasses can be Salvaged for materials and used to create higher-tier versions so you can access the Infernal Horde level you want. It does create a fair bit of legwork though, particularly if you want to grind the new content.

Diablo 4 Season 5 unleashes five demonic bosses from Diablo 2 Diablo 4Blizzard revealed footage of Diablo 4 Season 5, showcasing the comeback of five hellish bosses from Diablo 2. Diablo 4 Season 5, named Season of the Infernal Hordes, kicks off on August 6, 2024. This season introduces the Infernal Hordes game mode, two new questlines, and over 50 fresh uniques and legendaries – among other features. During a Campfire Chat on August 1, 2024, Blizzard revealed new features for Diablo 4 Season 5. Among them, they showed footage of the Fell Council, the final bosses of the season, which includes five returning enemies from Diablo 2. The Fell Council, originally known as the Council Members or High Council of Zakarum in Diablo 2, is made up of Geleb the Flame, Bremm the Maelstrom, Wyand the Shadow, Maffer the Cruel, and Ismael the Accursed. These once-revered high priests tried to contain Mephisto, but fell prey to him and became vessels of hatred, ready to fight against you. In Diablo 2, you sent them straight to hell. Now, in Diablo 4, you’ll bump into them on your Infernal Hordes runs. During the Fell Council boss battle, players will encounter three randomly chosen members of the Fell Council in each fight. Blizzard believes this allows them to create “many different flavors of the boss fight, with 10 variations in all.” The development team believed this would make each encounter different and add to the replayability of the Infernal Hordes. Defeating the Fell Council will grant you Burning Aether, a currency you can redeem for the Spoils of Hell. These will be new valuable rewards from the Infernal Hordes activity. Diablo 4 players asked for the return of Diablo 2’s flavor and they’ll see some familiar faces in Season 5. With Season 4’s and Season 5’s content, Diablo 4 continues to refine its experience. Fans believe this progression might give their long-awaited game experience the final touch it needs.

Diablo 4 Season 5 Uber Unique buffs: Mythic Uniques Diablo 4Diablo 4 Season 5 will see a massive shakeup to the game starting with the evolution of Uber Uniques into Mythic Uniques. This guide will review all the changes to the game’s most coveted gear. Diablo 4 Season 5 has finally gotten a proper reveal, and it looks like it’s going to capitalize on the unqualified success of Season 4. Over 10,000 words of Season 5 patch notes describe dramatic changes to the core Diablo 4 experience. Blizzard has promised changes to World Boss difficulty, the inclusion of returning bosses from Diablo 2, and the new Infernal Hordes mode, which is the centerpiece of Season 5. Perhaps most exciting, however, are the sweeping changes to Uniques. Uber Uniques – the most powerful gear in Diablo 4 – are now Mythic Uniques and each one has gotten a major facelift. This guide will break down all the changes to Diablo 4’s new Mythic Uniques. Mythic Uniques in Diablo 4 Season 5 While the stats on these pieces of gear and their designation are changing, the names remain the same. Diablo 4 will have eight Mythic Uniques, the former Uber Uniques we know and love. Here’s the list: Ring of Starless Skies (Ring) – Doombringer (One-Handed Sword) – Ahavarion, Spear of Lycander (Staff) – The Grandfather (Two-Handed Sword) – Melted Heart of Selig (Amulet) – Tyrael’s Might (Chest Armor) – Andariel’s Visage (Head Armor) – Harlequin Crest (Head Armor) – Each of them was powerful enough in their own right to begin with but Blizzard wants to kick each item into overdrive. Below are the changes coming to each item and its new Mythical Unique status in Diablo 4 Season 5. Ring of Starless Skies While the Ring of Starless Skies Unique Aspect hasn’t changed with its new update, its Affixes have been altered to better-fit player needs in a post-Season 4 Diablo 4. It now boasts an increase in Attack Speed, Core Skill levels, and Lucky Hit chance. To cap it off, its base increase to Critical Strike damage is now double what it used to be. Doombringer Doombringer has dropped its Core Skill and Critical Strike damage boost for a 100% increase in overall damage. It also received buffs to its Maximum Life bonus and the heal on Lucky Hit. Ahavarion, Spear of Lycander Elemental Druids are about to become much more viable thanks to Ahavarion, Spear of Lycander’s whopping 159.5% increase to Critical Strike, Vulnerable, and Overpower damage. It also now offers an increase in Movement Speed, Resource Generation, and stats across the board. The Grandfather The Grandfather’s new Mythic Unique variant boasts a buff to its Maximum Life and Stat increases. On top of retaining its old damage buffs, it now adds a fearsome 300% increase in overall damage. If your class can hold a Two-Handed Sword, it should be this one. Melted Heart of Selig Melted Heart of Selig will receive a buff to its existing elemental resistance, Movement Speed, and Resource Generation Affixes. New toys include an increased cap for elemental resistance and a change from increased damage while healthy to increased resistance while healthy. Tyrael’s Might Tyrael’s Might’s Mythic Unique variant joins The Grandfather in ignoring Durability loss. It loses its stat buffs but receives several new defensive boosts to resistances and increases to existing defensive Aspects. Andariel’s Visage For Andariel’s Visage, it’s buffs across the board to its existing Life regain, Attack Speed, and Stat boosts. Most noticeable, however, is a new Poison Resistance cap to accommodate an increase from 60% Poison Resistance to 666%. Just Diablo 4 things. Harlequin Crest We didn’t think Blizzard could do anything to make the Shako even more desirable but the new Mythic Unique version proved us wrong. More Maximum Life, more Maximum Resource, and more than double its base Cooldown Reduction. The hunt for this is going to consume us. Those are the changes to Diablo 4’s new Mythic Uniques, which will be available when Diablo 4 Season 5 launches on August 6, 2024. If hunting these down isn’t your thing, devs are adding more than 50 new Legendary Aspects for you to build around.

Diablo 4 Season 5 Uber Lilith bug has a quick workaround Diablo 4Uber Lilith is still a little buggy in Diablo 4 Season 5 but fortunately, there’s an easy workaround for one of the more frustrating ones. Diablo 4 Season 5 has been designated by some players as the “Season of Infernal Bugs”. Harsh as it may seem for Blizzard, it has kind of earned the title. Between the concerning damage over time impacts and Infernal Hordes robbing players of loot, there’s a list of quirks that need fixing. Uber Lilith should be right at the top of that list and we don’t just mean because she’s not cooperating when it comes to key drops. A lingering issue that turns Uber Lilith into an invulnerable skill spammer is still present in Diablo 4 Season 5. While an official fix is still pending, players have figured out how to avoid her bugging out entirely. The invincible Uber Lilith bug has been an issue for a while but Diablo 4’s dedicated boss-bashers have finally figured out the trigger. The glitch usually occurs when the Daughter of Hatred is brought to 50% during her first phase or if they deal enough damage to override her intermission segments. To resolve this, the best approach is to keep an eye on her health and deliberately reduce it by just a quarter in the earliest part of the fight. Alternatively, you can obliterate her with a busted DPS build. “Another way around it is to do so much damage that you kill her first phase before she teleports away after summoning that first wave of adds,” explained one Diablo 4 player on Reddit. Of course, this requires a fair bit of grinding for essential Mythic Uniques and other build enablers. The strategies here are a little polarizing with one focused on carefully limiting your damage while the other requires billions of it. Employing either will keep you safe from the dreaded spam bug, however. If you’re still struggling to take down Uber Lilith in Diablo 4, check out our guide on how to defeat her for good and earn a coveted Resplendent Spark.

Diablo 4 Season 5 sets up Vessel of Hatred perfectly BlizzardDiablo 4 Season 5 gave a masterclass on how to bring fans back to a game, and they did it by catering to all players in preparation for the first major expansion. If Diablo 4’s fourth season reinvented the game, Season 5 has continued this momentum by doubling down on what players enjoy: making seasons fun again after they started to get a little stale. As the Diablo 4 developers told us at Gamescom, though, “There are two types of players” those who play every season and the more casual crowd who just play for the story. For Diablo 4 to kick into high gear before the Vessel of Hatred DLC, it really needed to bring back the casual players. There are the Diablo fans who play every season, starting a new character, hitting max level, and then doing it all again next season. Then there are the players with just one to two characters they like to play, who now sit in the Eternal Realm. They’re quite invested in these characters and don’t have the time to start again every season. Their interest is piqued by Vessel of Hatred, as they get more story content for their characters, and while they might try a new class one day, right now all they want is fresh quests. They’ve played Helltides and they’re in no rush to do any more of them. These players also wish they could experience the new side stories that get added to Diablo 4 every season, but it’s not worth the time investment of starting a new character. Luckily, Season 5 changed all of this. Not only did it finally add some new story content for players in the Eternal Realm (where formerly seasonal characters go once that season ends), it also made that story a frightening warning about the horrors Mephisto will unleash on Sanctuary once he’s free. This is almost certainly going to happen in the DLC. So, not only did Blizzard continue to improve Diablo 4’s seasons by listening to their fanbase, but they also reminded the players who were starting to give up on the game that there was still content for them to enjoy. By tying the seasonal story to the overarching narrative of Mephisto’s return, Season 5 served as a delicious appetizer for those looking to get back into Diablo 4. The best part is players don’t even need to start a seasonal character to enjoy it, those with Eternal Realm characters simply need to boot up an existing one, enter World Tier 3, and look at their main quest log. Once Vessel of Hatred comes and goes, future seasons will continue to receive fresh story content for those who enjoy the Eternal Realm. Making players start a new character every season is a hangover from Diablo 3, and while it makes sense to level the playing field every three months, those who resented it then still resent it now. Games like WoW and Destiny just build on what came before, allowing players to continue their journey with their “main” character, so it’s nice to see Diablo 4 begin to adopt a similar approach. If Blizzard can continue to expand the game after Vessel of Hatred, while supporting both types of fans, Diablo 4 could maintain a solid player base for years to come.

Diablo 4 Season 5: Infernal Hordes – Release date, theme & everything we know so far Blizzard EntertainmentHere’s everything we know about Diablo 4 Season 5: Season of the Infernal Hordes, including release date, new endgame modes, and more. Diablo 4 Season 5: Infernal Hordes looks set to be the last season before the Vessel of Hatred expansion changes the game forever. While Season 4 served as a soft reset of sorts for Diablo 4, and told a side story about the Iron Wolves faction, Season 5 is sending players straight to Hell. Season 5: Season of the Infernal Hordes is what the season will be called and is set to make some substantial changes to the game, building on Season 4’s success. Here’s everything we know about Season 5 of Diablo 4 so far. Season 5 release date Diablo 4 Season 5 will begin on August 6 and end on October 8, 2024 – the same day the Vessel of Hatred DLC arrives and Season 6 begins. What is the theme for Season 5 of Diablo 4? The theme for Season 5 of Diablo 4: Season of the Infernal Hordes with the previous tagline being “Return to Hell.” While we can expect Season 6 to connect to the Vessel of Hatred DLC, Season 5’s story currently remains a mystery, but could involve Diablo himself. The theme may be a nod to The Lord of Terror, or will at least provide a new side story that involves the player needing to go back into the fiery depths. Chances are, Diablo himself won’t show up until the next DLC expansion in 2025, or possibly even in 2026, but it seems pretty clear that we’ll be exploring his domain again in Season 5. Of course, Diablo isn’t the only demon who hails from Hell, so Season 5 will likely introduce a new threat to battle. Previous seasons in Diablo 4 have involved taking part in many, many, Helltide events. But the Season of the Infernal Hordes could flip this, seeing the player needing to stop them at their source. Season 5 features Season 5 of Diablo 4 is set to make various changes to the way the game is played, starting with an even more menacing version of The Butcher, a selection of new Uniques and Legendary Aspects, and finally, a new endgame mode known as Infernal Hordes. This will invite players to participate in a wave-based mode buttressed by “survival-like choices” between each wave. Notably, it’ll all culminate in new boss encounters versus the Fell Council – likely the season’s newest villains. Here’s everything that’s coming to Season 5: The Infernal Hordes are a wave-based feature that can be taken on solo or with friends. Select Infernal Offerings (a boon or bane to augment a run) between waves to increase the enemy’s potency and the final rewards. – Access the new Infernal Hordes feature on both Realms, where it will be interwoven through a Seasonal Questline on the Seasonal Realm, and accessible after a brief new Questline on the Eternal Realm at World Tier III. – At the end of every Infernal Hordes run, players will face off against the Fell Council. There are 5 Fell Council members total and 3 different members will be selected at random to fight you. Be wary of their unique abilities in the various combinations you’ll encounter them. – New Hellbreach Dungeons will be available in the Seasonal Realm to give players a first taste of what to expect in Infernal Hordes. These dungeons will reward players with Burning Aether that can be spent on chests at the end. – Over 50 new Uniques and Legendaries are coming this Season and will persist beyond the Season’s end. Earn these items by slaying enemies across Sanctuary and in the Infernal Hordes. – Earn Seasonal Progression by collecting caches that drop from slaying powerful servants of Hell. Once you’ve unlocked Seasonal Progression, the Infernal Hordes feature will be one of the best ways to increase your reputation and earn caches throughout the Season. – Earn even more rewards by progressing through the Season Journey and completing the new Battle Pass which features 28 Free Tiers and 62 Premium Tiers. – On August 1 at 7pm BST, Blizzard will have a Developer Update Livestream that dives further into Season of the Infernal Hordes. Check out this live stream on their Twitch and YouTube Channels. As Season 5 is to be the last before the DLC, it will be the final Diablo season before the Vessel of Hatred DLC overhauls the game, adding more story content, a new class, and introducing new features such as mercenaries for hire.

Diablo 4 Season 5 PTR patch notes: New Unique items, balance updates, more Blizzard EntertainmentDevelopers have shared the patch notes for the Diablo 4 Season 5 PTR – Patch 1.5.0 – which goes live on Tuesday, June 25. During the June 21 Campfire Chat, Diablo developers announced that Season 5’s PTR will kick off on June 25 for BattleNet users on PC. Throughout the testing period, participants can expect to try their hand at a whole host of changes, including Tempering Recipes, new Uniques, and a novel endgame activity called Infernal Hordes. As is often the case with major updates, the Season 5 PTR will also introduce myriad balance updates specific to every class. It’s additionally worth noting that Season 5 will be shorter than previous seasonal runs as it concludes on October 8 – the same date as Vessel of Hatred’s launch, which marks the start of Season 6. Contents Diablo 4’s Season 5 PTR full patch notes Patch notes for Diablo 4 Season 5 PTR 1.5.0 read as follows (via Blizzard News). Game Updates New Items and Tempering Recipes All Classes Tempering Recipes Worldly Finesse – Offensive +X% Critical Strike Damage – +X% Vulnerable Damage – +X% Overpower Damage – +X% Ultimate Damage – Barbarian Unique Items Unbroken Chain – Amulet Casting Steel Grasp reduces Iron Maelstrom’s Cooldown by 5-10 seconds. Enemies damaged by Iron Maelstrom deal 15-30% less damage for 6 seconds. – Legendary Aspects Aspect of Forward Momentum – Mobility Knocking back an enemy grants 25-40% Movement Speed for 3 seconds. – Tempering Recipes Slayer’s Finesse – Offensive Vulnerable Damage – Bonus Damage against Injured – Bleeding Damage – Druid Unique Items Björnfang’s Tusks – Unique Gloves Cataclysm is now guaranteed to strike anything in range and you deal 40-80%[x] increased damage for the duration of the effect. While Cataclsym is active, you gain unlimited Spirit. – Legendary Aspects Aspect of the Rushing Wilds – Mobility Casting a Companion Skill grants 5-15% Movement Speed for 5 seconds, up to 15-45%. – Tempering Recipes Ultimate Efficiency – Resource Cataclysm Cooldown Reduction – Lacerate Cooldown Reduction – Petrify Cooldown Reduction – Grizzly Rage Cooldown Reduction – Necromancer Unique Items Path of Trag’Oul – Unique Boots Bone Prison traps a larger area and fires 20-35 Bone Splinters at enemies trapped within. Increase your Maximum Essence by 2 for 8 seconds each time these Bone Splinters hit an enemy. – Legendary Aspects Aspect of the Unholy Tether – Mobility Casting Golem’s active Skill creates a bond between you for 6 seconds. While the bond is active, both of you are Unhindered and gain 25-40% Movement Speed. – Inexorable Reaper’s – Mobility Sever now dashes you forward to attack instead. It becomes a Mobility Skill and costs no Essence, but has a 22-7 second cooldown. – Aspect of Creeping Mist – Mobility Gain 20-35% Evade Cooldown Reduction. – You can now Evade during Blood Mist, traveling twice as far. Entering or exiting Blood Mist resets your Evade Cooldown. – Imprisoned Spirit’s – Offensive When Bone Spirit explodes inside a Bone Prison, it explodes an additional time, dealing 40-70% of normal damage. – Bone Spirit now prioritizes enemies inside a Bone Prison. – Tempering Recipes Necromancer Wall – Defensive Skill Ranks of Necrotic Carapace – Skill Ranks of Drain Vitality – Minion Damage Reduction – Chance for your Minion Attacks to Fortify you for 3% Maximum Life – Rogue Unique Items Shroud of Khanduras – Unique Chest Armor Dark Shroud grants Immune for 3 seconds, but your Evade Cooldown is increased by 9-3 seconds. Evading while Dark Shroud is active leaves behind an explosion that deals Shadow damage and pulls in enemies. – Legendary Aspects Of Nebulous Brews – Mobility Using a Healing Potion grants 35-50% Movement Speed for 3 seconds. After moving 30 meters, you spawn a Healing Potion. – Galvanized Slasher’s – Resource Lucky Hit: Damaging an enemy with a Mobility Skill has a 15-30% chance to fully restore your Energy. Your Maximum Energy is increased by 10-25. – Of Iron Rain – Offensive Smoke Grenade has a 35-50% chance to create an Arrow Storm where it explodes, dealing Physical damage over 3 seconds. Your Arrow Storms continuously apply Vulnerable. – Breakneck Bandit’s – Offensive Flurry deals 15-30% increased damage and has a 20% chance to Stun enemies for 3 seconds with each hit. – Mired Sharpshooter’s – Utility Caltrops is now a Marksman Skill that periodically throws 5-20 piercing daggers over its Duration, each dealing Shadow damage and applying Vulnerable for 3 seconds. – Tempering Recipes Subterfuge Expertise Increased Smoke Grenade damage. – Increased Smoke Grenade Size. – Increased damage for each Dark Shroud Shadow. – Increased damage on Next Attack after entering Stealth. – Rogue Persistence Increased Maximum Life Percentage gained while Dark Shroud is active. – Increased Maximum and All Resistance Percentage for 5 Seconds from Health. Potions. – Increased Skill Ranks of Second Wind. – Increased Skill Ranks of Aftermath. – Sorcerer Unique Item Axial Conduit – Unique Pants Chain Lightning alternates between orbiting you and seeking up to 3 enemies. When it returns, it drains 6 Mana from you for each active Chain Lightning. After draining 66 total Mana, the bolt explodes for (270%-570%) Lightning damage. – Chain Lightning expires if you don’t have enough Mana for it to drain. – Legendary Aspects Aspect Of Tenuous Agility Gain 5-15% increased Movement Speed. This bonus is doubled if you haven’t used a Defensive Skill in 8 seconds. – Aspect Of the Firebird Gain the Flame Shield Enchantment for free. – When Flame Shield activates, Meteorites fall around you dealing (50%-70%) Fire damage. – Lightning Rod Aspect Chain Lightning has a 5-20% chance to chain an additional time when hitting Crowd Controlled enemies and Bosses, and will seek them as targets. – Aspect Of Elemental Acuity Casting a Pyromancy, Shock, or Frost Skill increases your Mana Regeneration by 10-20% for 5 seconds, once per Element. – At maximum stacks, the total bonus is increased to 60-120% for 10 seconds, but all stacks expire after the duration. – Aspect Of the Orange Herald Lucky Hit: Up to a 5-10% Chance when you damage an enemy with a Skill to reduce the Cooldown of your Ultimate Skill by 2 seconds. Can only happen once per Skill cast. – Tempering Recipes Discharge – Weapon +X% chance to cast an additional Charged Bolt (moved from Shock Augments). – +X% Teleport size (moved from Shock Augments). – +X% chance for Arc Lash to swipe twice. – Conjuration – Weapon +1-2 Hydra Heads on Cast. – X% chance for another Ice Blade on Cast. – X% chance for another Lightning Spear on Cast. – Conjuration Fortune – Utility +X% Hydra Lucky Hit Chance. – +X% Ice Blade Lucky Hit Chance. – +X% Lightning Spear Lucky Hit Chance. – Elemental Control – Utility +X Skill ranks to Convulsions. – +X Skill ranks to Snap Freeze. – +X Skill ranks to Crippling Flames. – Existing Tempering Recipe Additions +X Skill ranks to Conduction – Added to Sorcerer Motion. – +X Ice Armor Duration – Added to Frost Cage. – Balance Updates General Barbarian Skills Bash Adjusted functionality: After bashing enemies 4 times, your next Bash will Clobber, Stunning enemies for 1.5 seconds. Clobber twice as often while using a Two-Handed weapon. – Enhanced Bash Adjusted functionality: Clobbering an enemy grants you 20% Maximum Life as Fortify. – – Battle Bash Adjusted functionality: Clobbering an enemy generates an additional 10 Fury. – – Flay Enhanced Flay Vulnerable duration increased from 3 to 5 seconds. – – Combat Flay Damage Reduction increased from 3% to 4%. – Maximum stacks increased from 4 to 5. – Buff duration increased from 3 to 6 seconds. – – Endless Fury No longer requires Two-Handed weapons. – Fury gain from Basic Skills increased from 10/20/30% to 12/24/36%. – Imposing Presence Maximum Health reduced from 6/12/18% to 5/10/15%. – Legendary Aspects Wanton Rupture Aspect Frequency increased from every 40-25 seconds to every 30-15 seconds. – Aspect of Grasping Whirlwind Now pulls in new targets three times as frequently. – Steadfast Berserker’s Aspect No longer requires a Lucky Hit, and now always triggers. – Unique Items Gohr’s Devasting Grips Explosion size is now affected by increases to Whirlwind’s size. – Paragon Nodes Hemorrhage Legendary Node Now bonus Bleeding damage now caps at 45%. – Weapons Master Legendary Node Fury gain increased from 4% to 8% of Maximum Fury. – Druid Passive Rank bonus for Clarity affix added to Amulets. – Skills Landslide Damage per hit of Landslide increased from 37.% to 70%. Total damage increased. – Damage area increased from 1.5 to 2. – Doubled the amount of pillars. – Shred 1st Attack Damage buffed from 28% to 52%. – 2nd Attack Damage buffed from 39% to 72%. – 3rd Attack Damage buffed from 77% to 143%. – Pulverize Damage buffed from 50% to 92.5%. – Tornado Damage buffed from 35% to 65%. – Lightning Storm Damage buffed from 40% to 74%. – Hurricane Damage buffed from 187% to 346%. – Ravens Can now be cast while moving. – Poison Creeper Can now be cast while moving. – Lacerate Damage area increased from 1 to 2. – Casting Lacerate now teleports to the target instead of starting at the caster. – Cataclysm Lightning Strike rate is doubled. – Grizzly Rage Cooldown for this ability now starts after Grizzly Rage ends. – Previous – Shapeshift into a Dire Werebear for 10 seconds gaining 20%[x] bonus damage and 20% Damage Reduction. Damage bonus is increased by 3% each second while in this form. Kills extend the duration by 1 second up to an additional 5 seconds. – Now – Shapeshift into a Dire Werebear for 10 seconds gaining 30%[x] bonus damage and 20% Damage Reduction. Damage bonus is increased by 3% each second while in this form, up to a maximum of 75%. Kills extend the duration by 1 second, but the duration cannot go above 10 seconds. – Debilitating Roar Damage Reduction decreased from 70% to 40%. – Earthen Bulwark Previous – Rocks surround you for 3 seconds, granting a Barrier that absorbs 45% of your Base Life in damage. – Now – Rocks surround you for 3 seconds, granting a Barrier that absorbs 45% of your Maximum Life in damage. – Cyclone Armor Non-Physical Damage Reduction increased from 10% to 15%. – Passives Shepherd Previous – Core and Wrath Skills deal an additional 20% damage for each Companion you have. – Now – Companion Skills deal an additional 20% damage for each Companion you have. – Skinwalker Previous – When you use a Shapeshifting Skill that changes your form, gain 2-5 Life. If you are at full Life, gain the same amount as Fortify. – Now – When you use a Shapeshifting Skill that changes your form, gain 5-20% Life. If you are at full Life, gain the same amount as Fortify. – Aftershock Delay from second set of Landslides slightly decreased. – Lupine Ferocity Reduced amount of hits from 6 to 3 to benefit from the effect. – Vigilance Damage Reduction increased for each Skill Rank from 5% to 7%. – Iron Fur Damage Reduction increased for each Skill Rank from 3% to 4%. – Heightened Senses Damage Reduction increased for each Skill Rank from 2% to 3%. – Legendary Aspects Metamorphic Stone Aspect No longer removes Wrath skill tag from Boulder. – Paragon Thunderstruck Legendary Node Now has a maximum bonus capped at 40%. – Human Glyph Damage bonus increased from 6.6% to 9.9%. – Damage Reduction increased from 10% to 15%. – Protector Glyph Damage Reduction increased from 10% to 15%. – Werebear Glyph Damage bonus increased from 6.6% to 9.9%. – Damage Reduction increased from 10% to 15%. – Werewolf Glyph Damage Reduction increased from 10% to 15%. – Necromancer Book of the Dead Necromancer Minion attacks can now Overpower. – Minions are now more aggressive and will automatically engage nearby enemies. – Golem Active ability – If the Golem is far from the targeted location, it will now leap to the target. – Iron Golem – Slam size increased by 56%. – Skills Sever Primary damage increased from 80% to 110%. – Secondary damage increased from 30% to 45%. – Lucky Hit Chance increased from 20% to 25%. – Blight Damage over time increased from 105% to 135%. – Blood Wave Damage increased from 150% to 450%. – Passives Shadowblight Hits required reduced from 10 to 8. – Damage increased from 22% to 44%. – Hellbent Commander Previous – Your Minions deal 15/30/45%[x] increased damage while you are Close to them. – Now – While you control at least 7 Minions, they deal 10/20/30%[x] increased damage. – Legendary Aspects Blighted Aspect Bonus damage after triggering Shadowblight 10 times reduced from 60-120%[x] to 35-50%[x]. – Developer’s Note: Blighted Aspect has been a disproportionately large source of damage for Shadowblight based Necromancers, giving far more power than we normally give for a single Aspect. To compensate for this change, we are increasing the baseline power of the Darkness Core Skills and Shadowblight with the goal of keeping these builds at approximately the same overall power level. Aspect of Bursting Bones Bone Prison Burst damage increased from 9-12.2% to 75-120% of Weapon Damage. – Aspect of Empowering Reaper Chance for Sever to create Blight increased from 10-25% to 15-30%. – Blight bonus damage increased from 40-100%[x] to 60-120%[x]. – Aspect of Hungry Blood Additional Blood Lance damage increased from 33-48% to 40-70%. – Aspect of Grasping Veins Critical Strike Chance after casting Corpse Tendrils reduced from 10-25% to 5-20%. – Critical Strike Damage to enemies damaged by Corpse Tendrils reduced from 20-50% to 10-40%. – Critical Strike Damage bonus now lasts for 6 seconds, rather than indefinitely. – Cadaverous Aspect Previous – Consuming a Corpse increases the damage of your next Core Skill by 5-10%[x], up to 25-50%[x]. – Now – Consuming a Corpse increases the damage of your Core Skills by 3.5-6%[x] for 5 seconds, up to 17.5-30%[x]. – Torturous Aspect Previous – Iron Maiden is now also a Darkness Skill and deals Shadow damage. Enemies afflicted by Iron Maiden have a 10-25% chance to be Stunned for 1 second when they deal direct damage. – Now – Iron Maiden is now also a Darkness Skill and deals Shadow damage. Enemies have a 10-25% chance to be Stunned for 1 second when they take damage from Iron Maiden. – Unique Items Blood Moon Breeches Bonus Overpower Damage to Cursed enemies increased from 70%[x] to 100%[x]. – Cruor’s Embrace Core Skill Damage Affix replaced with Ranks to Tides of Blood Passive. – Ring of Mendeln Lucky Hit Chance Affix replaced with Summoning Skill Damage. – Deathspeaker’s Pendant Summoning Skill Damage Affix replaced with Movement Speed. – Paragon Wither Legendary Paragon Node Intelligence scaling is now capped at 1200 Intelligence. – Rogue Maximum Arrow Storms increased from 5 to 7. – Preparation Previous – Every 75 Energy you spend reduces your Ultimate Skill’s Cooldown by 5 seconds. Using an Ultimate Skill resets the Cooldowns of your other Skills. – Now – Spend 75 Energy to reduce your Ultimate Skill’s Cooldown by 5 seconds. Ultimate Skills reset other Cooldowns and grant 15% Damage Reduction for 8 seconds. – – Skills Blade Shift Damage increased by 50% (0.2 to 0.3). – Previous – Quickly stab your victim for damage and shift, allowing you to move freely through enemies for 4 seconds. – Now – Quickly stab your victim for damage and shift, making you Unhindered for 4 seconds. – Developer’s Note: Unhindered allows you to move through enemies and prevents your Movement Speed from being lowered. Fundamental Blade Shift Enemies moved through needed to activate Daze reduced from 5 to 3. – – Primary Blade Shift Control Impairing Effect Duration Reduction increased from 20% to 30%. – – Invigorating Strike Damage increased by 20%. – Enhanced Twisting Blades Return damage bonus increased from 30% to 35%. – Shadow Step Damage increased by 11% (0.72 to 0.8). – Enhanced Shadow Step Previous – Damaging an enemy with Shadow Step increases your Critical Strike Chance against them by 8% for 3 seconds. – Now – Damaging an enemy with Shadow Step Dazes and applies Vulnerable to them for 3 seconds. – – Methodical Shadow Step Previous – Enemies damaged by Shadow Step are Stunned for 2 seconds. – Now – After Shadow Stepping, you gain 20% Damage Reduction for 3 seconds. – – Disciplined Shadow Step Previous – Shadow Step’s Cooldown is reduced by 3 seconds when it damages an enemy you have not hit with Shadow Step in the last 4 seconds. – Now – Damaging an enemy with Shadow Step Stuns them for 2 seconds and reduces its Cooldown by 3 seconds. – – Dash Damage increased by 25% (0.32 to 0.4). – Additional functionality: Dash Slows enemies hit by 30% for 3 seconds. – Enhanced Dash Previous – Enemies damaged by Dash take 15% increased Critical Strike Damage from you for 5 seconds. – Now – Casting Dash increases your Critical Strike Chance by 10% for 5 seconds. – – Disciplined Dash Previous – Dash Slows enemies it hits by 30% for 3 seconds. Any enemy already Slowed will be Dazed for 2 seconds instead. – Now – At the end of Dash, Knock Down surrounding enemies for 2 seconds and deal 350% of its damage to them. – – Methodical Dash Previous – Dealing damage to Crowd Controlled enemies with Dash reduces its Charge Cooldown by 0.5 seconds, up to 4 seconds per cast. – Now – Dash has 1 additional Charge and its Charge Cooldown is reduced by 2 seconds. – – Flurry Lucky Hit Chance increased from 10% to 13%. – Enhanced Flurry Previous – Each time Flurry damages a Crowd Controlled or Vulnerable enemy, you are Healed for 1% of your Maximum Life, up to 12% Maximum Life per cast. – Now – Each time Flurry damages an enemy, it has a 10% chance to apply Vulnerable for 3 seconds and deals 1% increased damage for 5 seconds after hitting a Vulnerable enemy, up to a total of 50%. – Advanced Flurry Previous – Evading through an enemy will cause your next Flurry to deal 30% increased damage and Stun enemies hit for 2.5 seconds. – Now – Successive casts of Flurry increase its damage by 15% and reduce its Energy cost by 10%, up to 3 times. – Improved Flurry Previous – Flurry deals 20% increased damage to Vulnerable targets. If Flurry hits any Vulnerable enemy, it will make all enemies hit by that cast Vulnerable for 3 seconds. – Now – Casting Flurry dashes you to the target and Heals 10% of your Maximum Life. – Caltrops Damage increased by 13% (0.4 to 0.45). – Disciplined Caltrops Critical Strike Chance bonus increased from 5% to 10%. – – Dark Shroud You can now only lose 1 Dark Shroud shadow every 1.5 seconds. – Enhanced Dark Shroud Previous – Dark Shroud’s shadows have a 14% chance to not be Consumed. – Now – Each active Dark Shroud shadow grants you 5% increased Movement Speed and also has a 15% chance to not be Consumed. – – Subverting Dark Shroud Previous – Each active shadow from Dark Shroud grants you 4% increased Movement Speed. – Now – You Heal for 10% of your Maximum Life when a Dark Shroud shadow is removed. – – Countering Dark Shroud You only need 1 active shadow to get the bonus Critical Strike Chance instead of 2. – Critical Strike Chance increased from 8% to 10%. – – Smoke Grenade Additional functionality: Smoke Grenade now deals 45% Physical damage, has a 25% Lucky Hit Chance, and its Skill Ranks now give increased damage and Cooldown Reduction. – Enhanced Smoke Grenade Previous – Enemies affected by Smoke Grenade take 25% increased damage from you. – Now – Enemies hit by Smoke Grenade take 25% increased damage from you for 5 seconds. – – Countering Smoke Grenade Previous – Lucky Hit: Dealing direct damage to enemies affected by Smoke Grenade has up to a 25% chance to reduce its Cooldown by 1 second, or by 3 seconds instead if the enemy is Vulnerable. – Now – Hitting an Elite or Boss with Smoke Grenade reduces its Cooldown by 5 seconds. – – Subverting Smoke Grenade Previous – If an enemy is Vulnerable, Slowed, or Chilled then Smoke Grenade will Daze them for 20% longer. – Now – Smoke Grenade now deals Poison damage and applies another 45% Poisoning damage over 5 seconds. – – Poison Imbuement Poisoning Duration increased from 5 to 6 seconds. – Enhanced Poison Imbuement Previous – Poison Imbuement’s Poisoning Duration is increased by 1 second. – Now – Casting Poison Imbuement generates 30 Energy, increased by 2 for each Nearby Poisoned enemy. – – Poison Trap Damage increased by 36% (0.11 to 0.15). – Subverting Poison Trap Poison damage bonus increased from 10% to 15%. – – Countering Poison Trap Chance to reset Imbuements increased from 30% to 40%. – – Penetrating Shot New functionality: Now deals 10% increased damage per enemy it pierces. – Enhanced Penetrating Shot Previous – Penetrating Shot deals 10% increased damage for each enemy it pierces. – Now – Casting Penetrating Shot and hitting a Boss or Elite with it has a 25% Chance to fire an additional shot for free. – – Rain of Arrows Casting Speed has been increased by 30%. – Lucky Hit Chance increased from 2% to 4%. – Cooldown reduced from 55 to 50 seconds. – Passives Concussive Renamed to Unstable Elixirs. – Previous – After Knocking Back or Knocking Down an enemy, you gain 4% increased Critical Strike Chance for 4 seconds. – Now – Using a Healing Potion Stuns surrounding enemies for 2 seconds and increases your damage by 6% for 5 seconds. – Rapid Gambits Previous – Your Evade Cooldown is reduced by 0.5 seconds when you Daze an enemy. – Now – Evading through an enemy Dazes them for 2 seconds. Your Evade Cooldown is reduced by 0.25 seconds when you Daze an enemy. – Trick Attacks Previous – When you Critically Strike a Dazed enemy they are Knocked Down for 0.5 seconds. – Now – Dazing or Stunning an enemy increases your Critical Strike Chance by 2% and Critical Strike Damage by 2% for 5 seconds, both up to 12%. – Impetus New functionality: Added visuals to show when the effect is ready. – Previous – After moving 12 meters, your next Non-Basic attack deals 7% increased damage. – Now – After moving 15 meters, your next Core or Ultimate attack deals 8% increased damage. While the damage bonus remains, your Agility and Subterfuge Skills deal 4% increased damage. – Malice Previous – You deal 3% increased damage to Vulnerable enemies. – Now – You deal 4% increased damage to Vulnerable or Knocked Down enemies. – Alchemical Advantage Previous – You gain 1% increased Attack Speed for each enemy you’ve Poisoned, up to 15%. – Now – Dealing Poison damage increases your Attack Speed and Lucky Hit Chance by 1% for 8 seconds, up to 5%. – Developer’s Note: The maximum stack potential increases by 5% with each Skill Rank. Second Wind Previous – Every 100 Energy you spend grants you 5% increased Lucky Hit Chance for 5 seconds. – Now – Every 100 Energy you spend grants 15% of your Maximum Life as a Barrier for 3 seconds. – Aftermath Previous – After using an Ultimate Skill, restore 30 Energy. – Now – While an Ultimate Skill is on your Action Bar, you Heal for 0.5% Maximum Life every second. After using an Ultimate, restore 25 Energy. – Weapon Mastery Dagger damage to Healthy enemies increased from 5% to 6%. – Key Passives Victimize The Explosion damage of Victimize has been increased by ~50% to compensate for a bug fix, detailed below. – Momentum Previous – Cutthroat Skills grant a stack of Momentum for 8 seconds if they either hit a Stunned, Dazed, or Frozen enemy, or hit any enemy from behind. While at 3 stacks of Momentum you gain 20% increased Damage Reduction, 30% increased Energy Regeneration, and 15% increased Movement Speed. – Now – Casting a Cutthroat Skill grants a stack of Momentum. Casting a Non-Cutthroat Skill removes a stack of Momentum. For each stack of Momentum, you gain 3% Damage Reduction, 3% Maximum Energy, 3% Energy Regeneration, 3% Movement Speed, up to 30%. – Legendary Aspects Enshrouding Aspect Previous – Gain a free Dark Shroud shadow every 3 seconds when standing still. Each Dark Shroud shadow grants 2.5-4.0% increased Damage Reduction. – Now – Using a Healing Potion makes a free Dark Shroud shadow. Each shadow grants 2.5-4.0% increased Damage Reduction. – Of Arrow Storms Previous – Lucky Hit: Your Marksman Skills have up to a 25% chance to create an Arrow Storm at the enemy’s location, dealing Physical damage over 3 seconds. Your Arrow Storms deal 30-40% increased damage. – Now – Lucky Hit: Your Marksman and Cutthroat Skills have up to a 25% chance to create an Arrow Storm at the enemy’s location, dealing Physical damage over 3 seconds. Your Arrow Storms deal 45-60% increased damage. – Vengeful Arrow Storm Damage increased from 25-40% to 45-60%. – Ravager’s Damage bonus to Shadow Step increased from 2.5-10% to 4.5-12%. – Trickster’s Previous – Caltrops also throw a cluster of exploding Stun Grenades that deal total Physical damage and Stun enemies for 1 second. Your Stun Grenades deal 25-40% increased damage. – Now – Caltrops and Smoke Grenade receive Stun Grenade benefits and throw Stun Grenades that deal Physical damage and Stun enemies for 1 second. Your Stun Grenades deal 25-40% increased damage. – Of Noxious Ice Poison damage bonus to Frozen enemies increased from 15-30% to 20-35%. – Of Bursting Venoms Toxic Pool Poisoning damage increased by 24%. – Of Volatile Shadows Dark Shroud shadow Explosion damage increased by 50%. – Of Stolen Vigor Previous – Each stack of the Momentum Key Passive Heals you for Life per second and grants you 5% Damage Reduction. – Now – While at maximum stacks of the Momentum Key Passive, your Cutthroat Skills deal 20-35% increased damage and you become Unstoppable for 3 seconds every 8 seconds. – Unique Items Saboteur’s Signet Previous – Casting Flurry has a 15-30% chance to release Stun Grenades that deal Physical damage and Stun enemies for 1 second. Your Grenade Skills have a 2% Lucky Hit Chance. – Now – Casting a Core Skill has a 15-30% chance to throw Stun Grenades that deal Physical damage and Stun enemies for 1 second. Your Stun Grenades gain 5% Lucky Hit Chance. – Windforce Ranks of Concussive changed to Ranks of Malice. – Vulnerable Damage changed to Dexterity. – Previous – Lucky Hit: Hits with this weapon have up to a 30-40% chance to deal double damage and Knock Back the target. – Now – Barrage has a 30-40% chance to Knock Back or Knock Down enemies with each hit and deal double damage. – Scoundrel’s Kiss Explosion radius increased by 10%. – The visual effect for the Physical damage has been improved to be more consistent. – Writhing Band of Trickery Decoy Trap damage increased by 8%. – Word of Hakan Previous – Your Rain of Arrows is always Imbued with all Imbuements at once. – Now – Your Rain of Arrows is always Imbued with all Imbuements at once and receives your Arrow Storm benefits. – Paragon Tricks of the Trade – Legendary Node Previous – Your Marksman Skills grant your next Cutthroat Skill 25% increased damage. Your Cutthroat Skills grant your next Marksman Skill 25% increased damage. – Now – Your Marksman Skills grant your Cutthroat Skills 25% increased damage for 8 seconds. Your Cutthroat Skills grant your Marksman Skills 25% increased damage for 8 seconds. – Cheap Shot – Legendary Node Previous – You deal 5% increased damage for each Nearby enemy that is Crowd Controlled, up to 25%. – Now – You deal 5% increased damage for each Nearby enemy that is Crowd Controlled, up to 25%. A Nearby Staggered Boss provides the maximum bonus. – Exploit Weakness – Legendary Node Previous – Whenever you deal damage to a Vulnerable enemy, they take 1% increased damage from you for 6 seconds, up to 25%. – Now – Lucky Hit: Direct damage to a Vulnerable enemy has up to a 45% chance to increase your damage by 1% for 25 seconds, up to 50%. At 50 stacks, this bonus resets and you Execute all Nearby Non-Boss enemies. – No Witnesses – Legendary Node Is now capped at a maximum damage bonus of 35%. – Developer’s Note: This is to compensate for increased sources of Ultimate Skill Damage added to the Rogue Paragon Board this season. Leyrana’s Insinct – Legendary Node Is now capped at a maximum damage bonus of 35%. – Culler – Rare Node Execute Chance changed to Ultimate Damage. – Magic Nodes in this cluster that gave Execute Chance now give Ultimate Damage. – Ruin – Rare Node Damage to Healthy changed to Ultimate Damage. – Magic Nodes in this cluster that gave Damage to Healthy now give Ultimate Damage. – Sorcerer Crackling Energy base damage increased from 20% to 30%. – Skills Ice Armor Max Life Base Shield amount increased from 25% to 40%. – No longer gains increased Shield based on damage. – Charged Bolts Base damage increased from 30% to 38%. – Enhanced Charged Bolts Explosion damage increased from 150% to 175% of Charged Bolt’s damage. – – Spark Base damage per hit increased from 10% to 12%. – Enhanced Spark Damage increased from 8% to 10%. – – Glinting Spark Previous: Spark grants 2% increased Critical Strike Chance per cast for 5 seconds, up to 8%. – Now: Spark grants 2% increased Critical Strike Chance per cast for 5 seconds, up to 8%. At max stacks, your Spark hits grant 1 Mana. – – Blizzard Base damage increased from 130% to 150%. – Enhanced Blizzard Blizzard damage to Frozen enemies increased from 25% to 40%. – – Hydra Base damage increased from 14% to 16%. – Summoned Hydra Burn damage increased from 60% to 100%. – – Inferno Base damage increased by 20%. – Flickering Arc Lash Previous: Gain 6% Movement Speed for 5 seconds for each enemy hit with Arc Lash, up to 18%. – Now: Arc Lash grants 5 Mana if your swipe hits at least one enemy. When you hit 3 or more enemies or a Boss, your next swipe also deals 50% more damage. – Chain Lightning Now tracks how many Chain Lightnings are out. – Greater Chain Lightning Previous: Each time Chain Lightning bounces, it deals 5% increased damage for its duration. – Now: Each time Chain Lightning bounces, it deals 10% increased damage for its duration, up to 30%. – – Chain Lightning Enchantment Now has a 4 second Cooldown. – No longer tracks Mana or sends out Chain Lightnings if the instance of Mana Drain is from an Auto Cast skill. – – Ice Armor Max Life Base Shield amount increased from 25% to 40%. – No longer gains increased Shield based on damage. – Flame Shield Cooldown begins when Invulnerability ends. – Enhanced Lightning Spear Previous: After Critically Striking, Lightning Spear gains a 5% increased stacking Critical Strike Chance for its duration. – Now: Casting Lightning Spear spawns an additional Lightning Spear and increases their Critical Strike Chance by 15%. – Wizard’s Blizzard Previous: While Blizzard is active, your Core Skills cost 20% less Mana. – Now: While Blizzard is active, you gain 1 Mana Regeneration for every 20 Maximum Mana. – Teleport Cooldown increased from 11 to 14. – Base damage increased from 25% to 35%. – Passives Convulsions Stun chance increased from 5% to 7%. – Crippling Flames Immobilize chance increased from 5% to 7%. – Snap Freeze Freeze chance increased from 5% to 7%. – Static Discharge Chance to spawn Crackling Energy increased from 5% to 6%. – Shocking impact Damage for each Rank increased from 40% to 50%. – Combustion Base Burning damage increased from 20% to 40%. – Vyr’s Mastery Previous: Close enemies take 15% increased damage from your Shock Skills and deal 20% less damage to you. Critical Strikes increase these bonuses to 20% and 25% respectively for 3 seconds. – Now: When you Critical Strike an enemy with a Shock Skill you become Charged and take 25% less damage for 5 seconds. While Charged, Critical Strikes have a 10% chance to causes the damage to arc as Lightning damage to another Nearby enemy, or if there are no other targets you hit the target again for 250% of the damage. – Developer’s Note: Shock Sorcerer is often highly incentivized to play in close combat. This rework aims to open up the Shock Sorcerer playstyle, allowing for both close and ranged options while maintaining the defensive capability of the original design that players love. Legendary Aspects Charged Aspect Movement Speed bonus increased from 10-20 to 15-25. – Aspect Of Efficiency Mana Cost Reduction increased from 10-25% to 35-50%. – Aspect of Engulfing Flames Burning damage to enemies below 50% Life increased from 15-30% to 30-45%. – Aspect Of Abundant Energy Previous: Crackling Energy has a 35-50% chance to chain to an additional enemy. – Now: Crackling Energy has a 35-50% chance to deal 40%|x| increased damage and chain to an additional enemy. – Aspect Of Splintering Energy Previous: Casting Lightning Spear always spawns an additional Lightning Spear and increases your damage with Shock Skills by X for Y seconds. – Now: Critical Hits with Lightning Spear cause Lightning to arc from it dealing X damage to its target and up to 5 other enemies. This damage is increased by your Critical Strike Damage Bonus. – Aspect of Binding Embers Previous: Flame Shield lets you move unhindered through enemies. Enemies you move through while Flame Shield is active are Immobilized for X seconds. – Now: Flame Shield grants you unhindered for its duration. Enemies you move through while Flame Shield is active are Immobilized for X seconds. – Aspect Of the Frozen Wake Ice Spike damage increased from 60%-80% to 80%-100%. – Now has 15% extra damage to Ice Spikes instead of 15% extra Chill. – Aspect Of the Frozen Tundra (Deep Freeze) Ice Spike damage increased from 60%-80% to 100%-120%. – Glacial Aspect Now has 15% extra Chill with Ice Spikes instead of 15% extra Damage. – Paragon Burning Instinct Burning Instinct Critical Strike bonus reduced from 1% per 25 Intelligence to 1% per 50 Intelligence and now caps at 40%|x|. – Ceaseless Conduit Crackling Energy damage reduced from 3% per 20 Intelligence to 1% per 25 Intelligence and now caps at 60%|x|. – Elemental Summoner Now caps at its damage bonus at 30%|x|. – Icefall Damage with Frost Skills increased from 15%|x| to 18%|x|. – Unleash Glyph Increased the damage bonus from 7% to 8%. – Increased the Mana Regeneration from 7% to 25%. – Tempering Updates The following Tempering Affixes have been moved from existing Tempering Recipes onto new Recipes in the Utility Category. – Developer’s Note: We are looking to expand what Affixes are available within the Utility Category to bring more depth and variety to Tempering. Barbarian Innovation – Barbarian Utility Recipe Earthquake Duration – from Wasteland Augments – Kick Vulnerable Duration – from Furious Augments – Frenzy Duration – from Berserking Augments – Flay Duration – from Bleed Augments – – Nature Magic Innovation – Druid Utility Recipe Hurricane Size – from Storm Augments – Lightning Storm Duration – from Storm Augments – Petrify Duration – from Earth Augments – Cyclone Armor Active Size – from Nature Magic Wall – – Rogue Innovation – Rogue Utility Recipe Invigorating Strike Duration – from Basic Augments – Twisting Blades Return Time Reduction – from Core Augments – Flurry Size – from Core Augments – Heartseeker Duration – from Basic Augments – – – Barbarian Innovation – Barbarian Utility Recipe – Endgame Bosses You no longer need to reset the dungeon to replay the same boss. Upon killing them, the summoning Altar reappears and allows you to use more resources to play them again. – Summoning Varshan now only requires Malignant Hearts. Trembling Hands, Blackened Femurs, and Gurgling Heads have been removed from the game. – Endgame Bosses now drop additional gold instead of Rare items. – Helltide and Whispers We’ve significantly reduced the time it takes to complete Whisper bounties. We’ve now made it so that there are always enough Whispers to earn 10 Grim Favors within a given Helltide, should now take significantly less time to complete. Additionally, icons have been updated to be consistent with other Whispers. – Increasing your Threat now consistently scales with the health of slain Monsters. – We’re adjusting Baneful Heart drop rates as they were dropping too frequently to feel valuable. Chance to get one from a Tortured Gift starts at 13%, and increases each time you fail to get one. Once you are rewarded a Baneful Heart, the chance resets to 10%. – Hellborne and the Helltide Assassin starts at 1% chance to drop a Heart, and also increases each time you fail to get one. It now resets to 2%. – – The Cull Demons Whisper Bounty now includes Fallen, Cull Fallen Whisper Bounty now replaced with Cull Cultists. – Loot Rewards Resplendent Spark awards for defeating Tormented bosses can now be earned separately on both Hardcore and non-Hardcore. – Resplendent Sparks and Scattered Prisms will no longer be automatically picked up. Additionally, these items can now be found in the lost items Stash if forgotten when they drop. – Unique and Mythic Unique Items can now be acquired through Whisper Caches, the Purveyor of Curiosities, and Tortured Gifts in Helltide. – The chance to find Mythic Uniques through all non-boss drop locations has been increased. – User Interface and User Experience Floating Combat Text has been updated to be more consistent and be more legible. – Settings for Floating Combat Text have been added to allow players to further customize what sort of floating text they want to see. – The Stats window now has a highlight for when the Armor Cap has been reached. – The sections in the Stats window can now be collapsed and expanded as desired. – Mythic Unique Items now have new visual effects and have a unique look in the Inventory for them to stand out more. – Legendary Aspects can now be favorited and filtered while interacting with the Occultist. – Shift-clicking a skill will now add 5 points (or as many as possible) to it in the Skill tree. – The notification for unlocking and upgrading Aspects has been improved to be more prominent. – Miscellaneous Tortured Gifts in Helltide no longer contain Obols. – This season’s Nightmare Dungeon rotation remains the same as the previous season. – World Bosses are now more resilient to damage. – Experience rewards for side quests, including Priority Quests(i.e. Gem Crafting Quest) and Class quests, have been increased. – Skills that grant Immunity, e.g. Flame Shield and Blood Mist, now only go on cooldown once the Immunity effect ends. – Potions can now be used while Crowd Controlled. – Certain tutorial quests, e.g. the quest for crafting a gem, are now tracked account-wide for completion status. – Various Dungeons have had tweaks to their layouts to further streamline them. – More Weapon Types are now available to more Classes. Druids can now use Polearms, 1-handed Swords, and Daggers. – Necromancers can now use Maces and Axes. This includes Butcher’s Cleaver being usable for Necromancers. – Sorcerers can now use 1-Handed Swords and 1-Handed Maces. This includes Azurewrath and Doombringer being usable for Sorcerers. – – Inherent Affixes on multiple Weapon Types have been changed. Axes inherent Affix changed from Damage to Healthy Enemies to Damage Over Time. – Wands inherent Affix changed from Lucky Hit Chance to Vulnerable Damage. – Scythes inherent Affix changed from Life on Kill to Summoning Damage. – Staffs inherent Affix changed from Damage to Crowd Controlled Enemies to Damage Over Time. – Bows inherent Affix changed from Damage to Distant Enemies to Critical Strike Damage. – Polearms inherent Affix changed from Damage to Injured Enemies to Vulnerable Damage. – Focus and Totem inherent Affix changed from Cooldown Reduction to Lucky Hit Chance. – – Bug Fixes Gameplay Barbarian Fixed an issue where Fury Regeneration would malfunction when assigning the Tactical Rallying Cry Upgrade. – Fixed an issue where the 5 second internal Cooldown for the Aspect of Ancestral Echoes was not listed in the Aspect’s description. – Fixed an issue where stack granted by the Aspect of Limitless Rage could be inconsistently acquired. – Fixed an issue where Charge could be used to bypass interaction channels, such as opening Helltide Chests. – Fixed an issue where Earthstrikers Aspect could waste its guaranteed Overpower trigger on autocast instances. This includes triggers from Overkill and Ring of the Ravenous. – Fixed an issue where bonus Fury generated by the Aspect of Berserk Fury didn’t grant Fortify when used in conjunction with the Aspect of Numbing Wrath. – Fixed an issue where Whirlwind didn’t scale with Passive and temporary Attack Speed. – Fixed an issue where the damage modifier for the Rumble Glyph was additive when fighting Crowd Controlled enemies. Rumble’s Damage bonus is now capped at 30%[x]. – Fixed an issue where Death Blow wasn’t being consistently reset when enemies were killed by shockwaves created by Overkill. – Druid Fixed an issue where the tooltip for Aspect of the Changeling’s Debt was missing the damage type indicator when using advanced tooltips. – Fixed an issue where projectiles from Tyrael’s Might behaved erratically when used with Shred. – Fixed an issue where the tooltip description for Enhanced Poison Creeper was missing information. – Fixed an issue where the Rabies did not fully benefit from the Toxic Claws Passive. – Fixed an issue where the the pull effect from Airidah’s Inexorable Will had a larger area of effect than intended. – Fixed an issue where Enhanced Rabies was scaling beyond the 60% bonus if the Damage over time duration was extended. – Fixed an issue where weapon drops for Druids were skewed towards 2-Handed Weapons. – Fixed an issue where Lightning Storm didn’t scale with Passive and temporary Attack Speed. – Necromancer Fixed an issue where Skeleton Reapers could get both bonuses when using the Second upgrade option. – Fixed an issue where the bonus Critical Strike chance from Supreme Bone storm did not trigger if Bone Storm was recast while another Bone Storm was still active. – Fixed an issue where the Grasping Veins Aspect could apply its bonus without using Corpse Tendrils. – Fixed an issue where Hellbent Commander’s effect could still function when removing points after entering a new zone. – Fixed an issue where the Aspect of Frenzied Dead had an irrelevant addition of “Summoning” to its description. – Fixed an issue where the Cooldown Reduction granted by Rapid Ossification didn’t apply to Bone Spirt when cast with 100 or more Essence. – Fixed an issue where the Untimely Death Aspect was not gaining stacks when the player Healed values smaller than 1% of your max life. – Fixed an issue where Reap didn’t scale with Passive and temporary Attack Speed. – Rogue Fixed an issue where the Methodical Dash upgrade didn’t reduce the Cooldown of Dash by the full, intended amount. – Fixed an issue where Puncture could generate multiple combo points when additional resource generation was high. – Fixed an issue where Rapid Fire used with Scoundrel’s Kiss and the Repeating Aspect behaved inconsistently. – Fixed an issue where Shadow Clone didn’t deal damage with Rapid Fire. – Fixed an issue where Rapid Fire did not have a range limit when used with Scoundrel’s Kiss. – Fixed an issue where Scoundrel’s Leathers would properly function when a Core Skill hit a target that wasn’t explicitly aimed at. – Fixed an issue where Forceful Arrow made targets Vulnerable after 2 hits instead of 3. – Fixed an issue where Caltrops didn’t trigger Movement Speed from the Aspect of Explosive Verve. – Fixed an issue where Improved Penetrating Shot didn’t display its duration on the Skill icon on your Action Bar. – Fixed an issue where Victimize was double dipping its damage multiplier. A compensatory buff to Victimize was made here, as mentioned above. – Sorcerer Fixed an issue where Vyr’s Mastery applied to Non-Shock Skills. – Fixed an issue where Ice Armor’s tooltip suggested the Barrier value would increase when dealing damage. – General Fixed an issue where the Aspect of the Crowded Sage was calculating using base Life instead of Maximum Life. – Fixed an issue where Damage over Time effects were receiving the bonus from the mage Stat twice. – Fixed an issue where Needleflare Aspect was doing excessive amounts of damage to bosses when you were being hit a smaller enemies. – Fixed an issue where the Elixir of Antivenin could be active alongside other Elixirs. – Fixed an issue where Evade could trigger Yen’s Blessing. – Fixed an issue where Elite Scorpion enemies with the Teleporter Affix didn’t actually teleport. – Fixed an issue where the High Velocity Aspect was not restricted to Rogues. – Fixed an issue where Items could disappear when opening many caches at once. – Fixed an issue where Starlight did not properly work with Overhealing effects. – Fixed an issue where Aspect of Frosty Strides couldn’t be imprinted onto Pants. – User Interface and User Experience Fixed an issue where there was no indication on how to unlock Tempering if the player failed to pick up their first recipe. The quest now properly guides the player to pick up the free recipe. – Fixed an issue where, in certain circumstances, Legendary materials could appear in the Lost Items Stash but could not be withdrawn. – Fixed an issue where certain tooltips, such as for Berserking, did not properly indicate whether or not their damage was additive or multiplicative. – Fixed multiple instances where Aspect tooltips had inconsistent info in their descriptions. – Fixed an issue where many Unique Items did not display Class restrictions. – Fixed an issue where incompatible Mount armors could be selected in the Stablemaster menu. – Miscellaneous Fixed an issue where materials from Season of the Malignant could drop in the Malignant Burrow. – Various performance, visual, and stability improvements. – The Diablo 4 Season 5 PTR goes live on June 25.

Diablo 4 Season 5 PTR hotfix patch notes: Infernal Hordes Compasses & more Blizzard EntertainmentPatch notes for Diablo 4’s Season 5 PTR hotfix outline bug fixes, extra sources for Infernal Hordes Compasses, and more. Blizzard deployed the Season 5 PTR for PC users on June 25, giving players a chance to test several new features like Infernal Hordes. A wave-based endgame activity, Infernal Hordes operates on a tiered system through Compasses that players can upgrade using new consumables called Abyssal Scrolls. The hotfix released on June 26 will offer players more ways to earn Abyssal Scrolls, according to the release notes. For example, salvaging a Tier 1-3 Compass will now reward an Abyssal Scroll. In addition, a glitch that caused Abyssal Scrolls to be randomly lost has also been resolved in the hotfix. Patch notes for the Diablo 4 Season 5 PTR hotfix The release notes for the Season 5 PTR hotfix read as follows (via Blizzard Forums): Game Updates Salvaging a Tier 1-3 Infernal Hordes Compass will now grant an Abyssal Scroll. – Salvaging Tier 4+ Infernal Hordes Compasses will grant 1 extra Abyssal Scroll per Tier. (i.e. 6 Scrolls for Salvaging a Tier 8) – Completing Nightmare Dungeons, opening Helltide Chests, and opening Whisper Caches now grant a guaranteed Infernal Hordes Compass. Developer’s Note: This for PTR specifically. We will be revisiting this for the Season release. – Bug Fixes Fixed an issue where Abyssal Scrolls could be lost. Abyssal Scrolls will now stay in your inventory unless you use, sell, or manually drop them. – In the forums post, Community Manager Adam Fletcher noted developers have also seen feedback about rewards, experience, and other items tied to Infernal Hordes. “We are noting this and will make sure we address feedback as much as possible before Season 5 release,” he said. This also applies to player feedback regarding class balance and “bugged interactions.”

Diablo 4 dev confirms return of PTR ahead of Season 5 Blizzard EntertainmentBlizzard has confirmed Diablo 4 Season 5 will receive a PTR (Public Test Realm) before the seasonal update goes live. Weeks ahead of Season 4’s arrival, Blizzard hosted a PTR that let Diablo 4 players try the itemization changes, Masterworking crafting system, and more. The Public Test Realm only lasted for seven days, but it was enough time for players to get a feel for the update and for developers to obtain relevant feedback. Diablo 4 GM Rod Fergusson previously told IGN the developers were uncertain about releasing future playtests, since they prefer to keep some details secret. But he noted the success of Season 4’s PTR would certainly have an impact on their decision-making going forward. For Season 5, at least, the decision has already been made. In a Blizzard Forums post, Community Manager Adam Fletcher confirmed Diablo 4 Season 5 will receive a PTR. The studio plans on sharing information about Season 5 and its PTR in a Campfire Chat on Friday, June 21. This stream will replace the usual mid-season Campfire Chat. Diablo 4’s mid-season 4 update is still well on its way, though. Release notes for this particular update, Patch 1.4.3, will go live on Friday, June 14. Meanwhile, Patch 1.4.3 will be available to download sometime during the week of June 17. Fletcher didn’t reveal much about the upcoming Season 4 patch, but said it will introduce “a ton of significant updates to the game related to class balance and more.” Diablo 4’s seasons typically last three months, with the new season kicking off on the same day that the previous one ends. With Season 4 ending on August 6, it stands to reason Season 5 will begin on the same date. From then on, players will patiently await the launch of the Vessel of Hatred expansion, which releases on October 8, 2024.

How to watch the Diablo 4 Season 5 PTR Campfire Chat Blizzard EntertainmentThe Campfire Chat for Diablo 4 Season 5 now has a stream date and start time; here’s what viewers can expect from the broadcast. Blizzard Entertainment previously confirmed plans to host a Public Test Realm (PTR) for Diablo 4’s fifth season, akin to the test that launched weeks ahead of Season 4. Players won’t have to wait long for more information about said plans, either. Instead of streaming the usual mid-season Campfire Chat, developers will participate in a broadcast of the same name to detail what’s on the docket for the Season 5 PTR. Diablo 4 Season 5 PTR Campfire Chat date & time In a Blizzard News post, the developer confirmed the Season 5 Campfire Chat will take place on Friday, June 21 at 11:00 AM PDT. Those interested in watching the show live can do so via the official Diablo channels on Twitch, Twitter/X, and YouTube. The Blizzard announcement further notes the stream will feature a Q&A segment for players to have their questions answered live on the air by developers. Associate Director of Community Adam Fletcher will host the stream, alongside Lead Season Designer Daniel Tanguay, and Lead Live Class Designer Adam Jackson. The trio will provide a preview of the upcoming PTR, as well as detail how players can access it. Like the PTR for Diablo 4 Season 4, the test realm will only be accessible to BattleNet users on PC. The Season 4 PTR invited PC players to test the season’s biggest changes, chief among them Diablo 4’s itemization overhaul and new crafting system. Because Blizzard has yet to formally unveil Season 5, there’s currently no word on what content the Public Test Realm will feature. Based on the Season 4 PTR reveal, the Season 5 PTR’s contents, release date, and more will surface during the June 21 stream.

Diablo 4 Season 5 patch notes: Unique items, Legendary Aspects, class changes & more Blizzard EntertainmentDiablo 4’s Season 5 patch notes are now upon us as the update looms with new Class buffs, Legendary Aspects, seasonal content, and more. Blizzard has finally revealed everything that Diablo 4 Season 5 will have in store for players. In a stacked Campfire Chat, devs went over new changes that should make World Bosses more challenging, returning bosses from Diablo 2, and some exciting new story content for the eternal realm. Alongside the Campfire Chat, Blizzard also revealed the full Diablo 4 Season 5 patch notes for update 1.5.0. As usual, each of Diablo 4’s five classes is getting a major rework for the new Season. Druid, Necromancer, and Sorcerer are getting some major buffs. Meanwhile, Barbarian and Rogue are getting a mixed slew of buffs and nerfs to encourage more build variety. Here are the Diablo 4 Season 5 patch notes for the 1.5.0 update. Diablo 4 Season 5 patch release date The Diablo 4 Season 5 patch will go live alongside the launch of Diablo 4 Season 5 on August 6, 2024. Release time will vary based on your region but the update will occur during the game’s daily reset at 10 AM PDT / 1 PM EDT. Key updates from the Diablo 4 Season 5 PTR The first segment of the Diablo 4 Season 5 patch notes for update 1.5.0 go over all the changes based on player feedback from Diablo 4’s Season 5 PTR. They range from bugfixes to changes to the new Infernal Hordes mode coming in the new season. New Unique items & Legendary Aspects revealed A lengthy list of new Unique items were suddenly added to the patch notes on August 2, 2024. Here’s a full list of the items added in this update, followed by the full patch notes: All Classes Unique Items Crown of Lucion – Helm Affixes + [838-873] Maximum Life – + [6-8]% Lucky Hit – + [32-40]% Shadow Resistance – + [6-8]% Cooldown Reduction – – Power Each time you use a Skill with a Resource Cost, gain [5-15]%[x] increased damage and Resource Cost is increased by 30%[+] for 4 seconds, stacking up to 5 times. – – Endurant Faith – Gloves Affixes + [28-42] All Stats – + [638-873] Maximum Life – + [6-8]% Cooldown Reduction – + [16-25]% Healing Received – – Power When you would be damaged for at least 40% of your Maximum Life at once, it is instead distributed over the next 2 seconds and reduced by [10-30]%[x]. – – Shard of Verathiel – 1 Handed Sword Affixes + 50% Damage – + [28-42] All Stats – + [5-13] Maximum Resource – + [16-25]% Basic Attack Speed – + [1-2] to Basic Skills – – Power Basic Skills deal [50-200]%[x] increased damage but additionally cost 25 Primary Resource. – – Rakanoth’s Wake – Boots Affixes + [12.5-18]% Movements Speed – + [57-75]% Non-Physical Damage – + [26-35]% Resistance to All Elements – + [6-8]% Cooldown Reduction – – Power When you cast a Skill with a Cooldown, you explode, dealing X Fire damage. – – Locran’s Talisman – Amulet Affixes + 25% Resistance to All Elements – + [2-3]% All Stats – + [5-13] Maximum Resource – + [88-115]% Critical Strike Damage – + [8-10]% Resistance to All Elements – – Power Your skills gain [0.10-0.40]%[+] Critical Strike Chance bonus per point of Primary Resource you have, up to [10-40]%[+]. Each point of Primary Resource above 100 grants 0.2%[x] Critical Strike Damage instead. – – Legendary Aspects Of Inevitable Fate When an enemy falls below 35% Life while afflicted with any of your Damage Over Time effects, an explosion occurs, dealing [200-350% Weapon damage]. – Wildbolt Every [3.5-2] seconds, Distance enemies are pulled in front of you and electrified causing them to take 10% bonus damage from all sources for 3 seconds. This effect may occur every 5 seconds per enemy. – Sticker-thought Gain [1.0-2.5] of Thorns while channeling and for 3 seconds after channeling. – Of Sly Steps After losing 50% of total Life, an equipped Defensive, Subterfuge or Macabre Skill automatically triggers. May occur once every [45-30] seconds. Does not work with Mobility skills. – Dark Dance Every 5 seconds above 60% Life, Core Skills cost 0.15-0.2 Life instead of Primary Resource. Skills that spend Life deal 60-80% bonus damage. – Creeping Death DoT damage is increased by [5-20]% for each different crowd control effect on the target. Unstoppable monsters and staggered bosses automatically take [10-40]% bonus DoT damage. – Prudent Heart You become Immune to damage for 2.5-4.0 seconds when you lose more than 20% Life with a single hit. This cannot occur more than once every 60 seconds. – Barbarian Unique Items Unbroken Chain – Amulet Affixes +25.0% Resistance to All Elements – [12.5-18.0%] Movement Speed – +[219.0-300.0%] Ultimate Damage – [13.5-22.5%] Cooldown Reduction (Barbarian Only) – + [2-3] to Pit Fighter (Barbarian Only) – – Power Casting Steel Grasp reduces Iron Malestrom’s Cooldown by [3.3-10.0] seconds. . Enemies damaged by Iron Maelstrom deal [10-30]% less damage for 6 seconds (Barbarian Only. – – The Third Blade – 1 Handed Sword Affixes +65% Damage to Close Enemies – + [99-135] Strength – + [1-2] Fury on Kill – + [30-40]% Vulnerable Damage – + [57.5-80]% Weapon Mastery Damage – – Power Your Weapon Mastery Skills are now also Core Skills that have no Cooldowns but cost Fury, dealing [50-70]% of normal damage. Their Fury costs are reduced by 5 for any additional Charges the Skill would have had. – – Legendary Aspects Executioner’s If you kill an enemy with Overpower, spawn an Earthquake. Cannot occur more than once every 6 seconds. – Of the Fortress For every 10% Life you are missing, gain 1-5% damage reduction. – Of Anger Management While above 40-55 Fury, you are Berserk but you lose 4 Fury per second. – Druid Unique Items The Basilisk – Staff Affixes + 130% Damage to Crowd Controlled Enemies – + [16-25]% Earth Attack Speed – + [80-100]% Critical Strike Damage – + [125-170]% Physical Damage – + [21-30]% Critical Strike Chance Against Stunned Enemies – – Power When you first hit an enemy when an Earth Skill, Petrify them for 3 seconds. Petrifying an enemy additionally deals [4412-26472] Physical Damage. – – MjÖlnic Ryng Affixes + [10.0%] Resistance to All Elements – + [10.0%] Shadow Resistance – + [99-135] Willpower – + [6.0-8.0]% Critical Strike Chance – + [16.0-25.0]% Movement Speed while Cataclysm is Active – + [1-2] to endless Tempest (Druid Only) – – Power While Cataclysm is active, you gain unlimited Spirit and deal [X] [40-100]% increased damage. – – Legendary Aspects Moonrage When an enemy is killed, there is a 5% chance a wolf companion will assist you for 20-35 seconds. Maximum 3 additional wolves. – In addition, gain +3 to Wolves. – This is a Lucky Hit against bosses. – Rejuvenating When you drop below 20 Spirit, there is a 15-30% chance for your Spirit to be instantly refilled to max. – Spirit Bond [10-17.5]% of the damage you take is instead shared amongst your Companions. Additionally, your Companions cannot die. – Necromancer Unique Items The Mortacrux – Dagger Affixes +50% Damage – + [126-180] Intelligence – + [98-125]% Critical Strike Damage – + [62.5-85]% Vulnerable Damage – + [3-5] to Hewed Flesh – – Power When consuming a Corpse, there is a [10-30]% chance to also create a decaying Skeletal Simulacrum that seeks enemies but cannot attack. When it dies, it explodes for 5,514 Shadow damage. – This effect is treated as a Macabre Skills. – – Path of Trag’oul Affixes + [3] Maximum Evade Charges – +[1,500-1,750] Armor – +[12.5-18.0]% Movement Speed – [13.0-17.5]% Bone Prison Cooldown Reduction (Necromancer Only) – +[1-2] Bone Skills – – Power Bone Prison traps a larger area and fires [10-30] Bone Splinters at enemies trapped within. Increase your Maximum Essence by 2 for 10 seconds each time these Bone Splinters hit an enemy. (Necromancer Only) – – Legendary Aspects Shademist Your Minions deal 25% Shadow Damage per second to enemies around them. The damage over time lasts for 2.0-5.0 seconds after leaving the aura. – Of the Cursed Aura Gain an aura that automatically afflicts nearby enemies with Decrepify and Iron Maiden for 4 seconds. In addition, cursed enemies spread their curses to additional enemies every 0.2-2.5 seconds. – Of the Great Feast Each minion drains 1 Essence per second but deals [30-45]% bonus damage. With no minions, this bonus applies to you and drains 5 Essence per second. – Rogue Unique Items The Umbracrux – Dagger Affixes + 50% Damage – + [76-90] Dexterity – + [30-40]% Vulnerable Damage – + [7-9]% Subterfuge Cooldown Reduction – + [2-3] to Innervation – – Power Your Subterfuge Skills create an attackable Shade Totem for [3-8] seconds. Any damage it takes is replicated onto surrounding enemies at 20% effectiveness. – You may only have 1 Shade Totem active at a time. This damage counts as a Trap Skill. – – Shroud of Khanduras Affixes Evade Grants +[16-25]% [1.5] Movement Speed for 1.5 seconds – +[57.0-75.0]% Non-Physical Damage – +[46.5-60.0]% Shadow Resistance – +[2-3] to Dark Shroud (Rogue Only) – – Power Casting Dark Shroud makes you Immune for 2 seconds but your Evade Cooldown is increased by [9.0-3.0] seconds. Evading while Dark Shroud is active leaves behind an explosion that deals [3,426-10,278] Shadow Damage and Pulls In enemies. (Rogue Only) – – Legendary Aspects Of True Sight Damage to Inner Sight targets will always crit and deal additional 70-100% crit damage. – Coldclip Your Basic skills are always Cold Imbued. Increase damage to Chilled & Frozen targets by [5-20]%. – Clandestine Gain +[1-3] to Agility and Subterfuge Skills. – Sorcerer Unique Items Axial Conduit Affixes +[13.5-22.5]% Chance for Chain Lightning Projectiles to Cast Twice (Sorcerer Only) – [10.5-15.0]% Damage Reduction – [23.5-32.5]% Resource Generation and Maximum – +[2-3] to Chain Lightning (Sorcerer Only) – – Power Chain Lightning alternates between orbiting you and seeking up to 3 enemies. When it returns, it drains 6 Mana from you for each active Chain Lightning. After draining 66 total Mana, the bolt explodes for [1,887-7,548] Lightning Damage. Chain Lightning expires if you don’t have enough Mana for it to drain (sorcerer Only). – – Vox Omnium – Unique Staff Affixes +16% Lucky Hit Chance – + [198-270] Intelligence – + [26-35]% Core Attack Speed – + [114-150]% Non-Physical Damage – + [2-4] to Basic Skills – – Power Casting a Core Skill additional fires 2 instances of Fire Bolt, Frost Bolt, or Spark, matching the elements of your last 2 non-Core Skill cats. These projectiles deal [30-90]%[x] increased damage. – – Legendary Aspects Winter Touch When enemies are Frozen, they take [150-300]% damage. This damage counts as a Frost Skill. – Jolting Every [3.0-1.0] seconds, a single arc of lightning zaps a nearby enemy for [150 Weapon Damage]. This damage counts as a Shock Skill. – Firestarter When Burning is applied to an enemy that was not previously burning, they take an additional [75-100% Weapon Damage] direct Fire damage. This damage counts as a Pyromancy Skill. – Game Updates Infernal Hordes changes Distinct audio queues have been added to signal the beginning and end of a wave. – The number of waves has been tuned. Tiers 1-3: 6 Waves – Tiers 4-5: 7 Waves – All other tiers remain unchanged. – – The wave timer has been reduced to 60 seconds. – The number of Monsters encountered has been generally increased across the board. – The Health Pools of the Council and other Bosses have been reduced. – Infernal Compasses can now be acquired more frequently and through more means. Tier 4-5 Compasses can drop in High Tier Nightmare Dungeons. – Tiers 4-8 Compasses now naturally drop in high tier Pit runs. – Tiers 4-8 Compasses will now rarely drop in Helltide and from Whisper caches after completing these tiers of Nightmare Dungeons or Pits. (Ex: Tiers 4 and 5 Compasses can drop in Helltide and Whispers after completing Nightmare Dungeons of Tier 75 and 100 respectively). – Infernal Compasses can now be crafted at the Occultist. They cost Forgotten Souls and Sigil Powder. Additionally, Compasses can now be salvaged for Sigil Powder. – – The drop rate of Compasses within the activity itself has been increased. – Rewards from chests have been significantly increased, and the price of all chests have been decreased. – The drop rate for Abyssal Scrolls has been increased. – Common Herbs and Angelbreath have been added as potential drops. The drop rate for Shattered Prisms has been reduced. – Defeating the council has an additional, guaranteed drop of Aether that scales with tier. – Shocktroopers, Aether Masses, Hellseekers, and Soul Spires now drop more Aether. – Pets now can pick up Aether on the ground. – General Changes from Season 5 PTR Exploit Weakness no longer Executes all enemies at any health. Previous: Lucky Hit: Direct damage to a Vulnerable enemy has up to a 45% chance to increase your damage by 1% for 25 seconds, up to 50%. At 50 stacks, this bonus resets and you Execute all Nearby Non-Boss enemies. – Now: Lucky Hit: Hitting a vulnerable enemy has up to a 60% chance to increase your damage by 1%[x] for 25 seconds, up to 25%[x]. At 25 stacks the bonus remains for 6 seconds then expires. – – Björnfang’s Tusks has been reworked and given a new name. A part of its power was introduced to be inherent for Cataclysm. See below in each relevant section for more info. – Drop rate for Legendary items in Helltide has been improved for monsters higher than Level 100. – We have made numerous other updates to Helltide. See below for more details. – Previously, only the player who opened the Pit would receive the full amount of Masterworking materials. This penalty for other party members has been removed. – Bug fixes from Diablo 4 Season 5 PTR Barbarian Fixed an issue where Double Swing did not strike additional times on a fifth cast when using Twin Strikes. – Fixed an issue where the Expose Vulnerability passive could trigger from Basic Skills when using the Shard of Verathiel Unique item. – Fixed an issue where stacks wouldn’t be granted from Crown of Lucion while channeling Whirlwind. – Druid Fixed an issue where Poison Creeper’s damage could scale extremely high when hitting multiple enemies. – Necromancer Fixed an issue where the Aspect of Bursting Bones didn’t properly scale with the effect from Path of Trag’Oul. – Rogue Fixed an issue where certain Stun Grenade effects didn’t properly function. – Fixed an issue where Advanced Flurry and Momentum lost stacks when triggering Lucky Hit or other on-hit effects. – Fixed an issue where the Tempering Affix that grants bonus life while Dark Shroud is active didn’t function. – Fixed an issue where the Tempering Affix that grants bonus damage per active Dark Shroud was granting more damage than intended. – Fixed an issue where the Tempering Affix that grants bonus Resistance and Max Resistance after using a Health Potion did not increase Maximum Resistance. – Fixed an issue where Enhanced Caltrops did not increase damage as expected. – Fixed an issue where the Vengeful Aspect had 10% Lucky Hit Chance instead of 25%. – Fixed an issue where Fundamental Blade Shift did not Daze targets after applying 3 stacks. – Fixed an issue where Advanced Flurry didn’t gain damage from its stacks if it was imbued. – Fixed an issue where the damage bonus from Malice was additive instead of multiplicative. – Fixed an issue where the Bonus Movement from Enhanced Dark Shroud could be lost when switching equipment. – Sorcerer Fixed an issue where Enhanced Lightning Spear didn’t properly function. – Fixed an issue where Enhanced Lightning Spear was granting more Critical Strike Chance than intended. – Fixed an issue where Axial Conduit’s Explosion did not benefit from Greater Chain Lightning. – Fixed an issue where the Axial Conduit’s explosion was dealing much less damage than intended. – Fixed an issue where bonus Chain Lightning Projectiles did not benefit from Axial Conduit. – Fixed an issue where the Aspect of Elemental Acuity couldn’t be applied to Amulets. – Fixed an issue where Flame Shield Enchantment was not functioning properly. – Fixed an issue where the Flame Shield Enchantment granted for free by the Aspect of the Firebird would place Flame Shield on cooldown. – General PTR bug fixes Fixed an issue where Azurewrath did not Freeze enemies or deal Cold damage when equipped by a Druid or Sorcerer. – Fixed an issue where several new Unique items would become account-bound on pickup. – Fixed an issue where Tortured Gifts in World Tiers I and II didn’t always drop items. – Fixed an issue where certain Tempering Recipes could be lost after Seasonal Migration. – Fixed an issue where skills that grant immunity would trigger their cooldown incorrectly when they were automatically cast by another source, such as Yen’s Blessing. – Fixed an issue where Boss health in The Pit would decrease each subsequent respawn. – Fixed an issue where non-boss monsters in The Pit could gain the damage reduction buff applied to Bosses. – Fixed an issue where the Mother’s Judgement boss could not drop loot. – Fixed an issue where Varshan could fail to spawn. – Game Updates New Items and Tempering Recipes The Alchemist Control Rogue Temper Manual will not be available in Diablo 4 Patch 1.5.0. It will return with Patch 1.5.1. All Classes Tempering Recipes: Worldly Finesse – Offensive +X% Critical Strike Damage – +X% Vulnerable Damage – +X% Overpower Damage – +X% Ultimate Damage – Barbarian Legendary Aspects: Aspect of Forward Momentum – Mobility Knocking back an enemy grants 25-40% Movement Speed for 3 seconds. – Tempering Recipes: Slayer’s Finesse – Offensive +X% Vulnerable Damage – +X% Bonus Damage against Injured – +X% Bleeding Damage – Druid Unique Items: Mjölnic Ryng – Unique Ring While Cataclysm is active, you gain unlimited Spirit and deal 40-100%[X] increased damage. – Legendary Aspects: Aspect of the Rushing Wilds – Mobility Casting a Companion Skill grants 5-15% Movement Speed for 5 seconds, up to 15-45%. – Tempering Recipes: Ultimate Efficiency – Resource +X% Cataclysm Cooldown Reduction – +X% Lacerate Cooldown Reduction – +X% Petrify Cooldown Reduction – +X% Grizzly Rage Cooldown Reduction – Necromancer Unique Items: Path of Trag’Oul – Unique Boots Bone Prison traps a larger area and fires 20-35 Bone Splinters at enemies trapped within. Increase your Maximum Essence by 2 for 8 seconds each time these Bone Splinters hit an enemy. – Legendary Aspects: Aspect of the Unholy Tether – Mobility Casting Golem’s active Skill creates a bond between you for 6 seconds. While the bond is active, both of you are Unhindered and gain 25-40% Movement Speed. – Inexorable Reaper’s – Mobility Sever now dashes you forward to attack instead. It becomes a Mobility Skill and costs no Essence, but has a 22-7 second cooldown. – Aspect of Creeping Mist – Mobility Gain 20-35% Evade Cooldown Reduction. – You can now Evade during Blood Mist, traveling twice as far. Entering or exiting Blood Mist resets your Evade Cooldown. – Imprisoned Spirit’s – Offensive When Bone Spirit explodes inside a Bone Prison, it explodes an additional time, dealing 40-70% of normal damage. – Bone Spirit now prioritizes enemies inside a Bone Prison. – Tempering Recipes: Necromancer Wall – Defensive Skill Ranks of Necrotic Carapace – Skill Ranks of Drain Vitality – Minion Damage Reduction – Chance for your Minion Attacks to Fortify you for 3% Maximum Life – Rogue Unique Items: Shroud of Khanduras – Unique Chest Armor Dark Shroud grants Immune for 3 seconds, but your Evade Cooldown is increased by 9-3 seconds. Evading while Dark Shroud is active leaves behind an explosion that deals Shadow damage and pulls in enemies. – Legendary Aspects: Aspect of Nebulous Brews – Mobility Using a Healing Potion grants 35-50% Movement Speed for 3 seconds. After moving 20 meters, you spawn a Healing Potion. – Galvanized Slasher’s – Resource Lucky Hit: Damaging an enemy with a Mobility Skill has a 15-30% chance to fully restore your Energy. Your Maximum Energy is increased by 15-30. – Of Iron Rain – Offensive Smoke Grenade has a 35-50% chance to create an Arrow Storm where it explodes, dealing Physical damage over 3 seconds. Your Arrow Storms continuously apply Vulnerable. – Mired Sharpshooter’s – Utility Caltrops is now a Marksman Skill that periodically throws 5-20 piercing daggers over its Duration, each dealing Shadow damage and applying Vulnerable for 3 seconds. – Breakneck Bandit’s – Offensive Flurry deals 25-40% increased damage and has a 20% chance to Stun enemies for 3 seconds with each hit. – Tempering Recipes: Subterfuge Expertise Increased Smoke Grenade damage – Increased Smoke Grenade Size – Increased damage for each Dark Shroud Shadow – Increased damage on Next Attack after entering Stealth – Rogue Persistence Increased Maximum Life Percentage gained while Dark Shroud is active – Increased Maximum and All Resistance Percentage for 5 Seconds from Health Potions – Increased Skill Ranks of Second Wind – Increased Skill Ranks of Aftermath – Sorcerer Unique Items: Axial Conduit – Unique Pants Chain Lightning alternates between orbiting you and seeking up to 3 enemies. When it returns, it drains 6 Mana from you for each active Chain Lightning. After draining 66 total Mana, the bolt explodes for (150%-600%) Lightning damage. – Chain Lightning expires if you don’t have enough Mana for it to drain. – Legendary Aspects: Aspect Of Tenuous Agility Gain 5-15% increased Movement Speed. This bonus is doubled if you haven’t used a Defensive Skill in 8 seconds. – Aspect Of the Firebird Gain the Flame Shield Enchantment for free. – When Flame Shield activates, Meteorites fall around you dealing (50%-70%) Fire damage. – Lightning Rod Aspect Chain Lightning has a 25% chance to deal 50-80%[x] increased damage. This chance is doubled against Bosses or Crowd Controlled enemies and prefers them as targets. – Aspect Of Elemental Acuity Casting a Pyromancy, Shock, or Frost Skill increases your Mana Regeneration by 10-20% for 5 seconds, once per Element. – At maximum stacks, the total bonus is increased to 60-120% for 10 seconds, but all stacks expire after the duration. – Aspect Of the Orange Herald Lucky Hit: Up to a 5-10% Chance when you damage an enemy with a Skill to reduce the Cooldown of your Ultimate Skill by 2 seconds. Can only happen once per Skill cast. – Tempering Recipes: Discharge – Weapon +X% chance to cast an additional Charged Bolt (moved from Shock Augments) – +X% Teleport size (moved from Shock Augments) – +X% chance for Arc Lash to swipe twice – Conjuration – Weapon +1-2 Hydra Heads on Cast – X% chance for another Ice Blade on Cast – X% chance for another Lightning Spear on Cast – Conjuration Fortune – Utility +X% Hydra Lucky Hit Chance – +X% Ice Blade Lucky Hit Chance – +X% Lightning Spear Lucky Hit Chance – Elemental Control – Utility +X Skill ranks to Convulsions – +X Skill ranks to Snap Freeze – +X Skill ranks to Crippling Flames – Existing Tempering Recipe Additions: +X Skill ranks to Conduction – Added to Sorcerer Motion – +X Ice Armor Duration – Added to Frost Cage – Diablo 4 Season 5 Class balance updates The Season 5 balance changes for Diablo 4’s five Classes are as follows: Barbarian Skills: Bash Adjusted functionality: After bashing enemies 4 times, your next Bash will Clobber, Stunning enemies for 1.5 seconds. Clobber twice as often while using a Two-Handed weapon. – Enhanced Bash Adjusted functionality: Clobbering an enemy grants you 20% Maximum Life as Fortify. – Battle Bash Adjusted functionality: Clobbering an enemy generates an additional 10 Fury. – Enhanced Flay Vulnerable duration increased from 3 to 5 seconds. – Combat Flay Damage Reduction increased from 3% to 4%. – Maximum stacks increased from 4 to 5. – Buff duration increased from 3 to 6 seconds. – Combat Lunging Strike Berserking duration increased from 1.5 to 3 seconds. – Rend Damage increased by 10%. – Violent Rend Damage bonus to Vulnerable increased from 25% to 30%. – Furious Rend Fury gain increased from 4 to 5, and maximum Fury gain increased from 20 to 25. – Hammer of the Ancients Damage Increased by 10%. – Furious Hammer of the Ancients Previous – Hammer of the Ancients gains 2% Critical Strike Chance for every 10 Fury you had when using it. – Now – Hammer of the Ancients gains 2% Critical Strike Chance for every 10 Fury you had when cast. Its Critical Strikes Knock Down enemies for 1.5 seconds. – Violent Hammer of the Ancients Damage bonus increased from 30%[x] to 40%[x]. – Upheaval Damage increased by 15%. – Enhanced Upheaval Stun chance increased from 20% to 35%. – Stun duration increased from 2.5 to 3 seconds. – Violent Upheaval Base Berserking duration increased from 2 to 3 seconds, and bonus duration increased from 3 to 5 seconds. – Tactical Ground Stomp Fury gain increased from 40 to 60. – Enhanced Iron Skin Barrier amount increased from 20% to 25% of maximum Life. – Tactical Challenging Shout Fury gain when taking damage increased from 3 to 6. – Kick Charge Cooldown reduced from 13 to 9 seconds. – Passives: Endless Fury No longer requires Two-Handed weapons. – Fury gain from Basic Skills increased from 10/20/30% to 12/24/36%. – Imposing Presence Maximum Health reduced from 6/12/18% to 5/10/15%. – Thick Skin Fortify gain increased from .4/.8/1.2% to .6/1.2/1.8% of Maximum Life. – Concussion Stun duration reduced from 3 to 2 seconds. – Unconstrained Bonus damage reduced from 75%[x] to 35%[x]. – Unbridled Rage Bonus damage reduced from 100%[x] to 45%[x]. – Walking Arsenal Bonus damage per weapon type used reduced from 12%[x] to 8%[x]. – Bonus damage while all three bonuses are active reduced from 20%[x] to 10%[x]. – Bonus Attack Speed while all three bonuses are active reduced from 20% to 10%. – Gushing Wounds Previous – When causing an enemy to Bleed, you have a chance equal to your Critical Strike Chance to increase the Bleed amount by 140%[x] of your Critical Strike Damage bonus. Overpowering a Bleeding enemy creates an explosion that inflicts 85% Bleeding damage over 5 seconds. – Now – When causing an enemy to Bleed, you have a chance equal to your Critical Strike Chance to increase the Bleed amount by 70%[x], then by 100%[+] of your Critical Strike Damage. Overpowering a Bleeding enemy creates an explosion that inflicts 120% Bleeding damage over 5 seconds. – Legendary Aspects: Wanton Rupture Aspect Frequency increased from every 40-25 seconds to every 30-15 seconds. – Aspect of Grasping Whirlwind Now pulls in new targets three times as frequently. – Steadfast Berserker’s Aspect No longer requires a Lucky Hit, and now always triggers. – Aspect of Sundered Ground Previous – Every 25 seconds, your next Upheaval cast is guaranteed to Overpower and deals 10-25% increased damage. This timer is reduced by 4 seconds when Upheaval Overpowers a Boss or an Elite enemy. – Now – Every 20 seconds, your next Upheaval cast is guaranteed to Overpower and deals 15-30% increased damage. Critical Strikes with Upheaval against Elites reduce this timer by 1 second. – Aspect of Ancestral Force Previous – Hammer of the Ancients quakes outward and its damage is increased by 2-17%. – Now – Hammer of the Ancients quakes outward for 5-20% increased damage. This bonus is doubled against Bosses. – Unique Items: Gohr’s Devasting Grips Explosion size is now affected by increases to Whirlwind’s size. – Paragon: Hemorrhage Legendary Node Now bonus Bleeding damage now caps at 45%. – Weapons Master Legendary Node Fury gain increased from 4% to 8% of Maximum Fury. – Bloodfeeder Glyph Critical Strike Chance bonus against Bleeding enemies increased from 5% to 10%. – Dominate Glyph Time between guaranteed Overpowers reduced from 30 to 20 seconds. – Executioner Glyph Damage bonus while wielding a Polearm increased from 10%[x] to 15%[x]. – Tempering: Bash Cleave (Furious Augments) reduced from 85/95/105% to 15/17.5/20%. – The Barbarian Protection Manual and its augments have been removed. – Flay Duration moved from Barbarian Innovation (Utility) to Bleed Augments (Weapon). – Druid Passive Rank bonus for Clarity affix added to Amulets. – Now gain 25% more increased Skill Damage from their primary Core Stat. Gain 1% increased Skill Damage for every 8 primary Core Stat, reduced from 10 primary Core Stat. – – Skills: Landslide Damage per hit of Landslide increased from 37.5% to 70%. – Damage area increased from 1.5 to 2. – Doubled the number of pillars. – Total damage increased from 70% to 280%. – Shred 1st Attack Damage buffed from 28% to 52%. – 2nd Attack Damage buffed from 39% to 72%. – 3rd Attack Damage buffed from 77% to 143%. – Pulverize Damage buffed from 50% to 92.5%. – Tornado Damage buffed from 35% to 65%. – Boulder Damage increased from 46% to 70% of weapon damage. – Lightning Storm Damage buffed from 40% to 74%. – Hurricane Damage buffed from 187% to 346%. – Ravens Can now be cast while moving. – Poison Creeper Can now be cast while moving. – Rabies The increased spread rate granted by the Natural Rabies upgrade has been applied to the base skill. – Natural Rabies Previous – Rabies Spreads 50% Faster. – Now – Spread distance is increased by 70%. – Lacerate Damage area increased from 1 to 2. – Casting Lacerate now teleports to the target instead of starting at the caster. – Cataclysm Lightning Strike rate is doubled. – Now more consistently hits enemies with its lightning strikes. – Grizzly Rage Cooldown for this ability now starts after Grizzly Rage ends. – Previous – Shapeshift into a Dire Werebear for 10 seconds gaining 20%[x] bonus damage and 20% Damage Reduction. Damage bonus is increased by 3% each second while in this form. Kills extend the duration by 1 second up to an additional 5 seconds. – Now – Shapeshift into a Dire Werebear for 10 seconds gaining 30%[x] bonus damage and 20% Damage Reduction. Damage bonus is increased by 3% each second while in this form, up to a maximum of 75%. Kills extend the duration by 1 second, but the duration cannot go above 10 seconds. – Debilitating Roar Damage Reduction decreased from 70% to 40%. – Blood Howl Is now always a Shout Skill, not just when using Nighthowler’s Aspect. – Earthen Bulwark Previous – Rocks surround you for 3 seconds, granting a Barrier that absorbs 45% of your Base Life in damage. – Now – Rocks surround you for 3 seconds, granting a Barrier that absorbs 45% of your Maximum Life in damage. – Cyclone Armor Non-Physical Damage Reduction increased from 10% to 15%. – Passives: Lupine Ferocity Reduced amount of hits from 6 to 3 to benefit from the effect. – Vigilance Damage Reduction increased for each Skill Rank from 5% to 7%. – Iron Fur Damage Reduction increased for each Skill Rank from 3% to 4%. – Heightened Senses Damage Reduction increased for each Skill Rank from 2% to 3%. – Perfect Storm Damage bonus increased from 30%[x] to 40%[x]. – Earthen Might Base Lucky Hit chance increased from 5% to 10%. – Legendary Aspects: Metamorphic Stone Aspect No longer removes Wrath skill tag from Boulder. – Shepherd’s Aspect Previous – Core and Wrath Skills deal an additional 5-10% damage per Companion you have. – Now – Companion Skills deal an additional 5-10% damage per Companion you have. – Skinwalker’s Aspect Previous – When you use a Shapeshifting Skill that changes your form, gain 2-5 Life. If you are at full Life, gain the same amount as Fortify. – Now – When you use a Shapeshifting Skill that changes your form, gain 5-20% Life. If you are at full Life, gain the same amount as Fortify. – Aftershock Delay from second set of landslides slightly decreased. – Stormclaw’s Aspect Shred’s Critical Strikes damage increased from 15-30% damage to 25-40% of the damage dealt. – Aspect of the Blurred Beast Bonus damage to Poisoned enemies increased from 25-40% to 40-55%. – Aspect of Retaliation Core Skill bonus damage based on Fortify increased from 15-25% to 25-40%. – Seismic-Shift Aspect No longer adds a cooldown to Earth Spike. – Runeworker’s Conduit Aspect Previous – Critical Strikes with Storm skills that you cast charge the air around you for 2 seconds causing a Lightning Bolt to periodically hit an enemy in the area for (250%-310% Weapon Damage) Lightning damage. This duration can be extended by additional Critical Strikes. – Now – Critical Strikes with Storm skills that you cast charge the air around you for 3 seconds causing a Lightning Bolt to periodically hit an enemy in the area for (250%-350% Weapon Damage) Lightning damage. Your Lightning Bolts deal 20-40%[x] increased damage. – Balanced Aspect Spirit Generation while Grizzly Rage is active increased from 20%[x] to 50%[x]. – Nighthowler’s Aspect No longer makes Blood Howl a Shout Skill, since Blood Howl is always a Shout Skill. – Critical Strike Bonus increased from 5-10% to 10-15%. – Paragon: Thunderstruck Legendary Node Now has a maximum bonus capped at 40%. – Human Glyph Damage bonus increased from 6.6% to 9.9%. – Damage Reduction increased from 10% to 15%. – Protector Glyph Damage Reduction increased from 10% to 15%. – Werebear Glyph Damage bonus increased from 6.6% to 9.9%. – Damage Reduction increased from 10% to 15%. – Werewolf Glyph Damage Reduction increased from 10% to 15%. – Necromancer Now gain 25% more increased Skill Damage from their primary Core Stat. Gain 1% increased Skill Damage for every 8 primary Core Stat, reduced from 10 primary Core Stat. – – Book of the Dead Necromancer Minion attacks can now Overpower. – Minions are now more aggressive and will automatically engage nearby enemies. – Golem Active ability – If the Golem is far from the targeted location, it will now leap to the target. – Iron Golem – Slam size increased by 56%. – Skills: The Lucky Hit Chance has been increased for various skills. Sever: From 20% to 40%. – Blood Lance: from 33% to 50%. – Blood Surge: from 12% to 20%. – Reap: From 17% to 30%. – Hemorrhage: from 35% to 50%. – Bone Splinters: from 17% to 30%. – Corpse Tendrils: from 17% to 30%. – Blood Wave: from 20% to 50%. – Decompose The explosion from Enhanced Decompose can now trigger Lucky Hits. – Sever Primary damage increased from 80% to 110%. – Secondary damage increased from 30% to 45%. – Blight Damage over time increased from 105% to 135%. – Blood Wave Damage increased from 150% to 450%. – Passives: Shadowblight Hits required reduced from 10 to 8. – Damage increased from 22% to 44%. – Hellbent Commander Previous – Your Minions deal 15/30/45%[x] increased damage while you are Close to them. – Now – While you control at least 7 Minions, they deal 10/20/30%[x] increased damage. – Legendary Aspects: Blighted Aspect Bonus damage after triggering Shadowblight 10 times reduced from 60-120%[x] to 35-50%[x]. – Aspect of Bursting Bones Bone Prison Burst damage increased from 9-12.2% to 75-120% of Weapon Damage. – Aspect of Empowering Reaper Chance for Sever to create Blight increased from 10-25% to 15-30%. – Blight bonus damage increased from 40-100%[x] to 60-120%[x]. – Aspect of Hungry Blood Additional Blood Lance damage increased from 33-48% to 40-70%. – Aspect of Grasping Veins Critical Strike Chance after casting Corpse Tendrils reduced from 10-25% to 5-20%. – Critical Strike Damage to enemies damaged by Corpse Tendrils reduced from 20-50% to 10-40%. – Critical Strike Damage bonus now lasts for 6 seconds, rather than indefinitely. – Cadaverous Aspect Previous – Consuming a Corpse increases the damage of your next Core Skill by 5-10%[x], up to 25-50%[x]. – Now – Consuming a Corpse increases the damage of your Core Skills by 3.5-6%[x] for 5 seconds, up to 17.5-30%[x]. – Torturous Aspect Previous – Iron Maiden is now also a Darkness Skill and deals Shadow damage. Enemies afflicted by Iron Maiden have a 10-25% chance to be Stunned for 1 second when they deal direct damage. – Now – Iron Maiden is now also a Darkness Skill and deals Shadow damage. Enemies have a 10-25% chance to be Stunned for 1 second when they take damage from Iron Maiden. – Inexorable Reaper’s Aspect Sever Cooldown reduced from 22-7 to 13.5-6. – Paragon: Wither Legendary Paragon Node Intelligence scaling is now capped at 1200 Intelligence. – Bloodbath Legendary Node Overpower damage increased from 35%[x] to 70%[x]. – Blood Begets Blood Legendary Node Damage bonus per Blood Orb pickup increased from 5%[x] to 10%[x]. – Maximum bonus damage increased from 30%[x] to 50%[x]. – Tempering: Blood Finesse Tempering Recipe Blood Damage increased from 41.5-55% to 57.5-80%. – Blood Overpower damage increased from 62.5-85% to 82.5-105%. – Damage While Fortified increased from 41.5-55% to 57.5-80%. – Shadow Finesse Tempering Recipe Shadow Damage Over Time increased from 57-75% to 67.5-90%. – Darkness Damage increased from 41.5-55% to 57.5-80%. – (These values reflect items at Legendary rank) Rogue Maximum Arrow Storms increased from 5 to 7. – Preparation Previous – Every 75 Energy you spend reduces your Ultimate Skill’s Cooldown by 5 seconds. Using an Ultimate Skill resets the Cooldowns of your other Skills. – Now – Spend 75 Energy to reduce your Ultimate Skill’s Cooldown by 5 seconds. Ultimate Skills reset other Cooldowns and grant 15% Damage Reduction for 810 seconds. – – Now gain 11% more increased Skill Damage from their primary Core Stat. Gain 1% increased Skill Damage for every 9 primary Core Stat, reduced from 10 primary Core Stat. – – Skills: Blade Shift Damage increased by 50% (0.2 to 0.3). – Previous – Quickly stab your victim for damage and shift, allowing you to move freely through enemies for 4 seconds. – Now – Quickly stab your victim for damage and shift, making you Unhindered for 4 seconds. – Fundamental Blade Shift Enemies moved through needed to activate Daze reduced from 5 to 3. – Primary Blade Shift Control Impairing Effect Duration Reduction increased from 20% to 30%. – Invigorating Strike Damage increased by 20%. – Enhanced Twisting Blades Return damage bonus increased from 30% to 35%. – Shadow Step Damage increased by 11% (0.72 to 0.8). – Enhanced Shadow Step Previous – Damaging an enemy with Shadow Step increases your Critical Strike Chance against them by 8% for 3 seconds. – Now – Damaging an enemy with Shadow Step Dazes and applies Vulnerable to them for 3 seconds. – Methodical Shadow Step Previous – Enemies damaged by Shadow Step are Stunned for 2 seconds. – Now – After Shadow Stepping, you gain 20% Damage Reduction for 3 seconds. – Disciplined Shadow Step Previous – Shadow Step’s Cooldown is reduced by 3 seconds when it damages an enemy you have not hit with Shadow Step in the last 4 seconds. – Now – Damaging an enemy with Shadow Step Stuns them for 2 seconds and reduces its Cooldown by 3 seconds. – Dash Damage increased by 25% (0.32 to 0.4). – Additional functionality: Dash Slows enemies hit by 30% for 3 seconds. – Enhanced Dash Previous – Enemies damaged by Dash take 15% increased Critical Strike Damage from you for 5 seconds. – Now – Casting Dash increases your Critical Strike Chance by 10% for 5 seconds. – Disciplined Dash Previous – Dash Slows enemies it hits by 30% for 3 seconds. Any enemy already Slowed will be Dazed for 2 seconds instead. – Now – At the end of Dash, Knock Down surrounding enemies for 2 seconds and deal 350% of its damage to them. – Methodical Dash Previous – Dealing damage to Crowd Controlled enemies with Dash reduces its Charge Cooldown by 0.5 seconds, up to 4 seconds per cast. – Now – Dash has 1 additional Charge and its Charge Cooldown is reduced by 2 seconds. – Flurry Damage increased from 94% to 130%. – Lucky Hit Chance increased from 10% to 1320%. – Enhanced Flurry Previous – Each time Flurry damages a Crowd Controlled or Vulnerable enemy, you are Healed for 1% of your Maximum Life, up to 12% Maximum Life per cast. – Now – Each time Flurry damages an enemy, it has a 10% chance to apply Vulnerable for 3 seconds and deals 1% increased damage for 5 seconds after hitting a Vulnerable enemy, up to a total of 5025%. – Advanced Flurry Previous – Evading through an enemy will cause your next Flurry to deal 30% increased damage and Stun enemies hit for 2.5 seconds. – Now – Successive casts of Flurry increase its damage by 1510% and reduce its Energy cost by 10%, up to 3 times. – Improved Flurry Previous – Flurry deals 20% increased damage to Vulnerable targets. If Flurry hits any Vulnerable enemy, it will make all enemies hit by that cast Vulnerable for 3 seconds. – Now – Casting Flurry dashes you to the target and Heals 10% of your Maximum Life. – Caltrops Damage increased by 13% (0.4 to 0.45). – Disciplined Caltrops Critical Strike Chance bonus increased from 5% to 10%. – – Dark Shroud You can now only lose 1 Dark Shroud shadow every 1.5 seconds. – Enhanced Dark Shroud Previous – Dark Shroud’s shadows have a 14% chance to not be Consumed. – Now – Each active Dark Shroud shadow grants you 5% increased Movement Speed and also has a 15% chance to not be Consumed. – Subverting Dark Shroud Previous – Each active shadow from Dark Shroud grants you 4% increased Movement Speed. – Now – You Heal for 10% of your Maximum Life when a Dark Shroud shadow is removed. – Countering Dark Shroud You only need 1 active shadow to get the bonus Critical Strike Chance instead of 2. – Critical Strike Chance increased from 8% to 10%. – Smoke Grenade Additional functionality: Smoke Grenade now deals 45% Physical damage, has a 25% Lucky Hit Chance, and its Skill Ranks now give increased damage and Cooldown Reduction. – Enhanced Smoke Grenade Previous – Enemies affected by Smoke Grenade take 25% increased damage from you. – Now – Enemies hit by Smoke Grenade take 25% increased damage from you for 5 seconds. – Countering Smoke Grenade Previous – Lucky Hit: Dealing direct damage to enemies affected by Smoke Grenade has up to a 25% chance to reduce its Cooldown by 1 second, or by 3 seconds instead if the enemy is Vulnerable. – Now – Hitting an Elite or Boss with Smoke Grenade reduces its Cooldown by 5 seconds. – Subverting Smoke Grenade Previous – If an enemy is Vulnerable, Slowed, or Chilled then Smoke Grenade will Daze them for 20% longer. – Now – Smoke Grenade now deals Poison damage and applies another 45% Poisoning damage over 5 seconds. – Poison Imbuement Poisoning Duration increased from 5 to 6 seconds. – Enhanced Poison Imbuement Previous – Poison Imbuement’s Poisoning Duration is increased by 1 second. – Now – Casting Poison Imbuement generates 30 Energy, increased by 2 for each Nearby Poisoned enemy. – Poison Trap Damage increased by 36% (0.11 to 0.15). – Subverting Poison Trap Poison damage bonus increased from 10% to 15%. – Countering Poison Trap Chance to reset Imbuements increased from 30% to 40%. – Penetrating Shot New functionality: Now deals 10% increased damage per enemy it pierces. – Enhanced Penetrating Shot Previous – Penetrating Shot deals 10% increased damage for each enemy it pierces. – Now – Casting Penetrating Shot and hitting a Boss or Elite with it has a 25% Chance to fire an additional shot for free. – Rain of Arrows Casting Speed has been increased by 30%. – Lucky Hit Chance increased from 2% to 4%. – Cooldown reduced from 55 to 50 seconds. – Passives: Concussive Renamed to Unstable Elixirs. – Previous – After Knocking Back or Knocking Down an enemy, you gain 4% increased Critical Strike Chance for 4 seconds. – Now – Using a Healing Potion Stuns surrounding enemies for 2 seconds and increases your damage by 6% for 10 seconds. – Rapid Gambits Previous – Your Evade Cooldown is reduced by 0.5 seconds when you Daze an enemy. – Now – Evading through an enemy Dazes them for 2 seconds. Your Evade Cooldown is reduced by 0.25 seconds when you Daze an enemy. – Trick Attacks Previous – When you Critically Strike a Dazed enemy they are Knocked Down for 0.5 seconds. – Now – Dazing or Stunning an enemy increases your Critical Strike Chance by 2% and Critical Strike Damage by 2% for 5 seconds, both up to 12%. – Impetus New functionality: Added visuals to show when the effect is ready. – Previous – After moving 12 meters, your next Non-Basic attack deals 7% increased damage. – Now – After moving 15 meters, your next Core or Ultimate attack deals 8% increased damage. While the damage bonus remains, your Agility and Subterfuge Skills deal 45% increased damage. – Malice Previous – You deal 3% increased damage to Vulnerable enemies. – Now – You deal 4% increased damage to Vulnerable or Knocked Down enemies. – Alchemical Advantage Previous – You gain 1% increased Attack Speed for each enemy you’ve Poisoned, up to 15%. – Now – Dealing Poison damage increases your Attack Speed and Lucky Hit Chance by 1% for 8 seconds, up to 5%. – Second Wind Previous – Every 100 Energy you spend grants you 5% increased Lucky Hit Chance for 5 seconds. – Now – Every 100 Energy you spend grants 15% of your Maximum Life as a Barrier for 3 seconds. – Aftermath Previous – After using an Ultimate Skill, restore 30 Energy. – Now – While an Ultimate Skill is on your Action Bar, you Heal for 0.5% Maximum Life every second. After using an Ultimate, restore 25 Energy. – Weapon Mastery Dagger damage to Healthy enemies increased from 5% to 7%. – Key Passives: Victimize The Explosion damage of Victimize has been increased by ~50% to compensate for a bug fix, detailed below. – Momentum Previous – Cutthroat Skills grant a stack of Momentum for 8 seconds if they either hit a Stunned, Dazed, or Frozen enemy, or hit any enemy from behind. While at 3 stacks of Momentum you gain 20% increased Damage Reduction, 30% increased Energy Regeneration, and 15% increased Movement Speed. – Now – Casting a Cutthroat Skill grants a stack of Momentum. Casting a Non-Cutthroat Skill removes a stack of Momentum. For each stack of Momentum, you gain 3% Damage Reduction, 3% Maximum Energy, 3% Energy Regeneration, 3% Movement Speed, and 5% Damage. This can stack up to 10 times. – Legendary Aspects: Enshrouding Aspect Previous – Gain a free Dark Shroud shadow every 3 seconds when standing still. Each Dark Shroud shadow grants 2.5-4.0% increased Damage Reduction. – Now – Using a Healing Potion makes a free Dark Shroud shadow. Each shadow grants 2.5-4.0% increased Damage Reduction. – Of Arrow Storms Previous – Lucky Hit: Your Marksman Skills have up to a 25% chance to create an Arrow Storm at the enemy’s location, dealing Physical damage over 3 seconds. Your Arrow Storms deal 30-40% increased damage. – Now – Lucky Hit: Your Marksman and Cutthroat Skills have up to a 25% chance to create an Arrow Storm at the enemy’s location, dealing Physical damage over 3 seconds. Your Arrow Storms deal 45-60% increased damage. – Vengeful Arrow Storm Damage increased from 25-40% to 45-60%. – Ravager’s Damage bonus to Shadow Step increased from 2.5-10% to 4.5-12%. – Trickster’s Previous – Caltrops also throw a cluster of exploding Stun Grenades that deal total Physical damage and Stun enemies for 1 second. Your Stun Grenades deal 25-40% increased damage. – Now – Caltrops and Smoke Grenade receive Stun Grenade benefits and throw Stun Grenades that deal Physical damage and Stun enemies for 1 second. Your Stun Grenades deal 25-40% increased damage. – Of Noxious Ice Poison damage bonus to Frozen enemies increased from 15-30% to 20-35%. – Of Bursting Venoms Toxic Pool Poisoning damage increased by 24%. – Of Volatile Shadows Dark Shroud shadow Explosion damage increased by 50%. – Of Stolen Vigor Previous – Each stack of the Momentum Key Passive Heals you for Life per second and grants you 5% Damage Reduction. – Now – While at maximum stacks of the Momentum Key Passive, your Cutthroat Skills deal 30-45% increased damage and you become Unstoppable for 3 seconds every 8 seconds. – Unique Items: Saboteur’s Signet Previous – Casting Flurry has a 15-30% chance to release Stun Grenades that deal Physical damage and Stun enemies for 1 second. Your Grenade Skills have a 2% Lucky Hit Chance. – Now – Casting a Core Skill has a 15-30% chance to throw Stun Grenades that deal Physical damage and Stun enemies for 1 second. Your Stun Grenades gain 5% Lucky Hit Chance. – Windforce Ranks of Concussive changed to Ranks of Malice. – Vulnerable Damage changed to Dexterity. – Previous – Lucky Hit: Hits with this weapon have up to a 30-40% chance to deal double damage and Knock Back the target. – Now – Hits of Barrage have a 30-50% chance to deal double damage and Knock Down enemies. – Scoundrel’s Kiss Explosion radius increased by 10%. – The visual effect for the Physical damage has been improved to be more consistent. – Writhing Band of Trickery Decoy Trap damage increased by 8%. – Word of Hakan Previous – Your Rain of Arrows is always Imbued with all Imbuements at once. – Now – Your Rain of Arrows is always Imbued with all Imbuements at once and receives your Arrow Storm benefits. – Paragon: Tricks of the Trade – Legendary Node Previous – Your Marksman Skills grant your next Cutthroat Skill 25% increased damage. Your Cutthroat Skills grant your next Marksman Skill 25% increased damage. – Now – Your Marksman Skills grant your Cutthroat Skills 25% increased damage for 8 seconds. Your Cutthroat Skills grant your Marksman Skills 25% increased damage for 8 seconds. – Cheap Shot – Legendary Node Previous – You deal 5% increased damage for each Nearby enemy that is Crowd Controlled, up to 25%. – Now – You deal 5% increased damage for each Nearby enemy that is Crowd Controlled, up to 25%. A Nearby Staggered Boss provides the maximum bonus. – Exploit Weakness – Legendary Node Previous – Whenever you deal damage to a Vulnerable enemy, they take 1% increased damage from you for 6 seconds, up to 25%. – Now – Lucky Hit: Hitting a vulnerable enemy has up to a 60% chance to increase your damage by 1%x for 25 seconds, up to 25%x. At 25 stacks the bonus remains for 6 seconds then expires. – No Witnesses – Legendary Node Is now capped at a maximum damage bonus of 45%. – Duration increased from 8 to 10 seconds. – Leyrana’s Insinct – Legendary Node Is now capped at a maximum damage bonus of 35%. – Culler – Rare Node Execute Chance changed to Ultimate Damage. – Magic Nodes in this cluster that gave Execute Chance now give Ultimate Damage. – Ruin – Rare Node Damage to Healthy changed to Ultimate Damage. – Magic Nodes in this cluster that gave Damage to Healthy now give Ultimate Damage. – Sorcerer Crackling Energy base damage increased from 20% to 30%. – Now gain 25% more increased Skill Damage from their primary Core Stat. Gain 1% increased Skill Damage for every 8 primary Core Stat, reduced from 10 primary Core Stat. – – Skills: Charged Bolts Base damage increased from 30% to 45%. – Enhanced Charged Bolts Explosion damage increased from 45% to 79%. – Spark Base damage per hit increased from 10% to 12%. – Enhanced Spark Damage increased from 8% to 10%. – Glinting Spark Previous: Spark grants 2% increased Critical Strike Chance per cast for 5 seconds, up to 8%. – Now: Spark grants 2% increased Critical Strike Chance per cast for 5 seconds, up to 8%. At max stacks, your Spark hits grant 1 Mana. – Hydra Base damage increased from 14% to 16%. – Summoned Hydra Burn damage increased from 60% to 100%. – Inferno Base damage increased by 20%. – Firewall Damage increased from 160% to 230%. – Meteor Damage increased from 80% to 96%. – Incinerate Damage increased from 84% to 101%. – Fireball Damage increased from 60% to 66%. – Flickering Arc Lash Previous: Gain 6% Movement Speed for 5 seconds for each enemy hit with Arc Lash, up to 18%. – Now: Arc Lash grants 5 Mana if your swipe hits at least one enemy. When you hit 3 or more enemies or a Boss, your next swipe also deals 50% more damage. – Chain Lightning Now tracks how many Chain Lightnings are out. – Damage increased from 36% to 43%. – Greater Chain Lightning Previous: Each time Chain Lightning bounces, it deals 5% increased damage for its duration. – Now: Each time Chain Lightning bounces, it deals 10% increased damage for its duration, up to 30%. – Chain Lightning Enchantment Now has a 4 second Cooldown. – No longer tracks Mana or sends out Chain Lightnings if the instance of Mana Drain is from an Auto Cast skill. – Flame Shield Cooldown begins when Invulnerability ends. – Ice Armor Max Life Base Shield amount increased from 25% to 40%. – No longer gains increased Shield based on damage. – Enhanced Lightning Spear Previous: After Critically Striking, Lightning Spear gains a 5% increased stacking Critical Strike Chance for its duration. – Now: Casting Lightning Spear spawns an additional Lightning Spear and increases their Critical Strike Chance by 15%. – Blizzard Base damage increased from 130% to 210%. – Enhanced Blizzard Blizzard damage to Frozen enemies increased from 25% to 40%. – Wizard’s Blizzard Previous: While Blizzard is active, your Core Skills cost 20% less Mana. – Now: While Blizzard is active, you gain 1 Mana Regeneration for every 20 Maximum Mana. – Teleport Cooldown increased from 11 to 14. – Base damage increased from 25% to 35%. – Ball Lightning Damage increased from 20% to 24%. – Ice Shards Damage increased from 32% to 36%. – Frozen Orb Base Damage increased from 41% to 50%. – Shard damage increased from 43% to 52%. – Passives: Convulsions Stun chance increased from 5% to 7%. – Crippling Flames Immobilize chance increased from 5% to 7%. – Snap Freeze Freeze chance increased from 5% to 7%. – Static Discharge Chance to spawn Crackling Energy increased from 5% to 6%. – Shocking impact Damage for each Rank increased from 40% to 50%. – Combustion Base Burning damage increased from 20% to 4060%. – Vyr’s Mastery Previous: Close enemies take 15% increased damage from your Shock Skills and deal 20% less damage to you. Critical Strikes increase these bonuses to 20% and 25% respectively for 3 seconds. – Now: When you Critical Strike an enemy with a Shock Skill you become Charged and take 25% less damage for 5 seconds. While Charged, Critical Strikes have a 10% chance to causes the damage to arc as Lightning damage to another Nearby enemy, or if there are no other targets you hit the target again for 250% of the damage. – Shatter Damage increased from 30% to 45% of the damage you deal to them. – Shatter no longer receives damage from itself. – Warmth Healing from non-elites increased from 0.5/1/1.5% to 1/2/3%. – Healing from bosses increased from 2/4/6% to 4/8/12%. – Align the Elements Damage Reduction from Elites cap increased from 40% to 60%. – Mana Shield Damage reduction Increased from 8% to 10%. – Legendary Aspects: Charged Aspect Movement Speed bonus increased from 10-20 to 15-25. – Aspect Of Efficiency Mana Cost Reduction increased from 10-25% to 35-50%. – Aspect of Engulfing Flames Burning damage to enemies below 50% Life increased from 15-30% to 30-45%. – Aspect Of Abundant Energy Previous: Crackling Energy has a 35-50% chance to chain to an additional enemy. – Now: Crackling Energy has a 35-50% chance to deal 40%|x| increased damage and chain to an additional enemy. – Aspect Of Splintering Energy Previous: Casting Lightning Spear always spawns an additional Lightning Spear and increases your damage with Shock Skills by X for Y seconds. – Now: Critical Hits with Lightning Spear cause Lightning to arc from it dealing 25%-55% damage to its target and up to 5 other enemies. This damage is increased by your Critical Strike Damage Bonus. – Aspect of Binding Embers Previous: Flame Shield lets you move unhindered through enemies. Enemies you move through while Flame Shield is active are Immobilized for X seconds. – Now: Flame Shield grants you unhindered for its duration. Enemies you move through while Flame Shield is active are Immobilized for X seconds. – Aspect Of the Frozen Wake Ice Spike damage increased from 60%-80% to 80%-100%. – Now has 15% extra damage to Ice Spikes instead of 15% extra Chill. – Aspect Of the Frozen Tundra (Deep Freeze) Ice Spike damage increased from 60%-80% to 100%-120%. – Glacial Aspect Now has 15% extra Chill with Ice Spikes instead of 15% extra Damage. – Snowveiled Aspect Previous: Ice armor makes you unstoppable and grants you 30% armor for 3.5-5 seconds. – Now: Ice armor makes you unstoppable and grants you 25% Damage Reduction for 3.5-5 seconds. – Paragon: Burning Instinct Critical Strike Bonus changed from 1% per 25 Intelligence to 1% per 20 Intelligence and now caps at 80%[x]. – Ceaseless Conduit Changed from 3% per 20 Intelligence to 2% per 20 Intelligence. Crackling Energy damage now caps at 120%[x]. – Elemental Summoner Now caps at its damage bonus at 3060%[x]. – Scaling from damage with Cold/Fire/Lightning increased from 5% to 10%. – Icefall Damage with Frost Skills increased from 15%[x] to 18%[x]. – Unleash Glyph Increased the damage bonus from 7% to 8%. – Increased the Mana Regeneration from 7% to 25%. – Frigid Fate Now caps its damage bonus at 60%[x]. – Scaling from damage with Cold increased from 10% to 20%. – Searing Heat Now caps its damage bonus at 60%[x]. – Scaling from damage with Fire increased from 10% to 20%. – Major gameplay updates in Diablo 4 Season 5 patch The following updates to core mechanics will be implemented with the rollout of Patch 1.5.0: Tempering Updates The following Tempering Affixes have been moved from existing Tempering Recipes onto new Recipes in the Utility Category. Barbarian Innovation Earthquake Duration – from Wasteland Augments – Kick Vulnerable Duration – from Furious Augments – Frenzy Duration – from Berserking Augments – – Druid Magic Innovation Hurricane Size – from Storm Augments – Lightning Storm Duration – from Storm Augments – Petrify Duration – from Earth Augments – Cyclone Armor Active Size – from Nature Magic Wall – – Rogue Innovation Invigorating Strike Duration – from Basic Augments – Twisting Blades Return Time Reduction – from Core Augments – Flurry Size – from Core Augments – Heartseeker Duration – from Basic Augments – – Items with Greater Affixes now have an additional Tempering durability charge per Greater Affix present. – Damage to close enemies granted by the Natural Finesse tempering affix reduced from 65%/75%/85% to 35%/45%/55%. – – Barbarian Innovation – Endgame Bosses The summoning Urn now respawns after the boss is defeated, allowing players to more quickly reset and defeat the bosses repeatedly. – Beast in the Ice The Beast in the Ice boss fight now functions as a standard dungeon— you no longer must craft a sigil to enter the fight. – After defeating the Beast in the Ice, any players on the Eternal Realm can use leftover crafted Sigils to immediately resummon it again without paying the summoning material cost. – The boss fight is now much closer to the entrance —you’ll no longer need to progress through the Dungeon to fight the boss. – We’ve removed Sigil Dust as a material cost to summon the Beast in the Ice. – – Summoning Varshan now only requires Malignant Hearts. Trembling Hands, Blackened Femurs, and Gurgling heads have been removed from the game. Eternal Characters that have the other body parts can convert them to hearts at the Alchemist. – Boss Ladder bosses no longer drop Rare items. They now drop additional Gold instead of Rare items. – Tormented Bosses Tormented Bosses now drop 5 times as many Boss Materials. – Rebalanced Tormented Boss loot to have parity with each other. – All Tormented Bosses have 5 chances to drop a mythic at 1.5% chance each. In total, a 7.5% chance to drop a Mythic Unique. The resulting effect of this change is that the bosses have a chance to drop multiple Mythic Uniques instead of just 1. – The cost to summon a Tormented boss had been reduced from 2 Stygian Stones to 1. – – Helltide changes The way baneful hearts are earned has been adjusted. Chance to get one from a Tortured gift starts at 15% and increases each time you fail to get one. Once you are rewarded with a baneful heart, the chance resets to 15%. – Hellborne and the Helltide Assassin start with a 1% chance to drop a heart and increase each time you fail to get one. It resets to 1%. – Helltide Commanders always drop a heart. – A World Boss spawned in an active Helltide Zone will drop 3 Hearts. – Local Event chests have a small chance to grant hearts when achieving Mastery. – – Threat gain now consistently scales with the health of slain monsters. – Helltide Whispers They only spawn in one subzone. – These Whispers will always add up to equal 10 Grim Favors’. – Icons have been updated to be consistent with other Whispers. – Cull Demons now includes Fallen. – Cull Fallen replaced with Cull Cultists. – – Profane Mindcages return in Season of the Infernal Hordes! They always drop from Hellborne. – Can be stacked up to 3 times. – Only available in the Seasonal Realm. – – In World Tiers I & II, the Blood Maiden now requires only two Baneful Hearts to summon. – Tortured Gift chests in World Tiers I & II now require 75 Cinders instead of 100 to open. – Loot rewards Resplendent Spark awards for defeating Tormented bosses can now be earned separately on both Hardcore and non-Hardcore modes. – Resplendent Sparks and Scattered Prisms will no longer be automatically picked up. Additionally, these items can now be found in the lost items Stash if forgotten on the ground. – Unique and Mythic Unique items can now be acquired from Whisper Caches, Purveyors of Curiosity, and Tortured Gifts in Helltide. – The chance to find Mythic Unique items through all non-boss means has been increased. – Treasure Goblin drop quality has been improved. Can drop 1-3 Legendary items and 2-6 Rare items. – Additionally Common Ore, Herbs, Leather, and Gem Fragments will always drop. – Treasure Goblins can also drop Forgotten Souls in World Tiers III & IV. – Treasure Goblins now have a 10/20/30% chance to drop 1-2 Scattered Prisms in World Tiers I & II/World Tier III/World Tier IV. – Treasure Goblins drop 1-2 Elixirs. – Gold drop increased (Ex: Level 1 in World Tier I: 40k Gold. Level 100 in World Tier IV: 150k Gold). – – User interface and user experience Floating Combat Text has been updated to be more consistent and be more legible. – Settings for Floating Combat Text have been added to allow players to further customize what sort of floating text they want to see. – The Stats window now has a highlight for when the Armor Cap has been reached. – The sections in the Stats window can now be collapsed and expanded as desired. – Mythic Unique Items now have new visual effects and have a unique look in the Inventory for them to stand out more. – Legendary Aspects can now be favorited and filtered while interacting with the Occultist. – Shift-clicking a skill will now add 5 points (or as many as possible) to it in the Skill tree. – The notification for unlocking and upgrading Aspects has been improved to be more prominent. – A new setting has been added to display the Health and Resource bars above the player character’s head. – Map pins dropped by party members now display a suggested path to match self-placed pins. – Miscellaneous For this Season, Helltide Chests no longer contain Obols. – This season’s Nightmare Dungeon rotation remains the same as the previous season. – World Bosses are now more resilient to damage. – Experience rewards for side quests, including Priority Quests (Ex: Gem Crafting Quest) and Class Quests, have been increased. – Skills that grant Immunity, e.g. Flame Shield and Blood Mist, now only go on cooldown once the Immunity effect ends. – We have made some updates to Crowd Control sources. Hard Crowd Control from monsters now lasts 1.5 seconds on average, down from 2.5 seconds on average. – The maximum duration of monster hard Crowd Control is now 2 seconds. – Reworked some monster attacks that apply short hard Crowd Control effects frequently, so they no-longer chain these effects on players. – Additionally, Potions can now be used while Crowd Controlled. – – Certain tutorial quests, such as the quest for crafting a Gem, are now tracked account-wide for completion status. – Various Dungeons have had tweaks to their layouts to further streamline them. – More Weapon Types are now available to more Classes. Druids can now use Polearms, 1-handed Swords, and Daggers. – Necromancers can now use Maces and Axes. This includes Butcher’s Cleaver being usable for Necromancers. – Sorcerers can now use 1-Handed Swords and 1-Handed Maces. This includes Azurewrath and Doombringer being usable for Sorcerers. – – Inherent Affixes on multiple Weapon Types have been changed. Axes inherent Affix changed from Damage to Healthy Enemies to Damage Over Time. – Wands inherent Affix changed from Lucky Hit Chance to Vulnerable Damage. – Scythes inherent Affix changed from Life on Kill to Summoning Damage. – Staffs inherent Affix changed from Damage to Crowd Controlled Enemies to Damage Over Time. – Bows inherent Affix changed from Damage to Distant Enemies to Critical Strike Damage. – Polearms inherent Affix changed from Damage to Injured Enemies to Vulnerable Damage. – Focus and Totem inherent Affix changed from Cooldown Reduction to Lucky Hit Chance. – – Enchanting no longer requires Angelbreath. Instead, it requires the legendary crafting material for the item slot. Jewelry: Abstruse Sigils – Weapons: Baleful Fragments – Armor: Coiling Wards – – We increased the character level requirements for unlocking Smoldering Ashes in the Battle Pass. – We’ve increased the max level difference you can earn base monster experience from. The maximums have been updated: World Tier I and II: 3 to 30 – World Tier III: 6 to 30 – World Tier IV: 10 to 30 – Example of previous system at World Tier IV: A Level 60 player killing a Level 80 monster will reward experience equivalent of having killed a Level 70 monster. – Example of current system at World Tier IV: A Level 60 player killing a Level 80 monster will receive experience appropriate for a Level 80 monster. – – Boss Health has been reduced across the game. Before: WTI: 0% – WTII: 4000% – WTIII: 6500% – WTIV: 30000% – – After: WTI: 0% – WTII: 2000% – WTIII: 4000% – WTIV: 6000% – – – Before: – Pit Boss damage has been reduced by 66% across the board. – Shadow Pit Boss Affix attacks now apply a stacking damage debuff which stacks up to 3 times. – At the third and final stack, Pit Boss damage is the same as Loot Reborn. – The Bandit Sharpshooter boss has been replaced with Mother’s Judgement. – Bug fixes Accessibility: Fixed an issue where the Screen Reader didn’t identify Paragon Nodes when navigating the Paragon Board on controller. – Gameplay: Barbarian Fixed an issue where Fury Regeneration would malfunction when assigning the Tactical Rallying Cry Upgrade. – Fixed an issue where the 5 second internal Cooldown for the Aspect of Ancestral Echoes was not listed in the Aspect’s description. – Fixed an issue where stack granted by the Aspect of Limitless Rage could be inconsistently acquired. – Fixed an issue where Charge could be used to bypass interaction channels, such as opening Helltide Chests. – Fixed an issue where Earthstrikers Aspect could waste its guaranteed Overpower trigger on autocast instances. This includes triggers from Overkill and Ring of the Ravenous. – Fixed an issue where bonus Fury generated by the Aspect of Berserk Fury didn’t grant Fortify when used in conjunction with the Aspect of Numbing Wrath. – Fixed an issue where Whirlwind didn’t scale with Passive and temporary Attack Speed. – Fixed an issue where the damage modifier for the Rumble Glyph was additive when fighting Crowd Controlled enemies. Rumble’s Damage bonus is now capped at 30%[x]. – Fixed an issue where Death Blow wasn’t being consistently reset when enemies were killed by shockwaves created by Overkill. – Fixed an issue where the Aspect of Giant Strides did not reduce the Cooldown of Leap after killing enemies. – Druid Fixed an issue where the tooltip for Aspect of the Changeling’s Debt was missing the damage type indicator when using advanced tooltips. – Fixed an issue where projectiles from Tyrael’s Might behaved erratically when used with Shred. – Fixed an issue where the tooltip description for Enhanced Poison Creeper was missing information. – Fixed an issue where Rabies did not fully benefit from the Toxic Claws Passive. – Fixed an issue where the pull effect from Airidah’s Inexorable Will had a larger area of effect than intended. – Fixed an issue where Enhanced Rabies was scaling beyond the 60% bonus if the Damage over time duration was extended. – Fixed an issue where weapon drops for Druids were skewed towards 2-Handed Weapons. – Fixed an issue where Lightning Storm didn’t scale with Passive and temporary Attack Speed. – Fixed an issue where a second Boulder Projectile granted by the Tempering Affix did not deal any damage when used with Dolmen Stone. – Necromancer Fixed an issue where Skeleton Reapers could get both bonuses when using the Second upgrade option. – Fixed an issue where the bonus Critical Strike chance from Supreme Bone storm did not trigger if Bone Storm was recast while another Bone Storm was still active. – Fixed an issue where the Grasping Veins Aspect could apply its bonus without using Corpse Tendrils. – Fixed an issue where Hellbent Commander’s effect could still function when removing points after entering a new zone. – Fixed an issue where the Aspect of Frenzied Dead had an irrelevant addition of “Summoning” to its description. – Fixed an issue where the Cooldown Reduction granted by Rapid Ossification didn’t apply to Bone Spirt when cast with 100 or more Essence. – Fixed an issue where the Untimely Death Aspect was not gaining stacks when the player Healed values smaller than 1% of your max life. – Fixed an issue where Reap didn’t scale with Passive and temporary Attack Speed. – Rogue Fixed an issue where the Methodical Dash upgrade didn’t reduce the Cooldown of Dash by the full, intended amount. – Fixed an issue where Puncture could generate multiple combo points when additional resource generation was high. – Fixed an issue where Rapid Fire used with Scoundrel’s Kiss and the Repeating Aspect behaved inconsistently. – Fixed an issue where Shadow Clone didn’t deal damage with Rapid Fire. – Fixed an issue where Rapid Fire did not have a range limit when used with Scoundrel’s Kiss. – Fixed an issue where Scoundrel’s Leathers would properly function when a Core Skill hit a target that wasn’t explicitly aimed at. – Fixed an issue where Forceful Arrow made targets Vulnerable after 2 hits instead of 3. – Fixed an issue where Caltrops didn’t trigger Movement Speed from the Aspect of Explosive Verve. – Fixed an issue where Improved Penetrating Shot didn’t display its duration on the Skill icon on your Action Bar. – Fixed an issue where Victimize was double dipping its damage multiplier. A compensatory buff to Victimize was made here, as mentioned above. – Fixed an issue where the Tempering affix for granting bonus movement speed per active Dark Shroud did not function properly. – Sorcerer Fixed an issue where damage from Shatter would double dip when multiple enemies were Frozen. – General bug fixes: Fixed an issue where the Aspect of the Crowded Sage was calculating using base Life instead of Maximum Life. – Fixed an issue where Damage over Time effects were receiving the bonus from the mage Stat twice. – Fixed an issue where Needleflare Aspect was doing excessive amounts of damage to bosses while also being hit by other monsters. – Fixed an issue where the Elixir of Antivenin could be active alongside other Elixirs. – Fixed an issue where Evade could trigger Yen’s Blessing. – Fixed an issue where Elite Scorpion enemies with the Teleporter Affix didn’t actually teleport. – Fixed an issue where the High Velocity Aspect was not restricted to Rogues. – Fixed an issue where Items could disappear when opening many caches at once. – Fixed an issue where Starlight did not properly work with Overhealing effects. – Fixed an issue where Aspect of Frosty Strides couldn’t be imprinted onto Pants. – Fixed an issue where the player couldn’t be revived if the player trying to revive them died right before the revive channel would have finished. – Fixed an issue where the effect of Incense did not persist after death. – Fixed an issue where using a Town Portal and using a Waypoint, or interacting with the World Tier statue, at the same time could cause the player to get stuck. – User interface and user experience: Fixed an issue where there was no indication on how to unlock Tempering if the player failed to pick up their first recipe. The quest now properly guides the player to pick up the free recipe. – Fixed an issue where, in certain circumstances, Legendary materials could appear in the Lost Items Stash but could not be withdrawn. – Fixed an issue where certain tooltips, such as for Berserking, did not properly indicate whether or not their damage was additive or multiplicative. – Fixed multiple instances where Aspect tooltips had inconsistent info in their descriptions. – Fixed an issue where many Unique Items did not display Class restrictions. – Fixed an issue where incompatible Mount armors could be selected in the Stablemaster menu. – Miscellaneous bug fixes Fixed an issue where materials from Season of the Malignant could drop in the Malignant Burrow. – Fixed an issue where the Farther Together achievement couldn’t be earned properly. – Various performance, visual, and stability improvements. –

Diablo 4 Season 5 Mother’s Blessing event: Dates, rewards, more Blizzard EntertainmentDiablo 4 Season 5’s Mother’s Blessing event is the perfect time to grind. This guide will fill you in on the dates for Mother’s Blessing as well as the rewards on offer. Diablo 4 Season 5 is steadily developing into a certified banger thanks to a tonne of well-received updates. There are new Mythic Uniques to grind for as you explore Hellbreach Dungeons and take on the titular Infernal Hordes. The new endgame mode has been making waves amongst the player base who are calling it the ‘best thing to happen to Diablo 4’. Between the insane loot on offer and the ridiculous amounts of Gold you can earn, it’s a real hit. Now that the season is in full swing, the devs are working on something to bring the abundance of Infernal Hordes to the entirety of Sanctuary and that means the return of a popular occasion. Here are all the details for Diablo 4 Season 5’s Mother’s Blessing event. Diablo 4 Season 5: Mother’s Blessing dates Diablo 4 Season 5’s Mother’s Blessing event begins on August 20, 2024, at 12 PM PT and runs until August 20 at 10 AM PT. This means players will have almost a full week to take advantage of the numerous boosts present during the event. Mother’s Blessing Rewards Lilith’s not all bad. The Blessed Mother can be cruel but she has a generous side and it comes out during Mother’s Blessing. For the duration of the event, players will receive the following bonuses: 35% increase in experience earned – 50% increase in Gold earned – As two of the most coveted resources in Diablo 4, Mother’s Blessing’s boosts to experience and Gold are sure to be a big hit with players. Play your cards right and you can breeze through your Diablo 4 Season 5 experience. Diablo 4 Season 5 Mother’s Blessing tips The boosts from Diablo 4 Season 5’s Mother’s Blessing event stack multiplicatively with other buffs from Elixirs and the Urn of Aggression. Taking this into account can help you maximize the help they give you. These increases are perfect for helping you grind Favor for Diablo 4 Season 5’s Battle Pass and they’ll make it easier to progress the Season Journey. This makes the Mother’s Blessing event the perfect time to start a new character in Diablo 4. If you’ve got your eye on a new class or a drastically different build for your favorite, this is the best time to do so.

Diablo 4 players agree on the “single most needed change” for Season 5 Diablo 4As Season 5 looms, Diablo 4 players are rallying for a major overhaul they believe could greatly improve the endgame experience. Diablo 4 seasons have become a staple for reshaping the game’s meta. Each new season brings fresh content, including new characters, storylines, mechanics, and a Battle Pass packed with rewards. Players dive into these updates to experience novel gameplay and engage with evolving content, such as new bosses, dungeons, and items. The upcoming Season 5 dev livestream on August 1, will shed light on what’s in store for Season 5. Currently, players are fixated on one major issue, voicing their frustration on Reddit over the current state of item drops. The core of their gripe is the low drop rate of unique items from mid-tier bosses. Diablo 4 Season 5’s focus on reworking these items has players upset that lower-tier bosses like Varshan and Zir still drop subpar gear. They argue that endgame bosses should be the sole source of high-power items to make farming these bosses feel meaningful and rewarding. “It’s baffling that a level 100 character can get high-power items everywhere in World Tier 4 except where it actually matters for build-defining uniques,” one player argued. One player explained, “getting a 1-4 GA unique only to realise its missing 100 itemlevel renders it nearly useless.” This is especially true for key weapons or high armor pieces. On a related note, the second most upvoted suggestion is to introduce multiple build loads in Diablo 4 Season 5. Players want the ability to save and switch between different setups without the hassle of constant respeccing. Looking past August, Diablo 4’s Vessel of Hatred expansion drops on October 8, 2024. Expect a new region, Nahantu, filled with lush jungles, a new campaign continuing the epic saga, and the Spiritborn class, even if some players are already tired of it.

Diablo 4 Season 5 looks to return Uniques to their game-breaking glory Blizzard EntertainmentThe floodgates for Diablo 4 Season 5 info have opened and devs are aiming to crank up the power of Unique gear to busted levels. Diablo 4 Season 4 is winding down and players have been reflecting on its massive success. A major overhaul to the game’s itemization mechanics changed the core experience of Diablo 4 for the better. While the inclusion of new crafting mechanics like Tempering and Masterworking did a lot to improve the game’s suite of Legendary gear, a whole tier of weapons and armor took a major hit. Uniques and their build-altering aspects struggled to match the utility of improved Legendary gear in Season 4. Blizzard looks set to rectify that in Diablo 4 Season 5. According to a preview posted on the Diablo YouTube channel, every Unique in Diablo 4 will receive a significant increase in power when Season 5 launches. While information on many of the existing Unique gear receiving a buff is under wraps for now, Blizzard has revealed a few examples. So far, the changes include: Saboteur’s Signet (Rogue): Now causes bigger and more powerful Grenade explosions instead of giving you a little more health and damage. – Fields of Crimson (Barbarian): Now increases the size of Rupture’s explosion and boosts your damage against bleeding enemies instead of a small damage increase. – Greatstaff of the Crone (Druid): Now causes Storm Strike to always hit two enemies for heavy damage instead of giving you a few small damage increases. – Howl from Below (Necromancer): Now boosts the speed and damage of Corpse Explosion instead of giving you a small chance to stun and fear enemies. – Staff of Lam Esen (Sorcerer): Now adds a 75% chance for Charged Bolts to cast twice instead of a tiny critical strike damage increase. – The aim is to make Diablo 4’s standard Unique gear as desirable as the coveted Uber Uniques, now called Mythic Uniques, that players will spend countless hours grinding for. To cap it off, Diablo 4 Season 5 will see the introduction of over 50 new Unique pieces of gear and Legendary Aspects. The team at Blizzard is set to reveal more about the new season in their next Campfire Chat on August 1, 2024.

How to watch Diablo 4 Season 5 livestream Blizzard EntertainmentDevelopers have scheduled Diablo 4’s next Season 5 livestream for early August; the broadcast will provide an overview of all post-PTR changes. Diablo 4 Season 5: Return to Hell is right around the corner, being that it’s scheduled to arrive on Tuesday, August 6. The next seasonal update will unleash a new endgame mode, Infernal Hordes, another batch of Uniques and Legendary Aspects, and numerous gameplay changes for all five character classes. Blizzard hosted a PTR in late June to gather user feedback about the forthcoming update, and early Season 5 patch notes indicate the development team took much of that feedback to heart. Players can expect to receive even more details during the season’s livestream. Diablo 4 Season 5 livestream date Following a tentative announcement from Global Community Development Director Adam Fletcher, Blizzard has confirmed plans to host a Season 5 Developer Update on Thursday, August 1. As with previous Diablo 4-dedicated streams, the broadcast will begin at 11:00 AM PT / 2:00 PM EST. Those interested in watching the stream live can do so via Diablo 4’s official Twitch, Twitter/X, and YouTube channels. What to expect from the Season 5 livestream According to Blizzard News, Community Manager Marcus Kretz will host the August 1 broadcast, which will also feature Adam Fletcher and other members of the crew. Viewers can expect the update to cover “systems, balance updates, and feedback learnings from [the Season 5] PTR.” A Q&A segment will occur at the end of the stream, allowing developers to answer questions directly from the audience. Notably, Season 5 will constitute a shorter season than normal, ending on October 8 to make way for the simultaneous launches of Season 6 and the eagerly-anticipated Vessel of Hatred expansion. Very little is known about what Season 6 will entail. For more on Diablo 4’s future content releases, check out details on the new Spiritborn class and read up on everything we know about Vessel of Hatred.

Diablo 4 Season 5: How to start Of Lambs and Wolves quest Diablo 4Angels, demons, horadrims, and everything in between gather around in Sanctuary to dive into Diablo 4 Season 5, and it all begins with the Of Lambs and Wolves questline. This season delivers new uniques, introduces Infernal Hordes, and lets you keep your Tempering Manuals from Season 4. Things could not look better for the Diablo 4 community, as Blizzard finally “finishes” the game. As usual, however, figuring out how to get things started isn’t as straightforward as you’d like. How to unlock Season 5 questline in Diablo 4 To start the Of Lambs and Wolves quest, complete the main campaign or skip it when creating a seasonal character. Then, unlock World Tier 3 by clearing the Cathedral of Light Capstone dungeon. After creating your character and spawning in Sanctuary, travel to Zarbinzet. Here, speak with Captain Cireska. She’ll point you toward Lorcan, who will give you the quest. To continue Of Lambs and Wolves in Diablo 4, find Lorcan’s house in the large green circle on the map. Head to the western edge of the Umir Plateau in Hawezar, leaving the Statue of Lilith to the south behind. At the western wall, look for a door. There’s likely a lot of players standing by, too. As you approach, the green circle on your map will close in and reveal a green leaf symbol marking the door. Interact with this reinforced door and select the option “Approach the door” to enter Lorcan’s house. Inside, you’ll meet Istel and complete a ritual to understand Mother’s Gifts for the Season of the Infernal Hordes. This tutorial marks the start of the Of Lambs and Wolves quest, which gives you access to the seasonal content in Diablo 4 Season 5. Now that you’re ready to dive in, have a look into the best classes and builds for Season 5 before committing for the long run.

Diablo 4 Season 5 hotfix finally nerfs frustrating Infernal Hordes enemy Blizzard EntertainmentBlizzard has released a new Hotfix for Diablo 4 Season 5 which takes care of some unintended damage being dealt by multiple enemies. Diablo 4 Season 5 has been a little rough around the edges with fans of the game dubbing it the “Season of Infernal Bugs”. Some hiccups when rolling out Patch 1.5.1 and the Mother’s Blessing tie-in event didn’t help it beat the allegations. Thankfully, Blizzard has just implemented the first Hotfix for Patch 1.5.1 and at the top of their to-do list was nerfing a few enemies and bosses that had some flaws with their damage scaling. Of particular note are the Desecrators found in Diablo 4 Season 5’s titular Infernal Hordes. Players had jokingly referred to this particular mob as the new Uber Lilith. It turns out, Desecrators just needed a little tune-up, along with some other endgame encounters. Hotfix 1 for Patch 1.5.1 is mercifully short reading compared to the 10,000-plus words of its predecessor. The new changes to Diablo 4 are as follows: Fixed several issues where the following enemies were dealing more damage than intended Desecrator in Infernal Horde – Beast in the Ice and summoned monsters during the encounter – Hellborne – – Various performance and Stability improvements. – Short and sweet. While the fixes to Beast in Ice and Hellborne are appreciated, the real treat is the nerf to Desecrator. Players had been calling for Blizzard to nerf the enemy for weeks after its bugged status became apparent. On the Diablo 4 Subreddit, users were reporting being one-shot by the enemy despite having multiple defensive skills stacked. “Just ate s**t in T6 Hordes as a Druid with 85k HP, Earthen Bulwark up, and about 60% DR while Unstoppable,” one player relayed in a thread complaining about the Desecrators. “I think it is a bug because it one-shots with the projectile no matter the level. I can clear anything else face rolling, but Desecrator just one-shots,” another added presciently. Fortunately, those troubles are at an end and the new-and-improved (for us anyway) Desecrators should behave themselves. Infernal Hordes are safe again… relatively.

Diablo 4 Season 5 Hotfix 4 patch notes: Damage over time bugfixes Blizzard EntertainmentDiablo 4 Season 5’s fourth hotfix is live and the August 15 update has finally resolved one of the most annoying damage over time bugs. Diablo 4 Season 5 is in full swing and most of its new inclusions have been fairly well received by players. The wave-based Infernal Hordes endgame challenge is a notable standout with the new mode completely overshadowing Season 4’s Artificer’s Pit. Of course, the new season isn’t without its faults and some players have taken to calling it the “Season of Infernal Bugs”. Issues with Uber Lilith’s drops and loot disappearing have taken a toll on Season 5’s reputation. Fortunately, Blizzard has just released a new update and while it doesn’t fix everything, it takes care of a particularly annoying bug. Below are the patch notes for Diablo 4 Season 5 Hotfix 4. Diablo 4 Season 5 Hotfix 4 patch notes Game Updates Aspect of Splintering Energy: Damage increased from 25-50% to 50-80%. – Splintering Energy will arc to additional enemies less frequently. – NOTE: Tooltip descriptors for this will be changed in an upcoming update. Developer’s Note: In rare instances, this Aspect alongside Fractured Winterglass could cause detrimental server performance issues. To solve for this, we’re reducing the frequency of it arcing to additional enemies, and increasing its damage to compensate. Additionally, the amount of Frozen Orbs that can be launched from Conjurations while using Fractured Winterglass has been adjusted in these rare instances. Bug Fixes Fixed an issue where Damage over Time effects could persist after the player died and revived. – Various stability improvements. – Developer’s Note: The team is continuing our investigations around issues and player reports tied to trading. For now, trade will continue to be disabled and we will follow up with updates. Issues with damage over time (DOT) effects have been a lingering issue in Diablo 4 that has been frustrating players since launch. Seeing a fix for the post-death carryover should be a welcome change. Players have also noted issues with enemies’ DOT scaling and how troublesome it is when coming up against poison and fire effects. Whether or not this new fix will have any impact on how it feels to face these types of enemies remains to be seen.

Diablo 4 Season 5: Hellbreach Dungeons explained Blizzard EntertainmentWith Diablo 4 Season 5 fully in focus, Infernal Hordes are the tantalizing endgame mechanic but there’s a way to test the waters early. Here’s everything you need to know about Hellbreach Dungeons in Diablo 4. Diablo 4 Season 5 is upon us and the armies of Hell are eying Sanctuary with insatiable hunger. Not only have all the best parts of Season 4 remained, a ton of new content has arrived to keep players busy. More challenging World Boss encounters, buffed Mythic Uniques, and new demonic bosses are just some of the things that await players. The crown jewel of Diablo 4 Season 5 is the Infernal Hordes for which the update gets its name. Of course, with those not making an appearance until the late game, players need something to do as they progress. That’s where Diablo 4’s new Hellbreach Dungeons come in. Here’s the rundown. What are Diablo 4 Season 5’s Hellbreach Dungeons? Hellbreach Dungeons are a new form of micro dungeon that adopt similar mechanics to Infernal Hordes. Unlike the Infernal Hordes, Hellbreach Dungeons are available immediately in Word-Tiers 1 & 2 allowing players to get a feel for the endgame content ahead of time. You’ll find Hellbreach Dungeons scattered across Sanctuary in a similar fashion to Cellars. These bite-sized breaches will throw tides of Hellspawn at you to mow down on your journey towards a final boss. Prior to that boss fight, you’ll be offered an Infernal Offering that can increase the difficulty of the encounter or your own chances of winning. The voice between Banes and Boons is an important one because ratcheting up the difficulty leads to increased rewards. Rewards in Diablo 4 Season 5’s Hellbreach Dungeons The primary reward for Hellbreach Dungeons in Diablo 4 Season 5 is Burning Aethers. These allow you to open chests within the dungeon that house the true reward, powerful gear that exceeds most items found in the overworld. Completing these Hellbreach Dungeons is a fantastic method for amping your character up as they make the climb to Level 100. As mentioned previously, opting for a more difficult boss fight will increase the amount of Burning Aethers from the encounter, and subsequently, the amount of gear you can farm. It’s important to note that the moment you leave the Hellbreach Dungeon, the chests and your Burning Aethers will disappear. Make sure you’ve gotten your money’s worth beforehand. If you’re looking to take on Diablo 4 Season 5’s Hellbreach Dungeons, check out our build guides for the Barbarian, Necromancer, Druid, Rogue, Sorcerer as well as our Diablo 4 tier list ranking all the builds this season.

Diablo 4 Season 5 glitch is taking players to level 100 faster than ever before Diablo 4Diablo 4’s Season 5, which launched on August 6, brought an unexpected twist: a glitch rapidly advancing players to level 100. The new season, anticipated to offer an expedited path to max level via Infernal Hordes, was marred by several bugs. One such bug allowed players to retain their Tempering Manuals from Season 4. While appreciated by the community, this bug indicated potential issues with Diablo’s fifth season. On Reddit, a player shared a baffling experience: “Instead of hitting 80, my character jumped to 100. Did anyone else get the ‘magic’ bump?” The player detailed the sequence of events, including upgrading a compass, finishing six waves, and fighting the Felled Priests. After this encounter, they went up 20 levels in Diablo 4. Despite numerous attempts to correct the anomaly, the character’s level remained stubbornly at 100. The player’s rapid progress through levels was unexpected and perplexing. This all leads to speculation about what might have triggered the glitch. The player recounted their experience: “I was expecting the ‘ding’ at level 80, but when I opened my paragon board, I found 83 new points to place.” They detailed their efforts to revert the level increase by logging in and out and noted their surprise at the persistent level 100 despite their attempts to correct it. Their gameplay involved fast leveling up and multiple upgrades, culminating in an extraordinary and unintended level boost. Blizzard responded swiftly on the official Blizzard forum. PezRadar, a community manager, announced they identified an issue where players could gain excessive experience by using ‘The Umbracrux’ unique weapon against certain bosses. To address this, Blizzard would disable the weapon’s unique power while working on a fix. It looks like players won’t be able to exploit this Diablo 4 leveling bug anymore. If not for a door bug preventing players from completing the Season 5 questline, Diablo 4 players would likely be enjoying these unintended level boosts and tempering advantages. Regardless, Diablo 4’s planned new content includes Mother Gifts, Infernal Hordes, and several new uniques.

Diablo 4 Season 5: Every revealed Unique and Legendary Aspect Blizzard EntertainmentDiablo 4 Season 5 is right around the corner which means a host of new buildcrafting options. This guide goes over every piece of Unique gear and every Legendary Aspect revealed so far. Diablo 4 Season 5’s PTR is currently live and players are combing it for details on what will be on offer at the full season launch. Going from strength to strength following Season 4’s game-changing improvements, Blizzard aims to give players even more to be happy about. The introduction of Infernal Hordes has players excited for the launch and dataminers have uncovered an iconic World of Warcraft weapon coming to the game. These new inclusions are all well and good but every Diablo 4 player knows a new season means new builds. The centerpiece of any new builds for Diablo 4 Season 5 will be Unique gear and Legendary Aspects. We’ve compiled Every new Unique and Legendary Aspect that has been revealed for Diablo 4 Season 5 so far. New Unique Gear in Diablo 4 Season 5 So far, each of Diablo 4’s five classes has had one piece of Unique Gear revealed for their potential Season 5 loadout. The Uniques revealed for Diablo 4 Season 5 so far are as follows: Barbarian Unbroken Chain (Amulet): Casting Steel Grasp reduces Iron Maelstrom’s Cooldown by 5-10 seconds. Enemies damaged by Iron Maelstrom deal 15-30% less damage for 6 seconds. – Druid Björnfang’s Tusks (Gloves): Cataclysm is now guaranteed to strike anything in range and you deal 40-80% [x] increased damage for the duration of the effect. While Cataclysm is active, you gain unlimited Spirit. – Necromancer Path of Trag’Oul (Boots): Bone Prison traps a larger area and fires 20-35 Bone Splinters at enemies trapped within. Increase your Maximum Essence by 2 for 8 seconds each time these Bone Splinters hit an enemy. – Rogue Shroud of Khanduras (Chest): Dark Shroud grants Immune for 3 seconds, but your Evade Cooldown is increased by 9-3 seconds. Evading while Dark Shroud is active leaves behind an explosion that deals Shadow damage and pulls in enemies. – Sorcerer Axial Conduit (Pants): Chain Lightning alternates between orbiting you and seeking up to 3 enemies. When it returns, it drains 6 Mana from you for each active Chain Lightning. After draining 66 total Mana, the bolt explodes for (270%-570%) Lightning damage. Chain Lightning expires if you don’t have enough Mana for it to drain. – New Legendary Aspects in Diablo 4 Season 5 We’ve had far more Legendary Aspects revealed for Diablo 4 Season 5 which makes sense given the incomparable rarity of Uniques. In saying that, some classes have definitely received more love than others so far. The Diablo 4 Season 5 Legendary Aspects we know of currently are as follows: Barbarian Aspect of Forward Momentum (Mobility): Knocking back an enemy grants 25-40% Movement Speed for 3 seconds. – Druid Aspect of the Rushing Wilds (Mobility): Casting a Companion Skill grants 5-15% Movement Speed for 5 seconds, up to 15-45%. – Necromancer Aspect of the Unholy Tether (Mobility): Casting Golem’s active Skill creates a bond between you for 6 seconds. While the bond is active, both of you are Unhindered and gain 25-40% Movement Speed. – Inexorable Reaper’s Aspect (Mobility): Sever now dashes you forward to attack instead. It becomes a Mobility Skill and costs no Essence, but has a 22-7 second cooldown. – Aspect of Creeping Mist (Mobility): Gain 20-35% Evade Cooldown Reduction. You can now Evade during Blood Mist, traveling twice as far. Entering or exiting Blood Mist resets your Evade Cooldown. – Imprisoned Spirit’s Aspect (Offensive): When Bone Spirit explodes inside a Bone Prison, it explodes an additional time, dealing 40-70% of normal damage. Bone Spirit now prioritizes enemies inside a Bone Prison. – Rogue Aspect Of Nebulous Brews (Mobility): Using a Healing Potion grants 35-50% Movement Speed for 3 seconds. After moving 30 meters, you spawn a Healing Potion. – Galvanized Slasher’s Aspect (Resource): Lucky Hit: Damaging an enemy with a Mobility Skill has a 15-30% chance to fully restore your Energy. Your Maximum Energy is increased by 10-25. – Aspect Of Iron Rain (Offensive): Smoke Grenade has a 35-50% chance to create an Arrow Storm where it explodes, dealing Physical damage over 3 seconds. Your Arrow Storms continuously apply Vulnerable. – Breakneck Bandit’s Aspect (Offensive): Flurry deals 15-30% increased damage and has a 20% chance to Stun enemies for 3 seconds with each hit. – Mired Sharpshooter’s Aspect (Utility): Caltrops is now a Marksman Skill that periodically throws 5-20 piercing daggers over its Duration, each dealing Shadow damage and applying Vulnerable for 3 seconds. – Sorcerer Aspect Of Tenuous Agility: Gain 5-15% increased Movement Speed. This bonus is doubled if you haven’t used a Defensive Skill in 8 seconds. – Aspect Of the Firebird: Gain the Flame Shield Enchantment for free. When Flame Shield activates, Meteorites fall around you dealing (50%-70%) Fire damage. – Lightning Rod Aspect: Chain Lightning has a 5-20% chance to chain an additional time when hitting Crowd Controlled enemies and Bosses, and will seek them as targets. – Aspect Of Elemental Acuity: Casting a Pyromancy, Shock, or Frost Skill increases your Mana Regeneration by 10-20% for 5 seconds, once per Element. At maximum stacks, the total bonus is increased to 60-120% for 10 seconds, but all stacks expire after the duration. – Aspect Of the Orange Herald: Lucky Hit: Up to a 5-10% Chance when you damage an enemy with a Skill to reduce the Cooldown of your Ultimate Skill by 2 seconds. Can only happen once per Skill cast. – These are the Uniques and Legendary Aspects that have been revealed in the Diablo 4 Season 5 PTR so far. It should be noted that the PTR exists in no small part to trial the impacts of these new options. It’s entirely possible that certain values listed for these new Affixes could change after Blizzard measures how they perform. Diablo 4 Season 5 launches on July 17, 2024, and we’ll have a better picture of how these buildcrafting options will look in-game. If you’re hoping to plan out how these might fit into Diablo 4 meta builds, check out our Diablo 4 build guides. Best Diablo 4 Barbarian builds | Best Diablo 4 Necromancer builds | Best Diablo 4 Druid builds | Best Diablo 4 Sorcerer builds | Best Diablo Rogue builds

Diablo 4 Season 5 datamine reveals iconic WoW sword Blizzard EntertainmentImages datamined from Diablo 4’s second Public Test Realm suggest World of Warcraft’s iconic Frostmourne sword will become a usable weapon in Season 5. World of Warcraft‘s Frostmourne sword counts among the most iconic weapons in gaming. Wielded by the fearsome Lich King from Wrath of the Lich King, the two-handed blade has been replicated numerous times by craftsmen and turned into high-priced merch. It has also appeared in Diablo 4 as a premium horse trophy, alongside a mount modeled after the Lich King’s steed, Invincible. Now, datamined details shared by Wowhead indicate Blizzard has bigger plans in store for Frostmourne’s appearance in Sanctuary. While datamining the Season 5 PTR, Wowhead stumbled across two models for Frostmourne, suggesting the Lich King’s sword may eventually find its way to Diablo 4 as an actual weapon. If Frostbourne does make the jump to Diablo in an official capacity, it’s unclear if Blizzard developers will implement it as a premium shop item or a free unlockable. On top of that, there’s a good chance that not everyone will get to put it to use depending on class preferences. It’s possible only Diablo 4’s Barbarian and Necromancer classes will be able to wield Frostmourne given its status as a two-handed sword. The Season 5 PTR went live for PC users on Tuesday, June 25, but will only remain available for one week. During this brief period, participants can test out the newest features coming to Season 5, including the wave-based Infernal Hordes mode. Additionally, the next seasonal update promises the release of new Unique items, Tempering recipes, and a whole host of balance tweaks across all character classes. Diablo 4 Season 4 is still ongoing, and Season 5 will become available for all players on Tuesday, August 6.

Diablo 4 Season 5 bug let players keep Tempering Manuals — so devs made it a feature Diablo 4Diablo 4 players found their Tempering Manuals from Season 4 thanks to a bug. Blizzard decided to “let it slide,” but warned players not to expect this in the future. Tempering was introduced with the major itemization update in Patch 1.4.0 at the start of Diablo 4 Season 4. This system lets players use Tempering Manuals to learn recipes until the end of the season in the Seasonal Realm. However, as Season 5 started on August 6, players were shocked to find that their Season 4 Tempering Manuals had not been erased, despite being told otherwise. This unexpected carryover meant that players retained their learned recipes, giving them a substantial advantage early in the new season. On Reddit, one player noted, “It seems tempering manuals from Season 4 have carried over to Season 5. I already have legendary manuals in everything on my level 19 character. Is this intended?” The community echoed this sentiment, with many expressing surprise and curiosity about whether this was an intentional change. Adam Fletcher, Diablo 4’s Global Community Development Director, addressed the Tempering Manual situation on X. He confirmed that the carryover of tempering recipes was not part of the original design. “We are aware of the reports that new seasonal characters are having their tempering recipes carried over from their last season’s seasonal character. This isn’t the original design or intention, so I wouldn’t expect this for future seasons, but we are letting this one slide for Season 5.” One player humorously commented, “When Blizzard does an oopsie, it’s almost never in your favor. Imma take it and run.” Another lamented, “rip to everyone that didn’t touch S4,” expressing regret for those who missed out on the unexpected advantage. Season 5, which players believe “finishes” Diablo 4, adds a ton of new content – some by mistake and some by design. It also brings back five iconic bosses from Diablo 2, adding a nostalgic touch for long-time fans.

Diablo 4 Season 5 bug has players gaining 34 levels in an instant BlizzardDiablo 4 Season 5 has had a bit of a rocky start but there’s one bug players will certainly be happy about. After a stellar Season 4, Diablo 4 Season 5 has hit a few snags in its early hours with players calling out server lag and crashes. There’s a little bit of jank under the hood but it’s not all bad. One unintended issue has seen Tempering Manuals unlocked in the previous season carry over to Diablo 4 Season 5. Devs have mercifully decided to keep it as a feature and it may even be responsible for a much greater gift. Reddit user Neamins took to the Diablo Subreddit to reveal a Season 5 bug that caused them to jump from level 29 to 63 in a single second. That’s instant access to the Paragon Board. The bug occurred when Neamins took down Nilcar, Forgotten Bishop, one of Kyovashad’s Stronghold bosses. By default, Nilcar is a few levels higher than the player, which does offer a boost to experience, but not nearly enough for a 34-level jump. Initial speculation from users in the thread was that this had something to do with early access to Tempering but Neamens dispelled this. “Not one item was tempered at the time of the video,” they explained. They had however accessed the Tempering system so it’s possible that it was a prerequisite. The most noticeable aspect of the kill was the amount of Health Potions that dropped from Nilcar upon defeat. “It’s like the game gave them 10+ kills all at once,” one player pointed out. “I didn’t realize that at the moment but I guess that could explain it,” Neamins replied. To gain the amount of experience required to attain 34 levels in Diablo 4 Season 5, you’d need to kill the boss a few more times than 10. Neamins is not the only player who has experienced this bug, another confirmed that the same thing had happened to them upon defeating Nilcar. Since this article was originally published, Blizzard has located the source of the bug. The Umbracrux Unique Dagger has been temporarily nerfed as devs work on a fix that will stop it from awarding players millions of EXP.

Diablo 4 Season 5 Battle Pass: Tiers, rewards, price, more BlizzardThe arrival of Diablo 4 Season 5 means a new Battle Pass to grind. Here’s everything you need to know about the Diablo 4 Season 5 Battle Pass including its pricing, tiers, rewards, and more. The Season of Loot Reborn is behind us but several mechanics introduced are sticking around. Of course, with the release of Diablo 4 Season 5, there are also plenty of new additions coming to the game. Season 5 promises Infernal Hordes, Mythic Uniques, Hellbreach Dungeons, and even more as the armies of Hell descend on Sanctuary. And while you’re slaying wave after wave of demons, you’ll also have a brand-new Battle Pass to complete. If you’re looking to wrap your head around Diablo 4 Season 5’s Battle Pass, you’re in the right spot. This quick guide will go over the pricing, tiers, rewards, and more so you can plan ahead. Diablo 4 Season 5 Battle Pass price Diablo 4 Season 5 has three Battle Pass options that are split into categories. The most notable is the Free Battle Pass, which players will automatically begin filling as they complete various challenges throughout the season. The Premium Battle Pass costs players $10 USD and includes all the rewards of the Free Battle Pass, plus some extra Premium rewards on top. The Accelerated Battle Pass jumps up in price to $25 USD. It includes all the rewards of the Premium Battle Pass and offers 20-tier skips to access some of those goodies early. In addition, the Accelerated Battle Pass gives an exclusive emote to anyone who purchases it. Diablo 4 Season 5 Battle Pass rewards The Season of Infernal Hordes’ 90-tier battle pass is stacked with rewards for players regardless of what pricing option they choose. There are 28 Free and 62 Premium tiers. With the Diablo 4 Season 5 Battle Pass hitting Sanctuary, we know what those rewards entail. This season’s Battle Pass will offer players: Free Battle Pass rewards 20x Smouldering Ashes – 5x Armor Transmog Pieces – 5x Weapon Transmogs – 1x Mount Trophy – 1x Title – 1x Town Portal – Premium Battle Pass rewards Everything listed in the Free tier above – 10x Armor Transmog Pieces – 19x Weapon Transmogs – 4x Headstones – 10x Emotes – 2x Mounts – 2x Mount Armors – 5x Mount Trophies – 2x Titles – 700 Platinum – 2x Town Portals – 20x Tier Skips (Accelerated Battle Pass) – 1x Emote (Accelerated Battle Pass) – Smouldering Ashes and Seasonal Blessings As usual, Smoldering Ashes are the primary reward in this season’s Battle Pass and they’re available to every player throughout the season. The currency can be used to upgrade a player’s Seasonal Blessing via the various Urns. Season 5 has five Urns including two new ones that offer buffs specific to the season. This season’s Urns are: Urn of Spoils – Boost the chance to receive a Legendary Item from Spoils of Hell chests, found while fighting Infernal Hordes. – Urn of Abyssal Knowledge – Boost the chance to receive an Abyssal Scroll from Spoils of Hell chests, found while fighting the Infernal Hordes. – The Urn of Aggression – Boosts experience earned from Monster kills. – The Urn of Whispers – Boost the chance to receive a Greater Collection from Whisper rewards. – The Urn of Nightmares – Boosts Paragon Glyph XP earned in Nightmare Dungeons. – How to earn tiers in the Season 5 Battle Pass Players progress through the Battle Pass by earning Favor which you can acquire through basic gameplay, such as killing enemies and completing Campaign or Side Quests. Participating in Hellbreach Dungeons and Infernal Hordes will be a surefire way to boost your Favor. You can also purchase Tier Skips using Diablo 4’s in-game currency Platinum. Each skip will cost 200 Platinum, but tiers in the Battle Pass that contain Smouldering Ashes are level-gated, meaning players cannot buy their way ahead of other players. Favor can also be earned by completing specific seasonal challenges that progress Diablo 4 Season 5’s Season Journey. The Season Journey: More ways to earn free rewards Diablo 4 Season 5 sees players lean into their role as a defender of Sanctuary. As the Prime Evils unleash their Infernal Hordes on the innocent and the guilty alike, players will have to form alliances with some unsavory characters to combat the threat. Taking on the Season Journey will award you with Favor to help progress through the 90 tiers of the Battle Pass but there are many more reasons to take on the armies of Hell. Completing chapters of the Season Journey will also earn you transmogs, Legendary Aspects, and a coveted Scroll of Amnesia. Now you have the important info regarding the Diablo 4 Season 5 Battle Pass, get grinding to gear up your Seasonal characters. If you want to improve your characters in a less cosmetic fashion, check out our Diablo 4 build guides for all five classes. Best Diablo 4 Barbarian builds | Best Diablo 4 Necromancer builds | Best Diablo 4 Druid builds | Best Diablo 4 Sorcerer builds | Best Diablo Rogue builds

Diablo 4 Season 4’s revamped Helltides make launch the “best Season start so far” Blizzard EntertainmentDiablo 4 Season 4: Loot Reborn is only in its infancy but the new Helltide changes are already a hit with players. Diablo 4 Season 4 constitutes a major rework of the game from the ground up. Specifically targeting problems that fans have had with itemization and mob density since launch. While some players were able to get a preview of these changes in the game’s first-ever PTR, they are now available to every Diablo 4 player. While Season 4 has only just begun, early reports from the denizens of Sanctuary are very positive. In particular, the changes made to Helltides in Diablo 4 Season 4 have struck a chord with large swathes of the playerbase. Some have even called this early period the “best season start so far”. More enemies, more loot Prior to the release of Season 4, devs had announced that they were attempting to bring Helltides closer to the incredibly popular Blood Harvest events from Season 2. It appears to have been a success as players are noticing many similarities. “Helltides are packed with so many enemies,” one Diablo 4 fan reported. “Early game isn’t a chore anymore, it’s actually freaking fun, letting us kill so many mobs and just getting rewarded for it is awesome,” another responded. Previously, Helltides weren’t available until players had unlocked World Tier 3 which usually isn’t achievable until around Level 50. Having them accessible from the outset of the game makes early-game leveling a breeze but it also gives players access to better loot. Those who have already got a head start on Diablo 4 Season 4 are sharing experiences of acquiring Unique gear as low as level 21. “The loot is crazy this season,” one player summarized. It’s still a little soon to give a full verdict on Diablo 4’s fourth season but early praise is likely welcome from the developers behind the title. At least for now, it appears their hopes of turning the game around have been successful.

Diablo 4 Season 4’s one-shot deaths are “ruining” the game Blizzard EntertainmentDifficulty is an expected part of the Diablo 4 endgame but the one-shot deaths common in Season 4’s Pit are frustrating players. Diablo 4 Season 4 has been a runaway success for the most part. The new changes introduced in the PTR like permanent Helltides, better inventory management for Aspects, and deeper crafting mechanics have been a hit with players. Word-of-mouth reviews from satisfied Diablo 4 denizens have seen a historic player count for the game on Steam. Unfortunately, Season 4 isn’t entirely without its hiccups. As players reach the endgame challenge, The Pit of Artificers, they’re noticing a surprising uptick in one-shot deaths. The frustration caused by this has been maddening for some, going so far as to say it’s “ruining” the game. The Pit of Artificers provides powerful endgame materials to make improvements to your favorite gear. It can scale in difficulty to produce enemies up to level 200 which greatly exceeds that of what players can achieve. The problem is, players aren’t even making it to that tier before being one-shot by enemies. As explained in one of the many Reddit threads complaining about the issue, even 50,000 HP and max resistances aren’t enough to save players. “I still get one shot by bosses at Pit 75,” one explained. Even the best build of Diablo 4 Season 4 isn’t immune according to another post detailing their Minion Necromancers struggles. “The one-shot boss mechanics in The Pit are ruining it for me,” the player elaborated. “With Fortify, Barrier, & Life all activated I have 80k+ life. I still get one shot.” It’s not just bosses that are at fault either, post-death mechanics are a consistent point of contention. “For me, the problem is seeing all the various crap the enemies drop on the ground after they die. That’s 99% of my deaths,” one user commented. Whether this is an intentional part of the challenge or something that will require rebalancing is unknown at present. Diablo 4’s development team has announced they’ll be releasing patch notes for the next update in the immediate future. Perhaps they’ll shed some light on the problem.

Diablo 4 Season 4: Wolf’s Honor reputation & rewards explained Blizzard EntertainmentDiablo 4 Season 4 is here and brings a new theme to it’s story quests and Seasonal Journey. Here’s everything you need to know about Wolf’s Honor in Season 4. Following in the footsteps of Malignant Hearts, Vampiric Powers, and the Seneschal companion, Season 4 of Diablo 4 has it’s own theme; Wolf’s Honor. While previous seasons tied their theme to their Seasonal Gimmick, Season 4 does things a little differently with it’s Wolf’s Honor system. While Season 4’s theme is Loot Reborn, which represents an overhaul of various systems, the seasonal gimmick is something else entirely and is connected to a side story involving the Iron Wolves clan. The Iron Wolves are a warrior faction that has been fighting against the forces of Hell since Diablo 2, where they could be hired as mercenaries to fight alongside the player. The group has continued to play a small role in the series since then, but Diablo 4 Season 4 puts them front and center of the new story quests. It also makes advancing through their ranks, and earning rewards while doing so, the latest exclusive mechanic/gimmick on offer this season. Building Wolf’s Honor Reputation in Season 4 Here’s how the Wolf’s Honor reputation and rewards system works in Diablo 4 Season 4. Essentially, building your reputation with the Iron Wolves and enjoying the rewards replaces Season 3’s Seneschal companion. Once you’re invited to join the Iron Wolves early on in the Season 4 story, you’ll be introduced to their Reputation system and a screen that shows you the various rewards on offer as you climb through the ranks. To do this, you’ll need to farm Wolf’s Honor by fighting in Helltides and completing the various tasks they provide. Many of these events are similar to previous seasons, but in Season 4 they offer Reputation advancement within the Iron Wolves questline. To check your position within the Iron Wolves, speak to Soudeh in the Iron Wolves Encampment in Kehjistan. Wolf’s Honor Rewards in Season 4 You’ll earn Wolf’s Honor Rewards as you climb up the ranks. There are 18 tiers in total, some offering cosmetic items, crafting materials, gear, and more. The final rank at tier 18 is called the Highest of Honors of the Iron Wolves and offers a Resplendent Spark material, used in crafting Uber Uniques. Here’s what each rank unlocks and what it does: Diablo 4: Best way to make money | Diablo 4: Fastest ways to get XP & level up | How to Transmog gear in Diablo 4: Armor, weapons & more | Does Diablo 4 feature followers or mercenaries to hire? | Diablo 4 couch co-op explained

Diablo 4 Season 4: Who are the Iron Wolves? Blizzard EntertainmentThe Iron Wolves play a starring role in Season 4 of Diablo 4, but who are these mysterious demon-slaying mercenaries? The story of Diablo 4 Season 4, while minimalistic compared to previous seasons, revolves around the player character joining the Iron Wolves faction. A group of legendary mercenaries from the eastern lands of Sanctuary, the Iron Wolves have been part of the Diablo series for a very long time. While the Iron Wolves were originally included as a world-building garnish in Diablo 4, they play a much more active role in Season 4, defending the land from demon incursions caused by Helltides. They welcome the player into their community, allowing them to rise through the ranks and earn some exclusive rewards. Iron Wolves in the Diablo series The Iron Wolves made their first appearance in Diablo 2: Act 3 as a mercenary group led by a character called Asheara. Their fighting style was predominately a hybrid between sorcerers and swordsmen, but this style has evolved over the series. Located in Kurast, which was under constant attack by the forces of Diablo and Mephisto, the Iron Wolves found plenty of work slaying demons for the town. However, they eventually joined forces with the game’s heroes in repelling the forces of Hell. The faction would return in the second act of Diablo 3, now led by both Asheara and another character called Captain Davyd. While players weren’t able to summon mercenaries from them this time, the Iron Wolves played a small role in the story during the Blood and Iron event where they rescue their allies from the forces of Belial. By Diablo 4, which is set many years later, the Iron Wolves have established a settlement in Kehjistan which they use as a base of operations. The organization still acts as a mercenary group, although the player character is unable to hire them. They’ve also expanded their fighting style to incorporate various other skills and weapons and are just as committed to slaying demons as they ever were. As the Diablo 4: Vessel of Hatred, will return to Kurast, the original location where players met them in Diablo 2, the Iron Wolves may play a role in the DLC sometime after the Season 4 story has concluded. Diablo 4: Best way to make money | Diablo 4: Fastest ways to get XP & level up | How to Transmog gear in Diablo 4: Armor, weapons & more | Does Diablo 4 feature followers or mercenaries to hire? | Diablo 4 couch co-op explained

Diablo 4 Season 4 PTR revealed: All details from the Campfire Chat Blizzard EntertainmentDiablo 4’s upcoming Public Test Realm (PTR) is the first time players will have early access to new features in Blizzard’s latest ARPG. There’s a lot to go over and we’ve gathered all the details on itemization changes, new mechanics, and more. The Diablo 4 Season 4 PTR was announced weeks ago but the development team has finally gone over the finer details in the latest Campfire Chat. The overhaul to the core mechanics of Diablo 4 is so comprehensive that Blizzard has delayed the next season to test them properly. The PTR itself won’t reveal a whole lot about the theme or seasonal mechanics of Season 4 and will instead focus on tweaking the overall experience of Diablo 4. These include long-awaited changes to itemization, new crafting mechanics, an overhaul of Affixes, and more. We’re going to discuss all of these Diablo 4 PTR inclusions in a bit more detail below but you can jump to what excites you most by clicking any of the links in this contents section. Contents: PTR release date – PTR boosting options – Itemization changes – The Pit – Diablo 4 Season 4 PTR release date Players will be able to access the Diablo 4 Season 4 PTR on April 2, 2024. It will run for a week up until April 9, 2024. The exact times for launch and termination have not been given by Blizzard yet but Community Lead Adam Fletcher did reveal that a comprehensive blog post would offer more information. It’s expected to be posted “sometime next week”. The PTR will only be available to PC users via battle.net and the aforementioned blog post will give details on how to access it. Fletcher did qualify that the team is exploring ways to bring future PTRs to console players. Boosting options in the Diablo 4 Season 4 PTR A week is a relatively short span of time for many Diablo 4 players and there are likely concerns about experiencing the new changes introduced at endgame. I know with my workload, I have no chance in hell at grinding to max level in such a short period. Fortunately, Diablo 4 devs detailed certain boosting features that would allow players to bypass the grind in order to get a proper feel for the new mechanics. These features are optional and will be available to every PTR character you create. Boosting options include: Instantly leveling your character to level 100 – Access to all associated Skill & Paragon points for max level – All Paragon Glyphs unlocked and maxed out – Class Mechanics unlocked and completed – 100,000,000 Gold and 1,000 Obols – Map fog cleared and Lilith Alters completed – A random set of rare gear – Legendary drop rates doubled – Mount unlocked – Campaign completed – You’ll also be able to trade Gold between characters so if you’re particularly pragmatic, and you have enough time, you can create a multi-billionaire. Diablo 4’s itemization overhaul One of the primary complaints about Diablo 4 since its launch has been the pitiful inventory space and the flood of useless items that clutter it. More stuff to Salvage is always good but the busy work involved in keeping a clear stash can be a nightmare. Diablo 4’s PTR will be the first look at a new itemization system that devs say prioritizes “quality over quantity”. This means a reduced drop rate for all gear but a focus on every piece of gear being “high quality” and “useful”. This includes adding Uniques and Ubers to every World Tier including 1 & 2 so that players can access them earlier. For standard gear, devs want players to take their items on a “journey” and they hope to achieve this with an updated crafting system. The following mechanical changes and introduction make up this new system. Codex of Power changes Diablo 4’s Codex of Power has received a complete rework and while we only have the developers’ explanation to go off, it definitely feels like it’s for the better. For starters, every single Legendary Aspect in the game is now available in the Codex of Power, rather than the select few we have currently. You also won’t need to go to the occultist to unbind Aspects anymore. Now you can add aspects to your Codex by simply Salvaging them at the Blacksmith. Not only that, Aspects you acquire from Salvaging will no longer be the minimum roll. Each Legendary Aspect in Diablo 4’s updated Codex of Power has 16 levels and as you salvage Legendary gear with a particular aspect, its level will increase based on the roll range of the item you salvaged. This means that once you have found a piece of Legendary Gear with its maximum roll, you can salvage it and then infinitely apply that roll to future gear via the Codex. I cannot underscore what a massive quality of life change this is but if you’re reading this article, you probably already know. Tempering in Diablo 4 Tempering is a new system that will be showcased in the Diablo4 Season 4 PTR that allows you to add Affixes to Gear. Not just your run-of-the-mill ‘+20% to Ranged damage’ either. Devs revealed new types of Aspects that could be added via Tempering that do things like increase the number of projectiles (Bone Spear, Twisting Blades, etc.) for Skills or widen their area of effect. To do this, you’ll need to find Tempering Manuals which will drop from most content and won’t require target farming. Each Tempering Manual has multiple Affixes and using one will assign a random one of those Affixes to a piece of gear. These can be rerolled once with Gold if you’re unhappy with the outcome. Most gear can only be Tempered once but late-game Ancestral gear can have two Affixes attached to it via Tempering. Masterworking in Diablo 4 Masterworking is a late-game crafting mechanic that will increase the potency of every aspect on a piece of gear including Tempered ones. Items can be Masterworked a total of 12 times and every four levels, a random Aspect will receive a significant boost. If you manage to get an item completely Masterworked during the Diablo 4 Season 4 PTR but you’re not happy with which affixes have received the major boosts, you can reset the item. Unfortunately, you will lose all of the materials invested. While Unique gear cannot be Tempered with new Affixes, it can be Masterworked. This means you can make the most insanely powerful items in the game even more ridiculous. Greater Affixes in Diablo 4 Greater Affixes are the final element in Diablo 4’s new itemization mechanics that players can experience during the Season 4 PTR. The concept is relatively simple. Greater Affixes will appear on random items and will give a 1.5 multiplier of the max roll of a particular Affix. Items can be found with multiple Greater Affixes applied including Uniques and Uber Uniques and these pieces of gear will have a distinguishing feature in the overworld to mark their appearance. They also benefit from Masterworking. What is The Pit in Diablo 4 Season 4’s PTR? Diablo 4 Season 4 will see the introduction of The Pit but this new type of dungeon can be explored in the PTR. The Pit functions very similarly to Diablo 3’s Greater Rifts and the Abbatoirs of Zir (AoZ) in Diablo 4. The Pit can be accessed once players have completed a Tier-45 Nightmare Dungeon meaning it will be less challenging than the AoZ initially. They can become progressively more difficult and even eclipse AoZ in the very endgame. Accessing the Pit requires collecting a new type of Shard introduced in the PTR which drops from Elite enemies. Taking these Shards to the Artificer’s Obelisk in Cerrigar will let you open an Artificer’s Rift and enter The Pit. Completing a Pit will reward you with unique resources for high-level Masterworking. These are Obducite, Ingolith, and Neathiron. Those are the major inclusions of Diablo 4 Season 4’s PTR but more content that has yet to be revealed will appear in the full version of Season 4. If you want to prepare yourself for the PTR or Season 4, check out our Diablo 4 guides to brush up on your skills. Diablo 4 Review | Diablo 4: Best way to make money | Diablo 4: Fastest ways to get XP & level up | How to Transmog gear in Diablo 4: Armor, weapons & more | Does Diablo 4 feature followers or mercenaries to hire? | Diablo 4 couch co-op explained

Diablo 4 Season 4 PTR full patch notes: Itemization rework, Helltide updates & more Blizzard EntertainmentPatch notes for Diablo 4’s Season 4 PTR have officially gone live, detailing the itemization rework, Helltide updates, and more. Diablo 4’s first-ever Public Test Realm, or PTR, is scheduled to arrive on April 2. PC players with a Battle.net account can participate in the testing phase, which Blizzard designed primarily for the itemization rework. In preparation for the PTR, the studio has deployed Season 4 patch notes that detail everything coming in the next major update. On top of itemization changes, the new season will also usher in revamped Helltide events and beefy class-specific updates. The patch notes further promise tweaks that should make Legendaries much more viable. In sharing the patch notes for Update 1.4.0, Blizzard additionally offered a breakdown for the itemization rework, Helltide changes, and other tweaks. They read as follows (via Blizzard News): Contents Itemization – Helltide Reborn – The Pit of Artificers – Boss Ladder Updates – Features Offered for Testing – New Items – Balance Updates – Itemization We have three guiding pillars for our itemization updates: quality over quantity, the best items having a journey of power and improvement that you can work toward, and of course, having items feel satisfying and exciting to use. Basic Item Updates Reduced number of affixes: now 3 on Legendary items, and 2 on Rare items. – Smaller pool of more potent affixes. – More relevant affixes (eg: ranks of a single Core Skill). – Only Sacred items in World Tier 3, only Ancestral items in World Tier 4. – Affix values are tuned up to be punchier; we want you (and the fiends of Sanctuary) to really feel them! – New affixes and positioning of affixes: Resource per Second – Resource on Kill – Lucky Hit: Apply Vulnerable – Life per Hit – Basic Skill Ranks – – Miscellaneous Updates Legendary items dropped from enemy level 95+ are always 925 item power. – Gems are simpler, more useful, and have a much longer crafting tail. Gems now have Core stats, and the more conditional bonuses have been simplified. – – Salvage, crafting, and rewards have all been tuned. Significantly reduced item drop rates (less time sorting, more time slaying!) – Item rerolling gold cost capped when Enchanting. – Material removal and consolidation. – Forgotten Souls can now be obtained from Whispers and are now a global rare drop from Elites. – – Uniques appear earlier. Some Uniques now dropping starting in World Tier I and II. – All Uniques can now drop in World Tier III. – Uber Uniques can start dropping from monster level 55, drops at 925 item power. – – New crafting system: Tempering This new system will allow you to add affixes to your items at the Blacksmith through a new reusable item that can drop from most content in-game, called Temper Manuals! – These are categorized like the Codex of Power (eg: Resource, Mobility, etc) Once gained, you retain these for unlimited use! – – Each manual contains a handful of affixes; you are able to attach one at a time. – Affixes can be rerolled up to the item’s Temper Reroll limit. – Ancestral items can have two Tempered affixes from different categories. – Greater Affixes Only appearing on Ancestral Legendary and Unique items, these are more powerful versions of normal affixes, with a 1.5x multiplier on the affix’s maximum roll. – An item with a Greater Affix will be immediately obvious, with a unique audio cue, as well as a I up to a IV next to the item name indicating how many affixes are Greater. eg: Helm (Ancestral) – II – – Each affix on an item has a chance to be Greater in World Tier III & IV. – Players cannot Enchant into a Greater affix – they can only be found! – Masterworking A late-game crafting system to upgrade items, using materials gathered from The Pit. – Improves the value of your current affixes. There are 12 upgrade ranks. – Every 4 ranks, a single affix is massively upgraded. – Other ranks slightly increase the value of all affixes. – – Codex of Power updates All Legendary Aspects now appear in the Codex of Power, so you can focus on chasing great items instead of managing your inventory. – The highest roll Legendary you salvage is stored in your Codex. – Legendary Affix ranged increase based on item tier (Normal, Sacred, Ancestral). – Most Legendary Affix ranges have been increased. – The UI has been revamped, now includes manual and keyword search. You can also favorite Legendary Aspects to make them easier to find! – – Helltide Reborn A tide so nice we made it twice, here’s what’s new in the revamped Helltide event to bring the depths of Hell to the surface of Sanctuary: Helltide Threat As you battle through Helltides, you will generate Threat – how much will be determined by the difficulty of monster and how often you’re securing Tortured Gifts within Helltide. Dying will reset your Threat. – There are three Helltide Threat Tiers, with each increasing the danger and frequency of monster ambushes. At Tier 3, you will become Hell-Marked. Achieving maximum Threat will initiate a brief ambush frenzy of maximum enemy density. The ambush will end with a final Hellborne spawn, an immensely powerful agent of Hell, resurrected from the tortured souls of Sanctuary’s most powerful champions. There are five variants representing each Class in Diablo IV. – Upon activating the Hellborn ambush, your Threat will reset. – – Accursed Ritual Baneful Hearts can primarily be earned through opening Tortured Gift chests and can be used at the Accursed Ritual location. – A scene of shocking gore, the Accursed Ritual is the ultimate testament to the disturbing lengths the manic Cultists will go to appease their dark wishes. It is here where you can begin the Accursed Ritual. – Deposit three Baneful Hearts to begin the ritual, and you will be swarmed with a dense demonic ambush. Other players within your subzone will be alerted that the ritual has begun if they wish to join you in your fight. – This ambush will climax with the arrival of the Blood Maiden, an immensely powerful demonic creature who will offer great reward upon her death. – World Tier I and II adjustments To get players into the thick of Helltides much earlier in their overall Character journey, the PTR will see these upcoming adjustments to help make Helltide more fun and rewarding in World Tier I & II. All Tortured Gifts are Mystery Chests. – No roaming bosses or ambient meteors. – Less monster density overall compared to World Tier III and IV. – – The Pit of Artificers There are rumors that deep within the network of dungeons crisscrossing the north of Sanctuary, there are strange varieties of ore, perfect for crafting exceptionally crafted armor with secret Horadric techniques. Upon entering World Tier IV, you’ll receive a priority Quest to complete a Tier 46 Nightmare Dungeon. Upon completion, you’ll begin to collect Runeshard during endgame activities. Collect enough Runeshard to ultimately activate the Obelisk in Cerrigar. – Activating the Obelisk will send you to The Pit. Your goal will be to slay enough monsters before a 10-minute timer runs out. Each player death removes time from the clock: first death removes 30 seconds, second death removes 60 seconds, third and subsequent deaths will remove 90 seconds. – If you slay enough monsters, a portal will appear, taking you to the boss’s arena. – Killing the boss before the timer expires will grant you Masterworking materials and unlocks the next tier of The Pit. Killing the boss with 4-6 minutes to spare grants you an additional Tier unlock. – Killing the boss with 6 or more minutes to spare grants you two additional Tier unlocks. – The Pit has hundreds of Tiers of difficulty. If the Mastery timer expires before you finish running through the Pit you’ll still receive loot, but won’t receive any Masterworking materials. – – – The Pit can be undertaken with groups up to four, with the player who opened The Pit receiving the lion’s share of materials. Only the player who opened The Pit has the chance of receiving the Materials used for summoning Tormented Echoes. – – Boss Ladder Updates The Echo of Andariel joins the ladder in our Season 4 PTR, in the same bracket as her brother Duriel, with the same Uber Unique drop rate. With a mix of Shadow, Fire, Lightning, and her iconic Poison attack, Andariel stands ready to face all who dare fathom her demise. Summoning parts can be acquired from Beast in Ice and Lord Zir. – – Tormented Echoes of all ladder bosses can be summoned with Stygian Stones, obtained from deep within The Pit. Stygian Stones are needed along with an increased amount of summoning materials, but fear not – they also drop more rewards! – Tormented Echoes will be level 200. – All items dropped are item level 925. – Defeating your first Tormented Echo drops one Resplendent Spark as a first-time reward (account bound). – – Features Offered for Testing We will have servers for PTR in our largest regions: North America, Europe, Korea and Japan, South-East Asia, and Australia. Once you log-in through Battle Net, your account will carry over the following account-based progress: Campaign Completion – Mounts and Skill Points – Fog of War – Altar of Lilith Stat bonuses – As so many of the changes apply to the endgame, the following features will be offered: You will be able to instantly boost your character to Level 100. Upon entering the PTR and arriving at Kyovashad, there will be an NPC named ‘PTR boost’. They will only have one dialogue option, which is Boost me to level 100’ – – Upon boosting, you will receive: 100 million gold – 1,000 Obols – Two random sets of Ancestral gear at item power 920 – Upgraded Potions – Fully unlocked Paragon Glyphs – Up to 10 Tempering Manuals (class specific) – Base amount of all consumable materials Does not include materials for resources specifically earned for Masterworking, Scattered Prisms and Resplendent Sparks. – Materials to enter the Pit and Nightmare Dungeons are granted. – – Completed Class system mechanics (eg: enchantments for Sorceress, etc). – Note: This boost can be repeated with new characters on the PTR, and you can trade between characters as needed. – – Fog of War will be completely cleared. – Additionally, regardless of whether you choose to boost your character for the PTR, Legendary drop rates will be doubled. – Some things will be missing intentionally so we can test the flows we want to keep an eye on, and the Codex of Power won’t be fully unlocked. Here are the full patch notes for Diablo 4’s 1.4.0 update (PTR build): New Items General All Classes Tyrael’s Might – Unique Chest Armor While at full Life, your Skills unleash a divine barrage dealing damage. – Yen’s Blessing – Unique Boots Casting a Skill has a 20-30% chance to cast a Non-Mobility, Non-Ultimate Skill that is currently on Cooldown. This effect can only occur once every 12 seconds. – Legendary Aspects Aspect of Frosty Strides While below 45-60% Life, Evade Freezes Close enemies for Cold Damage and applies Vulnerable to them for 3 seconds. – Aspect of Concussive Strikes Lucky Hit: Damaging an enemy has up to a 20% chance to Daze them for 2 seconds. You deal 5-20% increased damage to Dazed enemies. – Barbarian Unique Items Arreat’s Bearing – Unique Pants Ancients you summon are empowered. Korlic creates an Earthquake that deals Physical damage over 4 seconds when he leaps. – Talic leaves behind Dust Devils that deal damage while he whirlwinds. – Mawdac ignites the ground Burning enemies for an additional damage over 4 seconds when he upheaves the ground. – – Twin Strikes – Unique Gloves After casting Double Swing 4 times, your next Double Swing will hit 2 additional times, each dealing 10-25% increased damage. – Legendary Aspects Aspect of Fierce Winds Your Shout Skills create 5 Dust Devils that deal damage to enemies along their path. – Your Dust Devils are 5%-15% bigger and deal 1% increased damage for each 1% their size is increased. – Druid Unique Items Earthbreaker – Unique Ring Landslide causes the ground to erupt in tectonic spikes which continue to deal 0.6-0.9 damage over 2 seconds. Casting Landslide in this area has a 20-30% chance to cause additional Landslide pillars to spawn within. – Wildheart Hunger – Unique Boots When you Shapeshift into a Werewolf or a Werebear, you gain Wildheart for 5 seconds. Wildheart grants you 1%-1.5% increased damage with Shapeshifting Skills every 2 seconds, stacking 20 times. – Legendary Aspects Aspect of Fevered Mauling When you hit at least 1 enemy with Maul, increase its Attack Speed by 1%-2% and you gain 1%-3% Damage reduction for 5 seconds, stacking up to 5 times. – Necromancer Unique Items Ebonpiercer – Unique Amulet Blight also shoots 4 smaller projectiles that pierce enemies and deal Shadow damage over 3 seconds. – Cruor’s Embrace – Unique Gloves Blood Surge consumes Corpses to cause mini novas, dealing damage. Damage is increased by 10% per target drained by the initial cast, up to 50%. Damage is also increased by 20% for each Corpse consumed. – Legendary Aspects Aphotic Aspect Skeletal Priests empower your Skeletal Warriors’ attacks to deal Shadow damage and have a 5%-15% chance to Stun enemies for 1.5 seconds. – Rogue Unique Items Scoundrel’s Kiss – Unique Ring Rapid Fire now lobs exploding arrows that deal 15%-25% increased damage. – Saboteur’s Signet – Unique Ring Casting Flurry has a 15-30% chance to release Stun Grenades that deal Physical damage and Stun enemies for 1 second. Your Grenade Skills have a 5% Lucky Hit Chance. – Legendary Aspects Aspect of High Velocity Barrage arrows now pierce through 1 enemy. – Barrage has 10%-20% increased Attack Speed. – Sorcerer Unique Items Fractured Winterglass – Unique Amulet Casting Frozen Orb has a 35-50% chance to spawn a random Conjuration when it explodes. Lucky Hit: Your Conjurations have up to a 70-100% chance to launch a Frozen Orb at Nearby enemies. – Flameweaver – Unique Gloves Casting Fire Bolt through your Firewall causes it to split into 4 bolts, each dealing 80-100% more damage. – Legendary Aspects Aspect Of Tenuous Destruction Deal 25-40% increased damage while you have no Defensive Skills on your Action Bar. – Flamethrower’s Aspect Incinerate splits into 3 beams, each dealing 70-85% of normal damage. – Balance Updates General Unique Items Banished Lord’s Talisman Updated visuals and sounds to indicate that your next Core Skill will Overpower. – Critical Strike Overpower damage reduced from 80-120% to 20-60%. – Resources needed for guaranteed Overpower reduced from 300 to 275. – Tibault’s Will Damage increase while Unstoppable reduced from 20-40% to 10-20%. – Damage increase persists for 1 second longer after being Unstoppable. – Legendary Aspects Disobedience Armor stacks no longer fall off independently. They now refresh or reset at the same time. – Armor gain changed to 25-40%. – Assimilation Previous – You have 8% increased Dodge Chance versus enemies affected by Damage Over Time effects. When you Dodge you gain 5-10 of your Primary Resource. – Now – You have 8% increased Dodge Chance. When you Dodge, Fortify for 5-20% of your Maximum Life. – Of Retribution Chance to Stun increased from 8% to 10%. – Now increases damage to Stunned and Knocked Down enemies. – Of Inner Calm Previous – Deal 5-10% increased damage for each second you stand still, up to 40%. – Now – Deal 5-10% increased damage. Triple this bonus after standing still for 3 seconds. – Of the Crowded Sage Previous – You Heal for (0-181) Life per second for each Close enemy, up to (4-605) Life per second. – Now – You have 8% increased Dodge Chance. Successful Dodges restore 5-20% of your Maximum Life. – Bold Chieftain’s Now usable by both Barbarians and Druids. – Needleflare Now also applies Thorns to Necromancer minions. – Miscellaneous Necromancer, Barbarian, Druid, and Sorcerer Companions now receive 100% of the player’s attributes. – Skill tags have been updated everywhere to allow more Aspects and other effects to affect more skills and abilities. Examples: Applicable “Shout” skills for Druid and Barbarian are now tagged as Shouts. – New Chain tag for abilities like Chain Lightning and Rabies. – New Mobility tag for abilities that move and or teleport the player, such as Caltrops or Teleport. – More skills are now tagged as Core skills, such as Sorcerer Mastery Skills and other skills which use resources like Bone Spirit. – Additionally, various Aspects have been updated to account for these changes. – – Barbarian Barbarian’s 10% innate Damage Reduction has been removed. – Legendary powers that require Call of the Ancients to be equipped no longer have that requirement. – Skills Charge Damage reduced from 250% to 180%. – Power Charge Cooldown Reduction per Target Hit reduced from 3 to 2 seconds. – Cooldown Reduction for hitting a Boss reduced from 6 to 4 seconds. – Maximum Cooldown Reduction reduced from 9 to 6 seconds. – Furious Hammer of the Ancients Previous – Hammer of the Ancients deals 1%[x] increased damage for each point of Fury you had when using it. – Now – Hammer of the Ancients gains 2%[+] increased Critical Strike Chance for every 10 Fury you had when using it. – Violent Rend Rend’s Damage against Vulnerable enemies increased from 12%[x] to 25%[x]. – Rupture The initial damage dealt from Rupture is now guaranteed to Overpower. – Call of the Ancients Korlic Leap damage increased from 104% to 156%. – Korlic Frenzy damage increased from 39% to 59%. – Talic Whirlwind damage increased from 65% to 98%. – Madawc Upheaval damage increased from 195% to 293%. – Kick Range of damage increased from 2.2 meters to 3 meters. – Additional damage when enemy is knocked into a wall increased from 70% to 105%. – Power Kick Damage per 10 Fury consumed increased from 20% to 25%. – Passives Unbridled Rage Bonus damage reduced from 135%[x] to 100%[x]. – Weapon Expertise Polearm Expertise Lucky Hit chance increased from 10%[x] to 15%[x]. – Damage while Healthy increased from 10%[+] to 15%[x]. – Two-Handed Mace Expertise Fury gain increased from 2 to 5. Previous – You deal 15%[x] increased Critical Strike damage to Stunned and Vulnerable enemies while Berserking. – Now – You deal 15%[x] increased Critical Strike damage while Berserking. – – Two-Handed Axe Expertise Vulnerable Damage reduced from 15%[x] to 10%[x]. – One-Handed Axe Expertise Critical Strike Chance against Injured enemies increased from 5%[+] to 10%[+]. – Paragon Marshal Glyph Cooldown reduction reduced from 4 to 2 seconds. – Blood Rage Legendary Node Damage increased by Berserking bonus reduced from 25% to 10%, and caps at 30%[x] damage bonus. – Crusher Glyph Additional Bonus: Overpower damage reduced from 30%[x] to 20%[x]. – Dominate Glyph Bonus Overpower Damage per 5 Willpower reduced from 39.9% to 14.9% at Glyph level 21. – Additional Bonus Previous – After not Overpowering for 30 seconds, your next attack will Overpower. – Now – Every 30 seconds, your next attack will Overpower. – – Seething Glyph Additional Bonus: Fury gain on enemy kill increased from 3 to 5. – Legendary Aspects Aspect of Sundered Ground Description reworded for clarity, no functional change. Previous – Every 25 seconds, Upheaval is guaranteed to Overpower and deals 10–25%[x] increased damage. This timer is reduced by 4 seconds when Upheaval Overpowers a Boss or an Elite enemy. – Now – Every 25 seconds, your next Upheaval cast is guaranteed to Overpower and deals 10-25%[x] increased damage. This timer is reduced by 4 seconds when Upheaval Overpowers a Boss or an Elite enemy. – – Earthstriker’s Aspect Bonus Overpower Damage reduced from 35-50%[x] to 15%-30%[x]. – Aspect of the Relentless Armsmaster Fury Generation while all three Walking Arsenal bonuses are active increased from 20-35% to 35-65%. – Previously, Dust Devils would have varying durations, speeds, and movement patterns based on which legendary Aspect created them. Now, they all behave consistently regardless of which Aspect they are from. – Windlasher’s Aspect Previous – Casting Double Swing twice within 1.5 seconds creates a Dust Devil that deals 0.22-0.32 damage to enemies behind the target. – Now – Casting Double Swing creates a Dust Devil that deals 0.35-0.5 damage to enemies in its path. Triple the amount of Dust Devils created if Double Swing is cast twice within 2 seconds. – Devilish Aspect Previous – After generating 100 Fury, your next attack that deals direct damage creates a Dust Devil that deals 0.24-0.38 damage to enemies behind the target. – Now – After generating 100 Fury, your next direct damage creates 3 Dust Devils that deal 0.4-0.6 damage to enemies in their path. – Dust Devil’s Aspect Previous – Whirlwind leaves behind Dust Devils that deal 0.22-0.32 damage to surrounding enemies (1 Dust Devil every 1.5 seconds). – Now – Whirlwind leaves behind Dust Devils that deal 0.4-0.6 damage to enemies in their path (1 Dust Devil every 0.75 second). – Veteran Brawler’s Now increases the damage for Charge, Leap, and Kick. – The timer on the buff has been removed. – Of Giant Strides Previous – Reduces the Cooldown of Leap by seconds per enemy hit, up to a maximum of 9 seconds. – Now – Reduces the Cooldown of Leap by (2.5-5) seconds per enemy hit, up to a maximum of 9 seconds. Hitting a Boss with Leap provides the maximum cooldown reduction. – Of Anemia Previous – Lucky Hit: Direct damage against Bleeding enemies has a 15-30% chance to Stun them for 2 seconds. – Now – Lucky Hit: Damaging Bleeding or Vulnerable enemies has a 15-30% chance to Stun them for 2 seconds. – Of Vocalized Empowerment (Previously Of Echoing Fury) Now equippable by both Barbarians and Druids. Previous – Your Shout Skills generate 2-4 Fury per second while active. – Now – Your Shout Skills generate 5-10 Primary Resource per second while active. – – Unique Items Rage of Harrogath Previous – Lucky Hit: Up to a 20-40% chance to reduce the Cooldowns of your non-Ultimate Skills by 1.5 seconds when you inflict Bleeding on Elites. – Now – Lucky Hit: Inflicting Bleeding on an enemy has up to a 20-40% chance to reduce the Cooldowns of your Skills by 1 second. – Azurewrath Damage dealt when Freezing enemies increased from 2.0-3.0 to 3.0-4.5. – Can now trigger from Non-Core skills. – Fields of Crimson The blood pool now makes enemies take increased damage from all damage types. – Druid Spirit Boons Packleader Cooldown reset chance increased from 20% to 25%. – Energize Spirit restoration increased from 10 to 20. – Masochistic Critical Strike Healing increased from 3% to 5%. – Skills Claw Damage increased by ~10% (.25 to .28). – Enhanced Claw Attack Speed increased from 15% to 20%. – – Maul Damage increased by ~10% (.24 to .26). – Enhanced Maul Fortify increased from 5% to 8%. – – Raging Pulverize Stun duration increased from 2 to 3 seconds. – Shred Damage increased by 10%. – Enhanced Shred Healing increased from 2% to 4%. – – Debilitating Roar Now categorized as a Shout skill. – Wolves Wolves now gain Unstoppable when the Skill is cast. – Petrify Prime Petrify Previous – Petrify’s effect durations are increased by 1 second. – Now – Petrify grants 50 Spirit when cast and its effect durations are increased by 1 second. – – Supreme Petrify Previous – Killing an enemy affected by Petrify grants 25 Spirit. – Now – Killing an enemy affected by Petrify reduces its Cooldown by 1 second. Hitting a Boss with Petrify reduces its Cooldown by 10 seconds. – – Lacerate Damage increased by 22%. – Prime Lacerate Previous – Lacerate hits Heal for 3% Maximum Life, doubled on Critical Strikes. – Now – Lacerate hits Heal for 3% Maximum Life, doubled on Critical Strikes. The first Critical Strike is guaranteed and deals 150% increased damage. – – Supreme Lacerate Previous – Lacerate’s initial strike is guaranteed to Critically Strike and deals 150% increased damage. – Now – Whenever Lacerate Critically Strikes, your Shapeshifting Skills deal 4% increased damage for 10 seconds, up to 40%. – – Passives Call of the Wild Damage increased from 10% to 12%. – Quickshift Previous – When a Shapeshifting Skill transforms you into a different form, it deals 7% increased damage. – Now – When Shapeshifting into a new animal form, you deal 1% increased damage for 3 seconds, up to 6%. – Heightened Senses Previous – Upon Shapeshifting into a Werebear or Werewolf, gain 4% Damage Reduction against Elites for 5 seconds. – Now – When Shapeshifting into an animal form, Werebear grants 2% Damage Reduction and Werewolf grants 2% Movement Speed, each for 6 seconds. Bonuses are doubled while both are active. – Clarity Previous – Gain 2 Spirit when transforming into Human form. – Now – After casting a Companion Skill, your next Core or Wrath Skill’s damage and Critical Strike Chance are increased by 5%, up to 15%. – Digitigrade Gait Movement Speed increased from 3% to 4%. – Legendary Aspects Of The Changeling’s Debt Previous – Damaging a Poisoned enemy with a Werebear Skill will instantly deal 120-124% of the Poisoning damage and consume the Poisoning. – Now – You deal 25-40% increased damage while hitting a Poisoned enemy as a Werebear or a Crowd Controlled enemy as a Werewolf. – Of The Unsatiated Previous – After killing an enemy with Shred, your next Werewolf Skill generates 25-32% more Spirit and deals 25-32% increased damage. – Now – After killing an enemy with Shred, you gain 20 Spirit. Your Werewolf Skills deal 10-25% increased damage when cast above 50 Spirit. – Of The Blurred Beast Damage increased from 25-32% to 25-35%. – Nighthowler’s Previous – Blood Howl increases Critical Strike Chance by 5-10%. In addition, Blood Howl also affects Nearby Companions and Players for 3 seconds. – Now – Blood Howl is now a Shout Skill and increases Critical Strike Chance by 5-10%. In addition, Blood Howl also affects Nearby Companions and Players for 3 seconds. – Raw Might Now all Shapeshifting Skills contribute to the buff stacks. – Damage increased from 35-50% to 40-55%. – Stun duration increased from 2 to 3 seconds. – Shepherd’s Now Wrath Skills also gain increased damage from Companions. – Mangled Previous – When you are struck as a Werebear you have a 25-40% chance to gain 3 Spirit. – Now – While in Werebear form, you gain 10-25 Spirit every 8 seconds. – Of Mending Stone Killing an enemy with any Skill now replenishes the Barrier as well as Earth Skills. – Of Vocalized Empowerment (Previously of Echoing Fury) Now equippable by both Barbarians and Druids. Previous – Your Shout Skills generate 2-4 Fury per second while active. – Now – Your Shout Skills generate 5-10 Primary Resource per second while active. – – Unique Items Fleshrender Damage bonus increased from 10% to 15%. – Previous – Debilitating Roar and Blood Howl deal damage to Nearby Poisoned enemies, increased by 15% for every 100 Willpower you have. – Now – Casting a Defensive Skill deals damage to Nearby Poisoned enemies, increased by 15% for every 100 Willpower you have. – Paragon Tracker Glyph Poisoning damage effect duration increased from 33% to 40%. – Bane Glyph Poison effect double damage chance increased from 10% to 15%. – Shapeshifter Glyph Critical Strike Chance increased from 20% to 25%. – Wilds Glyph Damage increased from 120% to 130%. – Inner Beast Legendary Node Previous – After Shapeshifting, your Spirit costs are reduced by 10% for 5 seconds, up to 30%. – Now – After Shapeshifting, your Spirit costs are reduced by 5% for 10 seconds, up to 45%. If you reach 10 stacks, this bonus resets and reduces the Cooldown of your Ultimate Skill by 5 seconds. – Necromancer Skills Enhanced Blight The Tooltip now correctly references the defiled area for the Slow effect. – Blood Mist Removed the movement speed reduction. – Golem This ability can now be activated while crowd controlled. Activating this ability makes the player Unstoppable. – Decompose Reworded description to be more consistent with the use of Corpses. – Interval reduced from 1.5 seconds to 1 second. – Increased channeling Essence generation from 8 to 10 per second. – Upgrades now activate when spawning corpses instead of channeling for 1 second. – Enhanced Decompose Decompose now causes an explosion [40% weapon damage] when creating a corpse or when the target dies. – Now also generates 10 Essence when creating a corpse. – – Acolyte’s Decompose Previous – Every 1.5 seconds, Decompose makes Enemies Vulnerable for 4 seconds. – Now – Decompose explosions make enemies vulnerable. – – Initiate’s Decompose Movement Speed bonus is now on Decompose explosions instead of channeling. – – Army of the Dead Increased spawn rate of Volatile Skeletons by 50%. – Supreme Army of the Dead spawn rate adjusted to match Volatile Skeletons. – Is now categorized as a Summoning skill. – Passive Inspiring Leader Previous – After you have been Healthy for at least 2 seconds, you and your Minions gain 4/8/12%[+] Attack Speed. – Now – While you are Healthy, you gain 4/8/12%[+] increased critical chance and your Minions gain 6/12/18%[+] increased Critical Strike Chance. – Kalan’s Edict Previous – After you have not taken damage in the last 2 seconds, your Minions gain 15% Attack Speed. This bonus is doubled while you have at least 7 Minions. – Now – Your Minions gain 3% Attack Speed for each active Minion. – Book of the Dead Skeletal Warriors will now run ahead of the Necromancer more often, and can initiate combat. – Skirmishers – Removed 3 second limit from the second upgrade. – Reapers First Upgrade Previous – Reaper attacks against enemies who are Immobilized, Slowed, Stunned, or Vulnerable reduce the cooldown of their powerful wind-up attack by 2 seconds. – Now – Wind-up attacks now reduce one of your active Cooldowns by 3 seconds. – – – First Upgrade – Defenders Now Taunts in an area around them, instead of negating damage every 6 seconds from the first upgrade. – Changed functionality from Thorns upgrade instead to take 99% reduced damage from the second upgrade. – – Shadow Mages Attacks now pierce. – First upgrade Previous – Shadow Mage attacks have a 10% chance to Stun for 2 seconds. This cannot happen toon the same enemy more than once every 5 seconds. – Now – You deal 3%[x] increased damage for each active Shadow Mage. – – Additional Shadow Bolt now occurs every 2nd attack after the second upgrade. – – Cold Mages Attacks now gain 3 Essence from the first upgrade. – Attacks now apply Vulnerable without condition. – – Bone Mages First Upgrade Previous – Reduce the Life cost of your Bone Mages’ Attack from 15% to 10%. After being alive for 5 seconds, Bone mages deal 40%[x] increased damage. – Now – Bone Mages have a 25% chance to cast Bone Splinters or Bone Spear if it is on your equipped Skills. – – Second Upgrade Previous – Each time a Bone Mage dies from its own attack they leave behind a corpse and Fortify you for 20% of your Maximum Life. – Now – Bone Mages drop a corpse when they die. Bone Mage attacks will grant 3% of Maximum Life Fortify. – – – First Upgrade – Blood Golem Golem now absorbs 30%, up from 15%, from the first upgrade. – The second upgrade active ability from Golem also heals the player for 5% of Maximum Life for each enemy drained. – – Bone Golem First Upgrade Previous – Each time your Bone Golem takes up to 20% of its Maximum Life as damage, it sheds a corpse. – Now – Spawn 5 corpses around the Golem where its ability is used. – – Second Upgrade Previous – Your Bone golem gains 10% Maximum Life and the amount of Thorns it inherits from you is increased from 30% to 50%. – Now – Your Bone Golem unleashes Bone Spikes when taking damage. – – – First Upgrade – Iron Golem First upgrade Now casts the Shockwave every 2 attacks instead of 4. – Shockwave damage increased from 40% to 154%. – – Second upgrade Now also pulls enemies in instead of applying Vulnerable. – – – First upgrade – Legendary Aspects Blood-soaked Aspect Previous – Your movement speed is no longer reduced while Blood Mist is active. – Now – While in Blood Mist form, increases movement speed by 20%. – Unyielding Commander Aspect Previous – While Army of the Dead is active, your Minions gain 70-84% Attack Speed and take 90% reduced damage. – Now – While Army of the Dead is active, your Minions deal 70-84% increased damage and take 90% reduced damage. – Occult Dominion Also increases the max number of Skeletal Warriors by 2. – Blood Getter’s Previous – Your Maximum number of Skeletal Warriors is increased by 2. – Now – Your Skeletal Priests also empower you at 55-70% effectiveness. – Flesh-Rending Previous – When Decompose spawns a Corpse, gain 25-40 Essence. – After: When Decompose explodes, gain 25-40 Essence. – Rotting Previous – Decompose can chain and burst up to 2 additional targets. When Decompose spawns a Corpse, it has a 50-100% chance to spawn a Corpse under all afflicted targets. – After: Decompose can chain and burst up to 2 additional targets. Explosions from Decompose deals 15-30%[x] increased damage. – of the Damned Previous – You deal 40-50%[x] increased Shadow damage to enemies afflicted by both Decrepify and Iron Maiden. – After: You deal 40-50%[x] increased Shadow damage to enemies afflicted by any Curse. – of Untimely Death Previous – Each percent of your Maximum Life you Heal beyond 100% grants you 0.5%[x] bonus Overpower damage on your next Overpowering attack, up to a 30-60%[x] bonus. – After: Each percent of your Maximum Life you Heal beyond 100% grants you 0.5%[x] bonus Critical Strike Damage on your next Critical Strike, up to a 30-60%[x] bonus. – of Potent Blood Previous – While Healthy, Blood Orbs grant 10-25 Essence. – After: Blood Orbs grant 10-25 Essence. – Unique Items Ring of Mendeln Previous – Lucky Hit: Up to a 10% chance to empower all of your Minions, causing the next attack from each to explode for X Physical damage. – Now – Every 6th attack from each Minion is empowered, exploding for X Physical damage. – Paragon Control Glyph Previous – Additional Bonus: You and your Minions deal 10%[X] increased damage to Slowed or Chilled enemies or, instead, 20%[X] increased damage to Stunned or Frozen enemies. – Now – Additional Bonus: You and your Minions deal 20%[X] increased damage to Crowd Controlled targets. – Deadraiser Glyph Additional Bonus maximum bonus buffed to 15%[X]. – Cult Leader Paragon Node Previous – Your Minions deal 15%[X] increased damage for each 20%[X] of Attack Speed Bonus they have. – Now – Your Minions deal 30%[X] increased damage for each 20%[X] of Attack Speed Bonus they have, up to a maximum of 100% Attack Speed Bonus. – Rogue Stun Grenades (granted by various aspects) base stun duration increased from .5 to 1 second. – Skills Inner Sight While the Inner Sight gauge is full, you also gain 25%[+] Critical Strike Chance for 4 seconds. – Attacking enemies that are not marked will fill the gauge but at 5% of the normal rate. – Preparation Reduced energy requirement from 100 to 75. – Flurry Damage increased from 66% to 75%. – Volley Can now be cancelled slightly earlier from another skill. – Passive Victimize Fixed an issue where this wasn’t activating and scaling from certain instances. – Increased chance to proc from 45% to 50%. – Paragon Exploit Weakness Legendary Node Maximum increased damage buffed from 15%[x] to 25%[x]. – Leyrana’s Instinct Legendary Node Previous – When Inner Sight’s gauge becomes full, you gain 100%[+] Dodge Chance for 2.0 seconds. Your next 3 Core Skills deal increased damage equal to 25%[x] of your Core Skill Damage Bonus. – New: When Inner Sight’s gauge becomes full, you gain 100%[+] Dodge Chance for 2.0 seconds. Your Core Skills deal increased damage equal to 25%[x] of your Core Skill Damage Bonus while Inner Sight’s gauge remains full. – Chip Glyph Increased physical damage bonus from 6.6% to 9.9% for each 5 Dexterity purchased within range. – Legendary Aspects Aspect of Encircling Blades Increased damage range buffed from 10-25% to 15-30%. – Opportunist’s Previous – When you break Stealth with an attack, you drop a cluster of exploding Stun Grenades around your location that deal Physical damage and Stun enemies for 0.5 seconds. – Now – When you enter or break Stealth, you drop a cluster of exploding Stun Grenades around you that deal Physical damage and Stun enemies for 1 second. Your Grenade Skills deal 25-40% more damage. – Trickster’s Now additionally increases Grenade Skill damage by 25-40%. – Of Surprise Now additionally increases Grenade Skill damage by 25-40%. – Of Artful Initiative Grenade Skill damage increase is now a range with higher potential, increased to 25-40%. – Of Uncanny Treachery Previous – Dealing direct damage to a Dazed enemy with an Agility Skill grants Stealth for 4 seconds. Breaking Stealth with an attack grants you 15-21% Control Impaired Duration Reduction for 4 seconds. – Now – Dealing damage to a Dazed enemy with an Agility Skill grants Stealth for 4 seconds. When Stealth breaks, you gain 85-100% Dodge Chance for 2 seconds. – Of Siphoned Victuals Previous – Lucky Hit: Damaging a Vulnerable enemy with a Core skill has up to a 10-20% chance to drop a Healing Potion. – Now – Damaging a Vulnerable enemy with a Non-Basic Skill has a 5-20% chance to drop a Healing Potion. – Frostbitten Previous – Chilled enemies hit by your Grenade Skills have a chance equal to double your Critical Strike Chance to be instantly Frozen for 2 seconds. You deal x10-25% increased Critical Strike Damage against Frozen enemies. – Now – Enemies hit by your Grenade Skills have the same chance as your Critical Strike Chance to be Frozen for 2 seconds. You deal x10-25% increased Critical Strike Damage to Stunned or Frozen enemies. – Escape Artist’s Smoke Grenade Dodge effect Cooldown has been reduced from 45 to 25 seconds. – Of Quickening Fog Maximum Dash Cooldown Reduction is reached from hitting 3 enemies, reduced from 5. – Of Volatile Shadows Previous – When a Dark Shroud shadow was removed, you would trigger an explosion around yourself that dealt Shadow damage. – Now – When a Dark Shroud shadow is removed, you trigger an explosion around yourself that deals Shadow damage and applies Shadow Imbuement to each enemy it hits. – Blast Trapper’s Previous – Lucky Hit: Dealing direct damage to enemies affected by your Trap skills has up to a 30-50% chance to make them Vulnerable for 3 seconds. – Now – Lucky Hit: Dealing damage to enemies affected by your Trap skills has a 15-30% chance to cause an explosion that deals Shadow Damage and applies Vulnerable for 2 seconds. – Of Lethal Dusk Previous – Evading through an enemy infected by Shadow Imbuement grants Stealth for 4 seconds. Breaking Stealth with an attack grants you 1-5% Maximum Life on Kill for 6 seconds. – Now – Evading through an enemy infected by Shadow Imbuement grants Stealth for 4 seconds. Breaking Stealth grants you 10-25% Maximum Life. – Vengeful Previous – Lucky Hit: Making an enemy Vulnerable has up to a 40-60% chance to grant 3% increased Critical Strike Chance for 3 seconds, up to 9%. – Now – Lucky Hit: Damaging a Vulnerable enemy has a 25% chance to create an Arrow Storm at the location, dealing Physical damage over 3 seconds. Your Arrow Storms deal 25-40% more damage. – Of Arrow Storms Previous – Lucky Hit: Your Marksman Skills have up to a 10% chance to create an arrow storm at the enemy’s location, dealing physical damage over 3 seconds. You can have up to 5 active arrow storms. – Now – Lucky Hit: Your Marksman Skills have up to a 36% chance to create an Arrow Storm at the enemy’s location, dealing Physical damage over 3 seconds. Your Arrow Storms deal 25-40% increased damage. Developer’s Note: The maximum number of active Arrows storms remains at 5, we are just removing this from the tooltip to make it more succinct. – – Unique Items Writhing Band of Trickery Reduced cooldown from 10 to 6 seconds. – Sorcerer Mastery Skills are now also considered Core Skills. – Enchantments Frost Nova Enchantment Chance for conjuration skills to case a Frost Nova increased from 30 to 35%. – Frost Bolt Enchantment Chill amount increased from 15% to 18%. – Flame Shield Enchantment Previous – Flame Shield automatically activates upon taking fatal damage. This effect can only happen once every 120 seconds. – Now – Flame Shield automatically activates after cumulatively losing 100% Maximum Life. Can only happen once every 30 seconds. Developer’s Note: We’ve received feedback from players that “Cheat Death” mechanics are not desired. The Flame Shield enchantment has been changed to not react to fatal damage, but instead react to taking 100% of your health within a 30-second window. – – Skills Frozen Orb New Functionality: Travel distance is now controllable. – Damage increased by 20% (.34 to .41). – Enhanced Frozen Orb Previous – When cast above 40 Mana, Frozen Orb’s explosion damage is increased by 45% against Elites and 30% against all other enemies. – Now – While Healthy, the explosion of Frozen Orb deals 45% increased damage. – – Greater Frozen Orb Vulnerable chance increased from 30% to 40% and duration increased from 2 to 3 seconds. – Ice Armor Enhanced Ice Armor Mana Regeneration increased from 25% to 30%. – – Shimmering Ice Armor Previous – Enemies that hit you while Ice Armor is active have a 15% chance to become Frozen for 3.23 seconds. – Now – While Ice Armor is active, you reduce its Cooldown by 2 seconds for every 50 Mana you spend. – – Mystical Ice Armor Previous – Damage against Vulnerable enemies contributes 50% more to Ice Armor’s Barrier. – Now – While Ice Armor is active, you periodically Chill Close enemies for 20% and deal 15% increased damage to Frozen enemies. – – Shimmering Frost Nova Previous – Frost Nova generates 4 Mana per enemy hit. – Now – Frost Nova grants 3% Dodge Chance per enemy hit, up to 15%. Hitting a Boss gives the maximum amount. For the next 8 seconds, you keep this effect, and successful Dodges generate 20 Mana. – Flame Shield Enhanced Flame Shield Previous – Flame Shield grants 25% increased Movement Speed while active. – Now – Flame Shield has a 50% larger burn radius. – – Mystical Flame Shield Previous – You gain 25% Mana Cost Reduction while Flame Shield is active. – Now – After Flame Shield ends, surrounding enemies are Stunned for 3 seconds and your next Skill within 10 seconds is a guaranteed Critical Strike. – – Teleport Enhanced Teleport Previous – Teleport’s Cooldown is decreased by 0.5 seconds per enemy hit, up to 3 seconds. – Now – You gain 30% Movement Speed for 3 seconds after Teleporting. – – Mystical Teleport Previous – For 4 seconds after Teleporting, Crackling Energy hits 2 additional enemies. – Now – Teleport deals 500% increased damage. It also forms a Crackling Energy for each enemy it hits, up to 3 Deep Freeze. – – Supreme Deep Freeze Now applies Vulnerable for 5 seconds when it ends. – Ice Shards Damage increased by 28% (1.25 to 1.6). – Enhanced Ice Shards Ricochet chance increased from 40% to 50%. – – Hydra Baseline maximum amount increased from 1 to 2. – Lightning Spear Damage increased by 8% (.15 to .16). – Greater Charged Bolts Damage increased from 25% to 35%. – Incinerate New Functionality: Gain 15% baseline Damage Reduction while channeling. – Damage increased by 10% (.76 to .84). – Passives Elemental Attunement Cooldown reset chance increased from 5% to 7%. – Mana Shield Damage Reduction increased from 7% to 8%. – Devouring Blaze Crowd Controlled enemies now provide the damage bonus instead of Immobilized. – Conjuration Mastery Previous – You gain 1% increased damage for each active conjuration. – Now – You gain 1% increased damage, 1% Movement Speed, and 2% Mana Generation for each active Conjuration. – Convulsions Lucky Hit Chance increased from 3% to 5%. – Shocking Impact Damage increased by 100% (.2 to .4). – Elemental Dominance Damage increased from 3% to 4%. – Legendary Aspects Bounding Conduit Previous – Gain 15-30% Movement Speed for 3 seconds after Teleporting. – Now – Teleport’s Cooldown is reduced by 1.0-2.5 seconds. After Teleporting, Crackling Energy hits 2 additional enemies for 5 seconds. – Of Frozen Orbit Damage increased from 30-40% to 45-60%. – Of Concentration Previous – Your Mana Regeneration is increased if you have not taken damage in the last 2 seconds. – Now – Casting a Conjuration Skill grants you 10-25% Damage Reduction for 5 seconds. – Of Abundant Energy Chance to chain to an additional enemy increased to 35-50%. – Snowguard’s Aspect Damage reduction increased from 10-25% to 15-30%. – Of Singed Extremities Now both Immobilize and Stun trigger the Slow effect. – Of Conflagration Previous – While channeling Incinerate, your Burning damage is increased by 25-40%. – Now – While channeling Incinerate, your Burning damage is increased by 25-40%. Enemies hit by Incinerate explode, Burning all surrounding enemies for over 6 seconds. This effect occurs once per 3 seconds. – Of Splintering Energy Previous – Lightning Spear has a 35-50% chance to spawn an additional Lightning Spear when you cast it. – Now – Casting Lightning Spear always spawns an additional Lightning Spear and increases your damage with Lightning Skills by 10-25% for 3 seconds. – Shattered Enemies no longer need to die while Frozen to trigger the bonus damage. – Damage increased from 25-40% to 30-45%. – Unique Items Staff of Lam Esen Damage to Close Enemies replaced with Ranks of Charged Bolts. – Paragon Tactician Glyph New Functionality: Now lasts 4 seconds longer for each Defensive Skill not on your Action Bar. – Winter Glyph Cold damage increase maximum raised from 15% to 18%. – Loot Updates All items dropped in World Tier III will now be Sacred. – All items dropped in World Tier IV will now be Ancestral. – Item rarity drop chances have been adjusted. After level 28, the majority (~80%) of gear dropped that is not legendary will be rare. Additionally, chances to drop legendary items now scales more after reaching Level 50. – Item Power now increases every 5 levels after 50 instead of on a linear scale. Developer’s Note: This is to give players time to focus on their affixes before the power of gear increases again. – – Elixir Updates Existing Elixirs All weak, strong, and potent Elixirs have been removed and replaced with the following, more powerful versions which are available at Level 50. Elixir of Cold Resistance Cold Resistance increased by 20%, Maximum Cold Resistance increased by 4%. – Experience gained increased by 5%. – – Elixir of Cold Resistance II Cold Resistance increased by 30%, Maximum Cold Resistance increased by 6%. – Experience gained increased by 8%. – – Elixir of Fire Resistance Fire Resistance increased by 20%, Maximum Fire Resistance increased by 4%. – Experience gained increased by 5%. – – Elixir of Fire Resistance II Fire Resistance increased by 30%, Maximum Fire Resistance increased by 6%. – Experience gained increased by 8%. – – Elixir of Lightning Resistance Lighting Resistance increased by 20%, Maximum Lightning Resistance increased by 4%. – Experience gained increased by 5%. – – Elixir of Lightning Resistance II Lighting Resistance increased by 30%, Maximum Lightning Resistance increased by 6%. – Experience gained increased by 8%. – – Elixir of Poison Resistance Poison Resistance increased by 20%, Maximum Poison Resistance increased by 4%. – Experience gained increased by 5%. – – Elixir of Poison Resistance II Poison Resistance increased by 30%, Maximum Poison Resistance increased by 6%. – Experience gained increased by 8%. – – Elixir of Shadow Resistance Shadow Resistance increased by 20%, Maximum Shadow Resistance increased by 4%. – Experience gained increased by 5%. – – Elixir of Shadow Resistance II Shadow Resistance increased by 30%, Maximum Shadow Resistance increased by 6%. – Experience gained increased by 8%. – – Elixir of Iron Barbs Armor increased by 300, Thorns increased by 150. – Experience gained increased by 5%. – – Elixir of Iron Barbs II Armor increased by 500, Thorns increased by 250. – Experience gained increased by 8%. – – Elixir of Fortitude Maximum Life increased by 10%. – Experience gained increased by 5%. – – Elixir of Fortitude II Maximum Life increased by 20%. – Experience gained increased by 8%. – – Elixir of Destruction Overpower damage increased by 7%, Vulnerable damage increased by 7%. – Experience gained increased by 5%. – – Elixir of Destruction II Overpower damage increased by 15%, Vulnerable damage increased by 15%. – Experience gained increased by 8%. – – Elixir of Precision Critical Strike Chance increased by 4%, Critical strike damage increased by 25%. – Experience gained increased by 5%. – – Elixir of Precision II Critical Strike Chance increased by 6%, Critical strike damage increased by 35%. – Experience gained increased by 8%. – – Elixir of Advantage Attack speed increased by 7%, Lucky hit increased by 7%. – Experience gained increased by 5%. – – Elixir of Advantage II Attack speed increased by 15%, Lucky hit increased by 15%. – Experience gained increased by 8%. – – Elixir of Resource Resource cost reduced by 15%, Maximum Resource increased by 10. – Experience gained increased by 5%. – – Elixir of Resource II Resource cost reduced by 30%, Maximum Resource increased by 25. – Experience gained increased by 8%. – – New Elixirs Elixir of Holy Bolts After killing an enemy, holy bolts fire from the corpse of that enemy. – Experience gained is increased by 6%. – – Elixir of Momentum After killing an enemy, increase Movement Speed by 3% for 5 seconds, this effect stacks up to 15 times. – Experience gained is increased by 6%. – – User Interface and User Experience Esu’s Heirloom now denotes the bonus Critical Strike Chance based on Movement Speed in the Item’s tooltip, instead of as a buff on the buff bar. – A new option for camera to zoom further out has been added in the Graphics Options section of the Settings menu. – Crafting materials now have rarities associated with them. – New notifications related to the expiration of migrated Seasonal stashes has been added. – Search through your Stash now supports filtering by Item Power. – ‘Drop item’ can now be used when selecting Ctrl+Click on Keyboard. – The Skill Tree can now be navigated with the D-pad on controller. – There is now a pop-up on the HUD when picking up materials. – Miscellaneous changes made to improve overall readability throughout the game. – Trials Players who earned a Seal of the Worthy for a given week in the Gauntlet now have a 100% chance of being rewarded a Unique Item. – Mutterlock chests now additionally drop 500 obols. – Nightmare Dungeon Rotation The following Dungeons will be available as Nightmare Dungeons throughout our next season. World Tier III Light’s Watch – Zenith – Belfry Zakara – Earthen Wound – Faceless Shrine – Light’s Refuge – Forgotten Ruins – Renegade’s Retreat – Sepulcher Of the Forsworn – Tomb of the Saints – Garan Hold – Jalal’s Vigil – Sarat’s Lair – Betrayers Row – Champions Demise – Shifting City – – World Tier IV Dead Man’s Dredge – Forbidden City – Hallowed Ossuary – Kor Dragan Barracks – Mercy’s Reach – Rimescar Cavern – Ritual Tower – Sanguine Chapel – Akkhan’s Grasp – Bastion of Faith – Blind Burrows – Endless Gate – Fetid Mausoleum – Ghoa Ruins – Heathens Keep – Leviathan’s Maw – Maugan’s Works – Serpents Lair – Steadfast Barracks – Collapsed Vault – Conclave – Crusaders Cathedral – Deserted Underpass – Inferno – Prison of Caldeum – Renegades Retreat – Shivta Ruins – Sirocco Caverns – Uldur’s Cave – Yshari Sanctum – Aldurwood – Broken Bulwark – Flooded Depths – Howling Warren – Lubans Rest – Mariners Refuge – Oldstones – Underroot – Vault of The Forsaken – Wretched Delve – Betrayer’s Row – Bloodsoaked Crag – Buried Halls – Carrion Fields – Charnel House – Guulrahn Canals – Komdor Temple – Path of the Blind – Whispering Vault – – Miscellaneous Traversal skills—such as Leap and Teleport—can now have their distance determined by how far the analog stick on the controller is deflected. This will enable players on controller to have better control of the range for these abilities, improving parity with Mouse and Keyboard play. – More skills will now appear more visually powerful as the skill gains power. Additionally, existing visual scaling has been improved. – Experience rewards from completing Dungeon Events have been increased. – Damage over time effects will no longer interrupt channeled skills. – Channel times for interactable objects, such as picking up Bloodstones or activating switches, have been adjusted from various times of 1-2 seconds down to .75 seconds. – Legendary Items and Unique Items can now be traded. This only includes unaltered items. Imprinting, Enchanting, Tempering, or Masterworking an item will bind it to your account. – Bug Fixes Accessibility Fixed an issue where the Screen reader did not identify check marks in the Challenge Menu. – Fixed an issue where the Screen Reader did not announce various pieces of information in the Clan Menu. – Fixed an issue where the Screen Reader did not announce Stats and Skill Used text in the Hall of Fallen heroes. – Fixed an issue where the Screen Reader did not announce currency types in the Character panel. – Fixed an issue where the Screen Reader did not announce anything in the Stash Search input field. – Fixed an issue where the Screen Reader did not identify the text in the Party Invitation request Pop up. – Fixed an issue where the Screen Reader could malfunction when switching tabs in the Renown page. – Gameplay Barbarian Fixed an issue where Iron Skin did not benefit from bonus Barrier Generation sources. – Fixed an issue where Upheaval cast by Madawc with Call of the Ancients would not stun with the Supreme Upgrade enabled. – Fixed an issue where the tooltip for the Aspect of Ancestral Charge did not denote that the damage bonus is multiplicative. – Fixed an issue where the Rumble Glyph did not fully give bonus damage to all Earthquake effects. – Fixed an issue where some non-skill damage effects, such as Metamorphosis or Gohr’s Devastating Grips, could grant stacks of Furious Upheaval. – Fixed an issue where the Aspect of Ancestral Charge legendary could occasionally stop functioning properly. – Druid Fixed an issue where the bonus damage from the Wild Impulses passive was additive instead of multiplicative. – Fixed an issue where Hurricane was not displaying decimal values for its duration when affected by the Endless Tempest passive. – Fixed an issue where the damage bonus from the Aspect of Retaliation bonus could apply twice. – Fixed an issue where Storm Strike and Claw could attack in place instead of attempting to path the player. – Fixed an issue where Blood Howl would not heal the player or properly regenerate Spirit when equipped with the Nighthowler’s Aspect. – Fixed an issue where the Fortify values generated by Safeguard was using Base Life instead of Maximum Life. – Fixed an issue where the multiplicative damage from the Wilds Glyph did apply for passive attacks from companions. – Necromancer Fixed an issue where the bonus from the Bone Graft Legendary Paragon Node, which should only trigger from damage, could be triggered when enemies were made Vulnerable by Enhanced Bone Prison. – Fixed an issue where the bonus Movement speed from Death’s Approach was not active while in town. – Fixed an issue where the Requiem Aspect was granting lower Maximum Essence per minion than intended. – Fixed an issue where a Golem attack initiated right after dismounting wouldn’t complete. – Rogue Fixed an issue where Enhanced Shadow Imbuement always granted extra Critical Strike Chance instead of just on injured targets. – Fixed an issue where the tooltip for the Chilling Weight passive did not denote increased chill amount in the next rank up tooltip. – Fixed an issue where Shadow Clones weren’t inheriting Ultimate Skill damage from the No Witnesses Legendary Paragon node. – Fixed an issue where Thorns damage could apply Skyhunter’s Critical Strike Effect. – Fixed an issue where the Glyph Upgrade pedestal could spawn directly on top of a player if a Nightmare Dungeon was completed while casting Barrage. – Sorcerer Fixed an issue where the bonus damage from the Torch and Tactician Glyphs were additive instead of multiplicative. – Fixed an issue where the Frigid Breeze passive would activate on any type of damage, instead of just cold damage. – Fixed an issue where Esu’s Ferocity was applying increase Critical Strike Damage to all damage types, instead of just Fire Damage. – Fixed an issue where Frozen Orb was applying vulnerable to frozen enemies without the Greater Frozen Orb upgrade. – Fixed an issue where the Destructive Ice Shards vulnerable effect could be applied by free Ice Shards casts granted by the Ice Shards Enchantment. – Fixed an issue where the effect from the Aspect of Searing Wards could be consumed by free casts granted by the Firewall enchantment. – Fixed an issue where other players in the party could trigger the Fireball enchantment effect when far away from the Sorcerer. – Fixed an issue where the damage bonus for the Winter Glyph was additive and not multiplicative. – The tooltip for the Aspect of Engulfing Flames now properly describes that it can grant both effects simultaneously. – Fixed an issue where the Mana Reduction from the Efficiency aspect only benefited Incinerate for the first second of channeling the ability. – Fixed an issue where the additional Ice Shards from the Aspect of Piercing Cold were dealing more damage than intended. – Fixed an issue where Frozen Orbs fired from the Enchantment effect did not prioritize targeting enemies on-screen. – General Fixed an issue where a player’s defensive capability could prevent Fortify from being applied. – Fixed an issue where a Monster, with both affixes active, could pull the player to the new Teleporter location with the Vortex ability. – Fixed an issue where the animation for Echo of Lilith’s Death from Above attack didn’t sync up with the actual area of effect for the damage. – Fixed an issue where players could be damaged while using a traversal. – Fixed an issue where the damage bonus from the Conceited Aspect did not get applied by the Barrier granted by Soulbrand. – Fixed an issue where sometimes enemies would not be immobilized when they should be. – Fixed an issue where Aberrant Cinders would remain on the ground after the Helltide had ended. – Fixed an issue where the player could be unable to move freely when changing the World Tier and using a Town Portal at the same time. – Fixed an issue where Attack Speed Magic Paragon Nodes granted less attack speed than the tooltip stated. The value now matches the tooltip. – Fixed an issue where the Unstoppable effect from the Eluding Aspect could trigger when the player was higher than 35% life. – Quests and Dungeons Fixed an issue where the Drowned Seahag in Mariner’s Refuge could drop no loot. – Fixed an issue where the Uncorrupted Flesh could not spawn during the Perceived Threat Quest. – Fixed an issue where using a town portal after killing Demotath during the Depths of Despair quest could block progression. – User Interface and User Experience Fixed an issue where the affix preview window at the Occultist showed a fixed value instead of a range of values. – Fixed an issue where the key would not display in the key binding Menu if F8 was set as a binding. – Fixed an issue where the tooltip for X’fal’s Corroded Signet implied a larger area of effect than the ring actually did damage in. – For controller players that attempt to move and cast an ability but lack the resource for that ability, you will continue to move that direction until you have enough of your class’s resource. At which point, you will stop moving and cast that ability. This has been fixed so that the player will stop moving even when they don’t have enough resources to cast. – Fixed an issue where the damage reduction from Harlequin’s Crest didn’t display in Character Stats while in Town or mounted. – Fixed an issue where swapping key binding presets wouldn’t persist between play sessions if that was the only setting changed. – Fixed an issue where the Edgemaster’s Aspect could sometimes not appear when searching the Stash. – Fixed an issue where the Glacial Aspect’s tooltip in the Codex of Power was inaccurate. – Fixed an issue where unequipping a Paragon Board that has two unlocked Gate Nodes not connected to each other would result in other boards becoming unequipped. – Fixed an issue where powers on items that scaled with player attributes, such as the powers of Deathless Visage or Fleshrender, did not properly display the scaling bonus. – Miscellaneous Fixed various instances where some items were class-restricted when they shouldn’t be. – Fixed an issue where Ancestral items could only be gambled for when the player’s character was Level 73 or higher. – Various performance, stability, visual, and UI improvements. – The PTR for Diablo 4 Season 4 starts on April 2 and ends on April 9. Season 4 in full won’t go live until several weeks later on May 14.

Diablo 4 Season 4 early patch notes Blizzard EntertainmentDiablo 4 Season 4 has had a partial reveal and there is some info on what to expect in terms of class balance changes. Diablo 4’s developers have just hosted a new Campfire chat going over the Public Test Realm (PTR) that will be made available for early testing of its new mechanics. The overhaul they’ve outlined is so massive that Diablo 4 Season 4 has been delayed and the game’s third season has been extended. Aside from the itemization overhaul and some new mechanics, the team behind the game revealed some early notes for the next Diablo 4 patch. Below is the release date for Diablo 4’s Season 4 patch and the incoming class changes. Diablo Season 4 patch release date The next seasonal patch for Diablo 4 will launch alongside Season 4 on May 14, 2024. Among the planned changes are some new Helltide features and the previously mentioned itemization rework. The most exciting part of course is the class changes that occur every season. The series of nerfs and buffs that shake up the meta and help decide which archetype you want to play. Diablo Season 4 class changes The complete list of class changes for Diablo 4 Season 4 hasn’t been revealed but Blizzard has given a tantalizing peek at what to expect. Below are some of the preliminary changes for each of Diablo 4’s five classes: Barbarian 10% inherent Damage Reduction is being removed. – Damage Reduction in general is going to be much more rare and special. – Charge, Hammer of the Ancient, Unbridled Rage damage is being reduced by an unspecified amount. – Druid Prime Lacerate now hits Heal for 3% Maximum Life, doubled on Critical Strikes, and the first Critical Strike is guaranteed and deals (X) increased damage. – Whenever Lacerate Critically Strikes, Druid’s Shapeshifting Skills deal 4% increased damage for 10 seconds up to (X). – Unspecified boost to all minion damage. – Necromancer Minions will inherit 100% of the player’s stats – New changes to Book of the Dead: Reaper’s wind-up attacks now reduce one of your active Cooldowns by 3 seconds. – Cold Mages’ attacks apply Vulnerable for 4 seconds. – Iron Golem’s slam attack also pulls in enemies. – – Rogue Inner Sight now lets Rogues attack marked enemies to fill up your Inner Sight gauge. Attacking non-marked enemies fills it at 5% of the normal rate. When it’s full, gain unlimited Energy and 25% Critical Strike Chance for 4 seconds. – Sorcerer Mastery Skills are Core Skills. – Frozen Orb getting an update via a new unique. – Bug fix: The Evade cooldown reduction affix was triggering off free casts from Unstable Currents, allowing for near-infinite uptime on Teleport Evades. This has been fixed and the affix only works with intentional casts now. – Bug fix: Esu’s Ferocity used to apply Critical Strike Damage to all damage types- now it only applies to Fire damage as intended. – Diablo 4: Best way to make money | Diablo 4: Fastest ways to get XP & level up | How to Transmog gear in Diablo 4: Armor, weapons & more | Does Diablo 4 feature followers or mercenaries to hire? | Diablo 4 couch co-op explained

Diablo 4 Season 4 mechanics: What is the game keeping? Blizzard EntertainmentDiablo 4 Season 4 introduced a number of new mechanics that have drastically changed how the game plays and feels. So, which of these new inclusions will the game keep when the season ends? Diablo 4 Season 4: Loot Reborn has been an unparalleled success for the team at Blizzard and has renewed interest in the title thanks to a comprehensive overhaul. Upgrades to foundational mechanics like crafting and inventory management have been incredibly well received by players. Perhaps the most popular inclusion is the newly revamped Helltides which now appear in every World Tier. The ease with which players can gain early levels thanks to this has been a big point of praise. Of course, with Diablo 4’s habit of axing seasonal mechanics, there has been some confusion about what parts of Season 4 are sticking around. This quick guide will go over everything Diablo 4 will keep from Season 4, as well as everything that will leave when it ends. Diablo 4 Season 4: What mechanics are staying? Losing stuff like the Vampiric Powers of Season 2 and the popular Blood Harvest events was a tough time for Diablo 4 players. Some anxiety around what we could lose at the end of Season 4 is understandable. Fortunately, most of the well-received improvements to the game from Season 4 are permanent inclusions that Blizzard deliberately instated to revitalize the game. Below is a list of everything introduced in Diablo 4 Season 4 that we get to keep. New Helltide Improvements – New Codex of Power Format – Greater Affixes – Tempering – Masterworking – The Artificer’s Pit – Tormented Boss Variants – These have all been welcome changes to the game and their presence in future seasons as well as the Eternal Realm is sure to keep players happy. Diablo 4 Season 4: What mechanics will disappear? Certain inclusions for Season 4 will be leaving the game when it comes to an end. This is pretty standard for Diablo 4 and many other live-service games. Thankfully, the list of Season 4 inclusions that will disappear when the season ends is far shorter than those that are more permanent inclusions. That list is below. The Iron Wolves Questline – Elixir of Momentum – Elixir of Holy Bolts – Profane Mindcage – That’s it. While it has been fun to experiment with the seasonal Elixirs and their billion damage potential, it’s a relatively minor loss compared to what we’ve gained. Diablo 4 Season 4 end date Diablo 4 Season 4 will end on August 6, 2024, which still gives players plenty of time to enjoy the temporary mechanics. It can be resumed that Diablo 4 Season 5 will begin shortly after as has been the standard. It will be interesting to see what new mechanics that season brings and how they interact with the improvements to the base game introduced in Season 4.

Diablo 4 Season 4 Legendary Aspect change removes inventory “hassle” Blizzard EntertainmentDiablo 4 Season 4’s major overhaul to Legendary Aspects and the Codex of Power finally addresses one of the biggest problems with the game and players cannot praise the decision enough. We’re only a day into Diablo 4 Season 4: Loot Reborn and it’s already a major hit with players. The changes initially shown off in the PTR have helped the game reach the potential it has had since it launched almost a year ago. The newly revamped Helltides have been particularly well-received thanks to the massive boost they give to players in the early game. Of course, the litany of new buildcrafting options afforded by new mechanics like Greater Affixes has also been a major improvement. While these new additions to Diablo 4 Season 4 have all been popular decisions, one in particular has addressed a major concerns fans of the game have had since launch. Players claiming that the new system for Legendary Aspects removes “80% of the hassle” in Diablo 4. Prior to Season 4, removing the Legendary Aspect of a piece of gear turned it into a single-use item that could be reattached to more favorable equipment. The problem was, by the mid point of your seasonal run, you could wind up with your inventory and stash full of Legendary Aspect that you were hoping to use. To make matters worse, if you did decide to use one, there was an incentive to go and farm a replacement in case you found a more suitable piece of gear for it. Managing your inventory and farming necessary Aspect could be a massive time sink. Fortunately, that system has been completely overhauled in Diablo 4 Season 4 and its replacement is hitting all the right notes with those fighting the battle for Sanctuary. Diablo 4 Season 4’s new Aspect system is a hit The reworked Codex of Power allows players to permanently store the most powerful version of a Legendary Aspect that you’ve removed from a piece of gear. This single change means you don’t have to store Aspects in your inventory or farm multiple versions of the same one. While praising the new changes in Diablo 4 Season 4, players talked about the new potential for the game they afforded. Retention and experimentation being the two major appeals. “Item/aspect management was always the crucial hassle which made me quit every season after a week or two of hard grinding,” one player admitted. “I’m more likely to play other classes now since inventory management has chilled out,” another responded. With more players testing different classes and builds this time around, we may see a more varied array of meta builds for Diablo 4 Season 4. Although, Necromancer is currently the frontrunner.

Diablo 4 Season 4: How to unlock Glacial Fissure Nightmare Dungeon Blizzard EntertainmentGlacial Fissure is one of the most sought-after Nightmare Dungeons in Diablo 4. Here’s how to unlock it in Season 4 so you can farm the Beast in Ice. Diablo 4 Season 4 is upon us and it has been a major hit with players so far. A fresh Season Journey with the Iron Wolves to help grind out a brand new Battle Pass and some revamped itemization mechanics have done a lot to revitalize the game. If you’re looking to take advantage of the new systems for upgrading and customizing your gear, you’ll want some Uniques. One of the best ways to farm Uniques is by fighting Diablo 4’s many bosses. This particular guide will go over how to unlock the Glacial Fissure Nightmare Dungeon in Diablo 4 Season 4. This will let you farm the Beast in Ice for the gear in its expansive loot table. How to unlock Diablo 4’s Glacial Fissure Nightmare Dungeon Unlocking the Glacial Fissure Nightmare Dungeon in Diablo 4 requires crafting the Glacial Fissure Nightmare Sigil. Using the Glacial FIssure Nightmare Sigil will teleport you to the entrance of the Nightmare Dungeon. Fortunately, crafting the Glacial Fissure Nightmare sigil is not too different from creating other Nightmare Sigils in Diablo 4. How to craft the Glacial Fissure Nightmare Sigil in Diablo 4 Crafting the Glacial Fissure Nightmare Sigil requires nine Distilled Fear and 250 Sigil Powder. Distilled fear can be gained by clearing Nightmare Dungeons in World Tier 4 and Sigil Powder can be looted from enemies in Nightmare Dungeons. Once you have collected the required materials, head to the Occultist and you’ll have the option to craft the Glacial Fissure Nightmare Sigil. It should appear in your inventory immediately once crafted. Glacial Fissure location in Diablo 4 The Glacial Fissure Dungeon is located to the Southwest of Kyvashad. Travel out of the main gateway that you enter through in the first chapter of the campaign, and travel to the Desolate Highlands area. We’ve marked the location on the map below to make it easier to find. That’s everything you need to know in order to access the Glacial Fissure Nightmare Dungeon in Diablo 4 Season 4. Slaying the Beast in Ice will offer the chance at a variety of uniques for every class. If you’re wondering whether or not it has one you’ll need, take a look at our Diablo 4 build guides to find out. Best Diablo 4 Barbarian builds | Best Diablo 4 Necromancer builds | Best Diablo 4 Druid builds | Best Diablo 4 Sorcerer builds | Best Diablo Rogue builds

Diablo 4 Season 4 faces unprecedented delay to test massive rework BlizzardDiablo 4 Season 4 has been delayed to mid-May marking the first time Blizzard has held back a major content drop for the ARPG. Diablo 4’s Season of the Construct had been skirting dangerously close to the end of its three-month lifespan with no sight of the recently announced Public Test Realm (PTR) for Season 4. We’d been quietly concerned that there may not be enough time to properly implement feedback from the pre-release testing. It looks like Blizzard reached the same conclusion and has announced a delay of Diablo 4 Season 4 and an extension of Season 3 in the latest Campfire Chat. “Season 3 is now going to end on May 14, and of course with that, Season 4 also starts on May 14,” Community Lead Adam Fletcher revealed. “We’re pushing it back a few weeks to ensure that we get all the feedback from this PTR, and we apply it to season 4 to make sure that all these new system changes that we’re doing are right and work for the community,” Fletcher elaborated. Ordinarily, delays for anything video game-related are a cause for ire in fan communities but players want Blizzard to take as much time as possible with Diablo 4 Season 4. The game’s Subreddit is flooded with posts praising the move as developers have promised a complete overhaul of multiple itemization mechanics. These include changes to drop rates and a facelift for the Legendary Aspect mechanics to reduce the frustrating amount of resources required to grow your character’s power. These new features will be front and center in the PTR and Blizzard wants to ensure they’re working properly. Hence the Diablo 4 Season 4 delay. The PTR will launch on April 2, 2024, and run until April 9, 2024, allowing players a full week to gather and give their thoughts. Fletcher revealed that Blizzard will be moderating a dedicated PTR forum to streamline the feedback process. At present, the Diablo 4 Season 4 PTR will only be accessible on PC via battle.net but the devs are looking at options for console launches down the line. “We are going to try to explore other ways of being able to bring PTR, when we do have a PTR, to [console] players in the future,” Fletcher qualified. The dev team revealed that complete instructions for how to access the PTR would be made available on Blizzard’s blog “sometime next week”. Hopefully, the huge volume of changes that have been detailed will be enough to justify the Diablo 4 Season 4 delay.

Diablo 4 Season 4: Loot Reborn – Release date, start time & everything we know so far Blizzard EntertainmentDiablo 4 Season 4: Loot Reborn is nearly upon us after an unprecedented delay but timing isn’t the only thing that sets this season apart. Following the institution of the game’s first Public Test Realm (PTR), the development team has distilled the feedback and plans on making Season 4 a return to form for the game, after the lackluster Season 3. Developers have explained that just as the title and timeline of Diablo Season 4 differ from its predecessors, so too does its content. Fortunately, the lessons learned from the PTR look to have shaped an exciting new framework for the game and the powerful builds unearthed in the preview will thrive. So, given the massive shift in focus for the team behind it, what can we expect from Diablo 4 Season 4: Loot Reborn? We’ve gathered all the relevant details on what’s coming including its release date, itemization changes from the PTR, narrative details, and more. Contents: Release Date – Start time – What is Season 4’s theme? – Itemization Changes – Helltide Changes – New Boss: Andariel – Tortured Echoes – Seasonal Journey – Does Season 4 have a release date? Yes, Diablo 4 Season 4 will begin on Tuesday, May 14, 2024. Diablo 4 Season 4 Start time Diablo 4 Season 4: Loot Reborns launches at the following times worldwide: 10 AM – PDT – 1 PM – EDT – 6 PM – BST – 7 PM – CEST – 2 AM – JST – There’s also likely to be an update to download at that time. What is the theme for Season 4 of Diablo 4? Unlike the previous three seasons, Season 4 of Diablo 4 doesn’t have an established theme. Season 1 had Malignant Hearts, Season 2 had Vampire Powers, and Season 4 used the robot follower as themes, but Season 4 isn’t hanging its hat on one particular theme. Instead, Season 4 is more of a soft reset for Diablo 4’s seasonal content and may end up bringing back some aspects from older seasons as well as introducing some fresh ideas. It could be argued that Loot Reborn is the theme of Season 4, but this is more of a mission statement from Blizzard, marking Season 4 as a new beginning for the game as it approaches its first anniversary. Rather than having a distinct theme, Season 4 is focused on the changes to itemization. Itemization changes in Diablo 4 Season 4: Loot Reborn Diablo 4 Season 4 lives up to its Loot Reborn title by overhauling how loot functions from the ground up. While fewer items will drop overall in this revamped system, Blizzard has aimed to make those that do “more individually impactful”. Rare and Legendary items will each have one fewer Affix attached but the newer Affixes are intended to be more valuable to players. Examples given are things like a base increase in Movement Speed and more common instances of awarding extra skill levels. To compensate, players will be able to use Diablo 4 Season 4’s new crafting mechanics like Tempering and Masterworking to add chosen Aspects to gear. Legendary Aspects also give players a new level of control thanks to changes in the Codex of Power. These new changes will be present in the Eternal Realm of Diablo 4 as well and we have explained them in greater depth in our breakdown of the PTR. For those unfamiliar, the cliff notes are as follows: New crafting system: Tempering This new system will allow you to add affixes to your items at the Blacksmith through a new reusable item that can drop from most content in-game, called Temper Manuals! – These are categorized like the Codex of Power (eg: Resource, Mobility, etc) Once gained, you retain these for unlimited use! – – Each manual contains a handful of affixes; you are able to attach one at a time. – Affixes can be rerolled up to the item’s Temper Reroll limit. – Ancestral items can have two Tempered affixes from different categories. – Greater Affixes Only appearing on Ancestral Legendary and Unique items, these are more powerful versions of normal affixes, with a 1.5x multiplier on the affix’s maximum roll. – An item with a Greater Affix will be immediately obvious, with a unique audio cue, as well as a I up to a IV next to the item name indicating how many affixes are Greater. eg: Helm (Ancestral) – II – – Each affix on an item has a chance to be Greater in World Tier III & IV. – Players cannot Enchant into a Greater affix – they can only be found! – Masterworking A late-game crafting system to upgrade items, using materials gathered from The Pit. – Improves the value of your current affixes. There are 12 upgrade ranks. – Every 4 ranks, a single affix is massively upgraded. – Other ranks slightly increase the value of all affixes. – – Codex of Power updates All Legendary Aspects now appear in the Codex of Power, so you can focus on chasing great items instead of managing your inventory. – The highest roll Legendary you salvage is stored permanently in your Codex. – Legendary Affix ranged increase based on item tier (Normal, Sacred, Ancestral). – Most Legendary Affix ranges have been increased. – The UI has been revamped, now includes manual and keyword search. You can also favorite Legendary Aspects to make them easier to find! – – Helltides overhauled in Diablo 4 Season 4 It’s not just loot that has been reborn in Season 4. Helltides have undergone a number of changes to make them more rewarding to players and, depending on your preference, more fun. The newfound aggression of Helltides even ties into this season’s campaign. The new changes have been stated by Blizzard to be directly “inspired by the Vampiric Blood Harvest in Season of Blood” which was incredibly popular during its availability. As such, Helltides now offer increased enemy density, greater material drops, and are available at lower World-Tiers. A new system has also been added to Helltides known as Threat which steadily increases your Threat Level as you kill enemies within a Helltide. When a player reaches Threat Level 3, they become Hell-Marked. This causes a massive wave of enemies to spawn capped off by an incredibly powerful Hellborn which offers better loot and more exp for defeating it. Players can also collect and sacrifice Baneful Hearts found within Helltides to increase the rate and quality of rewards that drop. This works in tandem with a previously revealed elixir that raises Helltide difficulty for better acquisitions. Andariel returns in Diablo 4 Season 4 Lesser Evil and Maiden of Anguish Andariel makes her return to Diablo 4 in Season 4 as a new boss in the same tier as Duriel. She will share the same drop rate for Uber Uniques as her hideous brother. Blizzard has gone to great lengths to illustrate her potential challenge by outlining Andariels vicious arsenal. “With a mix of Shadow, Fire, Lightning, and her iconic Poison attack, Andariel stands ready to face all who dare fathom to bring about her demise.” She will be located east of Tasarak in Hanged Man’s Hall but like most other bosses in Diablo 4, she will require materials to be summoned. These materials can be earned by defeating Lord Zir and the Beast in Ice. Tormented Echoes To freshen up Diablo 4’s roster of bosses even further, variants of every boss in the game are now available as Tormented Echoes. Similar to Uber Lilith and Uber Duriel, these Tormented Echoes spawn at level 200 and offer an even greater challenge. Summoning these beefed-up bosses requires the use of Stygian Stones which can be found in The Pit that was unveiled during the PTR. To spawn them, head to the desired boss’s usual summoning location with their required materials and a Stygian Stone, and select the Tormented Echo variant. Tormented Echo variants of bosses will all drop gear at the maximum item power of 925. On top of that, your first defeat of each one will reward you with a Resplendent Spark which can be used to craft an Uber Unique. Seasonal Journey: The Call of the Wolves In Diablo 4 Season 4: Loot Reborn’s campaign, you’ll ally yourself with a fearsome band of mercenaries known as the Iron Wolves. Champions of the common people of Sanctuary, the Iron Wolves hold to a strict code of honor as they rally against the encroaching Helltides. Their members have been dying mysteriously and it’s up to you to find out why. To join up with these newfound comrades, head to Khejistan and meet their representative, Soudeh the Anvil. Assisting the Iron Wolves and completing your Seasonal Journey will slowly unlock unique Tempering Manuals. These will help you get the most out of the new itemization mechanics and enhance your build even further. As usual, a new season and its accompanying Seasonal Journey also means a new Diablo 4 Battle Pass. This will come in the usual free and premium variations and offer all manner of cosmetics, emotes, trophies, and more. Of particular note are the Smouldering Ashes that the Battle Pass rewards all players. These, like always, are used to activate Seasonal Blessings as part of your Seasonal Journey. Diablo 4 Season 4: Loot Reborn introduces three new Seasonal Blessings that coincide with the new story and itemization changes. Those are: Urn of Nightmares: Boost Paragon Glyph XP earned in Nightmare Dungeons. – Urn of Iron: Boost your reputation with the Iron Wolves from Helltide activities. – Urn of Burning Obols: Boost the amount of Obols you can find in Helltide chests, which contain Obols during this season. – These are all the major details revealed by Blizzard so far regarding Diablo 4 Season 4: Loot Reborn. We’ll be sure to update this guide with more info as it surfaces. Be sure to check out our other Diablo 4 guides to prepare for another trek into the hellish plane of Sanctuary. Diablo 4: Best way to make money | Diablo 4: Fastest ways to get XP & level up | How to Transmog gear in Diablo 4: Armor, weapons & more | Does Diablo 4 feature followers or mercenaries to hire? | Diablo 4 couch co-op explained

Diablo 4 Season 4 Battle Pass: Tiers, rewards, price, more Blizzard EntertainmentThe arrival of another season in Diablo 4 means a brand new Battle Pass. This guide will tell you everything you need to know about the Diablo 4 Season 4 Battle Pass including its pricing, tiers, rewards, and more. With the Season of the Construct behind us, Diablo 4 has entered into a figurative and literal golden age with Season 4: Loot Reborn. A complete overhaul of the game’s extensive itemization mechanics has revitalized the battle for Sanctuary. Players are praising the new changes for reducing hassle and making every phase of Diablo 4 from early to endgame the best they’ve ever been. If ever there was a time to join, it’s now. For returning players and the uninitiated, the Diablo 4 Season 4 Battle Pass is important to wrap your head around. It’s not just cosmetic rewards you’ll be chasing. Here’s the rundown on pricing, tiers, rewards, and more. Contents: Diablo 4 Season 4 Battle Pass price Diablo 4 Season 4 has three Battle Pass options that are split into categories. The most notable is the Free Battle Pass, which players will automatically begin filling as they complete various challenges throughout the season. The Premium Battle Pass costs players $10 USD and includes all the rewards of the Free Battle Pass and some extra Premium rewards on top of that. The Accelerated Battle Pass jumps up in price to $25 USD. It includes all the rewards of the Premium Battle Pass and offers 20 tier skips to access some of those goodies early. As well as this, the Accelerated Battle Pass gives an exclusive emote to anyone who purchases it. Diablo 4 Season 4 Battle Pass rewards Season 4: Loot Reborn’s 90-tier battle pass is stacked with rewards for players no matter what category they choose. There are 28 Free and 62 Premium tiers. Now that the Diablo 4 Season 4 Battle Pass has gone live, we have the specifics of what those rewards are and they are outlined below: Free Battle Pass rewards 20x Smouldering Ashes – 5x Armor Transmog Pieces – 5x Weapon Transmogs – 1x Mount Trophy – 1x Title – 1x Town Portal – Premium Battle Pass Rewards Everything listed in the Free tier above – 10x Armor Transmog Pieces – 19x Weapon Transmogs – 4x Headstones – 10x Emotes – 2x Mounts – 2x Mount Armors – 5x Mount Trophies – 2x Titles – 700 Platinum – 2x Town Portals – 20x Tier Skips (Accelerated Battle Pass) – 1x Emote (Accelerated Battle Pass) – Smouldering Ashes and Seasonal Blessings Smoldering Ashes continue to be the primary reward throughout the Battle Pass and are available to every player throughout the season. This seasonal currency can be used to fill various Urns in exchange for powerful upgrades that will speed character progression. Season 4 has fie Urns and their corresponding powers have been revealed by Blizzard: The Urn of Aggression – Boosts experience earned from Monster kills. – The Urn of Whispers – Boost the chance to receive a Greater Collection from Whisper rewards. – The Urn of Nightmares – Boosts Paragon Glyph XP earned in Nightmare Dungeons. – The Urn of Iron – Boosts your reputation with the Iron Wolves from Helltide activities. – The Urn of Burning Obols – Boosts amount of Obols found in Hlltide Chests this season. – The Battle Pass rewards a total of 20 Smoldering Ashes meaning that all Season Blessings can be maxed out. These upgrades will only be available to seasonal characters and will be negated when they are sent to the Eternal Realm when the season ends. How to earn tiers in the Season 4 Battle Pass Players progress through the Diablo 4 Season 4 Battle Pass by earning Favor. This resource can be acquired through basic gameplay like killing enemies and completing Campaign or Side Quests. Tier skips can be purchased using Diablo 4’s in-game currency Platinum. Each skip will cost 200 Platinum, but tiers in the Battle Pass that contain Smouldering Ashes are level-gated, meaning players cannot buy their way ahead of other players. Favor can also be earned by completing specific seasonal challenges that progress Diablo 4 Season 4’s Season Journey. The Season Journey: More ways to earn free rewards This season, players will be joining up with the Iron Wolves mercenary band to combat the growing Helltide threat. These honorable warriors are committed to beating back the hordes of demons that are plaguing Sanctuary. As well as Favor to boost progression in the Diablo 4 Season 4 Battle Pass, completing Chapters of the Season Journey rewards all players with Legendary Aspects, Weapon Transmogs, Armor Transmogs, and more. Of particular note are the brand-new Tempering Manuals that can be earned exclusively through progressing the Season Journey. They are a vital resource for one of Diablo 4 Season 4’s newest mechanics. Those are all the important details regarding the Diablo 4 Season 4 Battle Pass. Get grinding to gear up your Seasonal characters. If you’re looking to improve them in a less cosmetic way, you can also check out our build guides for each of Diablo 4’s five classes. Best Diablo 4 Barbarian builds | Best Diablo 4 Necromancer builds | Best Diablo 4 Druid builds | Best Diablo 4 Sorcerer builds | Best Diablo Rogue builds

Diablo 4’s new Uniques for Season 3 buff Meteor and Lightning Storm skills Blizzard EntertainmentDuring the latest Campfire Chat, Diablo 4 devs shared two Uniques coming to Season 3 – one’s for the Sorcerer while the other prioritizes Druids. The Uniques in Diablo 4 can significantly alter a player’s build and playstyle. Blizzard launched the title with a handful of these items scattered around Sanctuary, but more have been added to the loot pool since then. In Season 2, for example, Diablo 4 received 12 brand-new Uniques – some class-specifics, with the rest designed for general use. Notably, two more Unique items will join the loot pool once Season 3 arrives. Blizzard unveiled both of them during its latest Campfire Chat stream. Two new Uniques are coming to Diablo 4 Season 3 On January 18, Blizzard hosted a Developer Update stream going over what players can expect from Season 3 – Season of the Construct. The team devoted one brief segment of the broadcast to the new Unique items, which include the Stonefall Coronet for Sorcerers and the Unsung Ascetic’s Wraps for Druids. With the Stonefall Coronet, Sorc players will receive a buff impacting the Meteor ability. According to developers, this powerful new item will turn the “spender skill into a charge-based skill.” Combining Meteor with the fireball, firewall, or incinerate abilities should summon a downpour of meteors that devastate the battlefield. The Druid’s Unsung Ascetic’s Wraps Unique buffs Lightning Storm, such that the attack grows at a much faster rate. Better still, when the lightning bolts crit, an extra bolt will strike and let loose more damage. Diablo 4 players working on Sorcerer and Druid builds in Season 3 will be able to scour Sanctuary for these Uniques very soon. Season 3 remains on track for a January 23 release across all platforms.

Diablo 4 Season 3 Leaderboards delayed indefinitely Blizzard EntertainmentBlizzard developers have announced that Diablo 4 Season 3’s planned Leaderboard system, the Gauntlet, has been delayed. Diablo 4 is in the early phases of its third major content update. Season of the Construct launched to a rocky reception but recent updates have smoothed that out somewhat. The core gameplay loop for Diablo 4 Season 3 involves testing your might in Zoltun Kulle’s deadly Vault dungeons to upgrade your mechanical companion, The Seneschal. Of course, one of the major draws for the new season discussed in the lead-up to release was the new Leaderboard system known as the Gauntlet. Fans of the game have been patiently waiting for the chance to pit themselves against one another for bragging rights. However, Diablo 4 Director Rod Fergusson announced on X that there will be an indefinite delay on the Gauntlet Leaderboards. Diablo 4 devs announce undetermined delay for the Gauntlet Originally planned for release on February 13, 2024, the Gauntlet is intended to be Diablo 4’s answer to Leaderboards. Centered around a weekly challenge dungeon, the Gauntlet tracks the top 1,000 players’ performance in that dungeon and showcases them to the player base. To access the Gauntlet, players will need to have unlocked World Tier 4 and have their best build locked in. Placement on the Leaderboards rewards players with special Titles and bragging rights. Players have been clamoring for a Leaderboard system in Diablo 4 since before the game’s launch and were very excited for their arrival in Season 3. It looks like they’ll be waiting a little longer given the recent announcement from Rod Fergusson. “[It’s] great seeing the excitement about the Gauntlet & Leaderboards,” Fergusson qualified. “We’re still on track for S3 but decided to take a bit more time to polish a few things up, so it won’t be launching on Feb 13.” Fergusson did announce that Blizzard planned to reveal the new date soon but the format of that reveal is as yet unknown. We’ll be keeping an ear to the ground and the moment there’s a launch date for Diablo 4 Season 3’s Gauntlet dungeons and Leaderboards, we’ll have it covered.

Diablo 4 players frustrated by return of season journey progress bug Blizzard EntertainmentDiablo 4’s recent patch has seemingly brought back the season journey progress bug that plagued Seasons 1 and 2. Not long after Season 1 launched, Diablo 4 players began encountering a progression bug. The glitch specifically prevented the game from recognizing the completion of certain quests. While Blizzard developers quickly rectified the issue, the progression bug reared its head once again at the start of Season 2. Many hoped the third seasonal update, Season of the Construct, would avoid a similar fate. For a time, players had no problem navigating and completing the new season journey. The 1.3.1 patch that went live on February 1 seems to have disrupted the balance of things, however. Diablo 4’s season journey glitch returns for Season 3 Reddit user Lyioux shared a post lamenting that for the third season in a row, they’re unable to complete the season journey because of one bugged objective. According to the Redditor, this didn’t become an issue for Season 3 until Blizzard rolled out Diablo 4’s most recent patch. They explained their woes as follows, “This is a trend for the game for me… I also had 1 bugged objective in both Season 1 & 2 and had to wait over a month to get it.” Lyioux isn’t the only Diablo 4 player encountering another version of the season journey error. A reply from one disgruntled user reads, “I can confirm, mine is also bugged. Sh** [is] so ridiculous every season every patch littered with bugs like this.” Another Redditor said they’re just relieved to know the issue isn’t exclusive to their run. “I’m relieved to see someone else had this issue, I was sure I had done this twice and it hasn’t popped.” While others claimed they were previously able to complete the season journey for D4 Season 3, several people chimed in to say the new patch must’ve broken something. Reads one such remark, “…it’s broken as of the most recent patch. Both a friend and myself opened 14+ chests and didn’t get it. Seems it WAS working if you did it prior to the patch the other day.” Unfortunately, some players will remain locked out of season journey progression until Blizzard issues a fix.

Diablo 4 Season 3: How to upgrade the Seneschal Companion Blizzard EntertainmentThe Seneschal Companion in Diablo 4 is the main draw of Season 3. Here’s how to upgrade your little robot friend to enjoy the many buffs he offers in combat. Diablo 4 Season 3 introduces the Seneschal Companion, a robot ally who’s reprogrammed to follow you and battle by your side for the duration of the season. While the Seneschal will fight independently, his main purpose is to be customized so that he can provide you with various buffs. While it’s useful to have him with you in combat, him following you is mostly just a fun garnish for his wider purpose. However, it is helpful to have an ally to draw your enemies agro. As you progress in Season 3 of Diablo 4, you’ll be able to add various stones to your Seneschal Companion, making him and his buffs, much more potent. Below, we’ll explain how to upgrade the Seneschal Companion and how to turn your little robot spider into a powerful ally – but more importantly, have him buff you until you’re nigh unstoppable this season. Contents Finding the Seneschal Companion – Upgrading the Seneschal Companion – Where to find Governing & Turning Stones – Finding the Seneschal Companion You’ll find the Seneschal Companion early on during the new Season 3 story quests after you either complete or skip the main campaign. You’ll be sent to investigate some weird demonic possessions in Gea Kul and from there, will need to go and investigate one of the former vaults of long-dead sorcerer (and Diablo 3 fan-favorite) Zoltun Kulle. You’ll meet one of Kulle’s old friends called Ayuzhan who’s been missing for centuries. After realizing that Kulle is gone and that a demonic force has taken over his workshops, Ayuzhan recruits you to help and will eventually provide you with the Seneschal Companion to aid you in your quest. Upgrading the Seneschal Companion The Seneschal Companion will feel a bit underpowered at first and characters that already use minions may find it slightly more useful, as the little spider will back up your existing crew. However, solo characters shouldn’t expect too much from it at this early stage. The good news is that the Seneschal will scale with you as you level up, so as you become more powerful, so will your little robot friend. However, to really feel the benefit of the Seneschal Companion, you’ll need to upgrade him with various stones. These are known as the Governing Stones and Turning Stones, each works a similar way but is a little different. Governing Stones dictate what sort of attacks your ally can do while the Turning Stones buff these abilities. You can only use two Governing Stones at one time and three Turning Stones for each. In total, there are 12 separate Governing Stones to find in Season 3 as well as 27 different Turning Stones. Of course, it will take some time to locate all of these, but the more you find, the more you can customize your Seneschal to your preferred build. These stones also provide you with various buffs, so it may be worth prioritizing stones that provide you the most benefit, rather than the Seneschal Companion itself. To upgrade your Seneschal Companion, enter your inventory screen and scroll across to the new screen added for Season 3. This will have replaced Vampire Powers and in many respects works the same way. Where to find Governing & Turning Stones You’ll unlock a Turning Stone for your Seneschal Companion every time you complete one of Zoltun Kulle’s Vaults. You can also collect Shattered Stones from killing Construct enemies and craft them into Turning and Governing Stones at the Jeweler’s shop back in town. You can also find these by destroying traps in the Vaults and by completing Arcane Tremors events. Wardwoven Chests also sometimes contain both Governing and Turning Stones. These are located all over the map or from caches you’re given after completing quests. In time, your robot buddy will be a little powerhouse and an important part of your build, that is until Season 3 comes to an end and it’s time to say goodbye to the Seneschal Companion. So use him while you can. Diablo 4 Review | Diablo 4: Best way to make money | Diablo 4: Fastest ways to get XP & level up | How to Transmog gear in Diablo 4: Armor, weapons & more | Does Diablo 4 feature followers or mercenaries to hire? | Diablo 4 couch co-op explained | What is Diablo 4 Hardcore mode? | How to get a mount in Diablo 4 | Diablo 4: How to upgrade your healing potion | How to swap weapons in Diablo 4 | Diablo 4: World Tiers explained | How to use emotes in Diablo 4

Diablo 4 Season 3: Release date, Helltide changes, The Gauntlet, more Blizzard EntertainmentDiablo 4 Season 3 is the next major content update for the game and we’ve gathered everything there is to know about it, including the reveal details and release date. Diablo 4’s Season of Blood was a huge success with its new mechanics and an endgame overhaul restoring some faith in the game’s seasons after a lackluster Season 1. The massively popular Blood Harvests played a big role, so much so that Blizzard has promised their mechanics are sticking around in Season 3. Now, after the much more positively received Season of Blood is nearly at an end, players will need to tie up any loose ends before the beginning of Diablo 4 Season 3. Season 2 characters will be transitioning to the Eternal Realm though, so they’ll still be available. Season 3 of Diablo 4 will switch the theme from blood-sucking vampires to a new mechanical menace left behind by Diablo 3 frenemy, Zoltun Kulle. Now that we’ve finally gotten a full breakdown of the season in Blizzard’s recent Developer Update, here’s everything we currently know about Diablo 4 Season 3, so far. Contents Season 3 release date – Season 3 details – Diablo 4 Season 3 release date Diablo 4 Season 3 begins on January 23, 2024. This is the first time that a Season will begin directly after another. There was an 11-day wait between Seasons 1 and 2 but Season 3 begins the same day Season 2 ends. Blizzard hasn’t announced whether this is the plan for seasonal content going forward or if it’s a one-off. Diablo 4 Season 3 details A post from the Diablo Twitter account showcased an announcement trailer for the new season, officially subtitled Season of the Construct. The trailer teases the upcoming quest that players will embark on, a journey set “deep beneath the sands of Kehjistan” where a new threat lies in wait. Notably, ancient technology created by Zoltun Kulle and Ayuzhan of Caldeum hides beneath Kehjistan’s depths. Known as the Loom, the technology has been appropriated by the Demon Malphas who means to use it in an attempt to rule Sanctuary. Players can expect Ayuzhan to lead them on a path to stop Malphas’ machinations. In a Blizzard News post, Diablo 4 developers confirmed the Gatehall town center under Kehjistan will constitute the players’ base of operations this season. The Gatehall serves as an access point for deadly Vaults (dungeons), each one filled with “elemental Hazards and Constructs.” In addition to being littered with destructive obstacles, the Vaults also represent the key to unlocking the Loom’s full potential. Players looking to take the fight to Malphas will visit the Loom and face the demon in a brand-new boss battle. Akin to previous seasons, starting the Season of the Construct questline will require users to create a new character on the Seasonal Realm. Season 3 companion: The Seneschal Construct Season 3 will introduce a new mechanical companion called the Seneschal during the Seasonal Questline which will fight by your side and can be customized to fit your playstyle. In Zoltun’s vision, the Seneschal “compliments your adventures by engaging directly in the fight or aiding you dutifully on the sidelines.” To further augment their Seneschal Companion, players will utilize the Governing and Tuning Stones found in Vaults. Governing Stones determine the Seneschal slate of core abilities. You can equip two of these to your companion at once; meanwhile, Tuning Stones augment how these abilities function. There are 27 Tuning Stones in total and you can equip 3 of these to each of your Governing Stones for a total of six augments. Some of these augments function by adding status effects or crowd control to enemies, others function like Legendary affixes and completely alter the way the attack functions. Similar to Malignant Powers and Blood Pacts before it, developers say the Seneschal is “the embodiment of the power chase for this season”. The most important piece of info from the recent Developer Update is of course that you can pet it. Seasonal dungeons: Vaults As mentioned previously, Diablo 4 Season 3 introduces a new type of dungeon called Vaults. These are filled with fantastic rewards but to access them, you’ll need to fight through hordes of construct enemies and deadly traps. According to developers, even the basic chests in Vaults are “suped-up” and will contain superior rewards than those outside including better gear and lots more gold. The real prize in these Vault dungeons however are the special Wardwoven Chests which contain far better Legendary and sometimes Unique gear. To access these, players will need to approach and open these chests while a special buff known as Zoltun’s Warding is activated. To apply the buff, you’ll need to obtain an item called a Pearl of Warding and offer it to the statue of Zoltun Kulle that is present in every Vault dungeon. The catch is that being damaged by a trap or hazard removes this buff and locks you out of the Wardwoven Chest. As you get better at these Vault dungeons, you can begin challenging yourself to access the Wardwoven Chest. Vaults also have Nightmare Dungeon equivalents that can be accessed via crafted Vault Sigils. These will be far more difficult but will offer far better rewards to compensate. New Overworld Activity: Arcane Tremors Arcane Tremors are a new type of Overworld Activity like Blood Harvests or Helltides that occur around the entrances to Vaults. The aim is to collect a certain number of Cores through various activities to draw out a powerful Elite enemy known as a Herald of Malphas. Completing these Arcane Tremors will reward players with the usual gear and gold, but also Pearls of Warding. This means if you’re hoping to access the goodies inside Wardwoven Chests, you’ll want to keep an eye out for these events. Diablo 4 Season 3 Helltide changes Helltides are set to receive a bit of an overhaul in Diablo 4 Season 3, thanks to the incredibly positive reaction to Season 2’s Blood Harvests. These changes primarily focus on frequency. In Blizzard’s November 2023 Campfire Chat, Associate Game Director Joseph Piepiora announced that Helltides will spawn every hour, on the hour. This means there will be no more frustrating waits between them and one should always be present on the map. The aim of this is to make it simpler for players to obtain the various Helltide rewards, specifically Forgotten Souls. Blizzard reiterated as much in its Season 3 blog post. The Gauntlet Weekly Challenge Dungeons The Gauntlet is a brand new Challenge Dungeon coming later in Diablo 4 Season 3. The location, enemy types, and layout of the dungeon will rotate weekly to keep things fresh. It’s a timed challenge run that drops loot upon completion so players will not need to waste precious seconds collecting it. To access The Gauntlet, your character must have unlocked World Tier 4 and while Level 100 isn’t necessary, it will likely be a boon to players focused on its tie-in mechanic. Diablo 4 Season 3 Leaderboards Progress in The Gauntlet will be tracked by weekly leaderboards that highlight the top 1,000 player scores in various brackets. These include solo brackets for each of Diablo 4’s five classes as well as parties of 2-4 players. Those competing in The Gauntlet will also be awarded different Seals based on their leaderboard position. They are shown on players’ profiles to show off their accomplishments for the week. The Seals include Seal of the Blooded, Seal of the Steadfast, Seal of the Iron-Willed, and Seal of the Worthy. The positions related to each Seal are currently unknown. Leaderboards can be filtered between normal and Hardcore categories but the scoring system has not yet been revealed. The top ten players from every week will be recorded and added to a permanent leaderboard known as the Hall of the Ancients. Diablo 4 Review | Diablo 4: Best way to make money | Diablo 4: Fastest ways to get XP & level up | How to Transmog gear in Diablo 4: Armor, weapons & more | Does Diablo 4 feature followers or mercenaries to hire? | Diablo 4 couch co-op explained: | What is Diablo 4 Hardcore mode? | How to get a mount in Diablo 4 | Diablo 4: How to upgrade your healing potion | How to swap weapons in Diablo 4 | Diablo 4: World Tiers explained | How to use emotes in Diablo 4

Diablo 4 Season 3 Battle Pass: Tiers, Rewards, price, more Blizzard EntertainmentDiablo 4’s Season 3 update is nearly here, so too is the next Battle Pass. We’ve compiled everything you need to know about the Diablo 4 Season 3 Battle Pass’ 90 tiers, cosmetics, pricing, and more. Diablo 4‘s second season is closing out and the new Season of the Construct will soon be upon us. With this new Season comes a brand-new Battle Pass full of rewards for returning players. The Diablo 4 Season 3 Battle Pass continues Blizzard’s promise regarding no pay-to-win features. They’ve assured fans since the game’s launch that any paid content is purely cosmetic. That doesn’t mean that there’s no power to be earned from the Battle Pass for Season 3. Far from it in fact. Read on for everything we know about it. Contents Diablo 4 Season 3 Battle Pass price Diablo 4 Season 3 has three Battle Pass options that are split into categories. The most obvious one of course is the Free Battle Pass, which players will automatically begin filling as they complete various challenges throughout the season. The Premium Battle Pass costs players $10 USD and includes all the rewards of the Free Battle Pass and some extra Premium rewards on top of that. The Accelerated Battle Pass ramps up in price to $25 USD. It includes all the rewards of the Premium Battle Pass, 20 tier skips, and an exclusive emote only available to those who purchase the Accelerated Battle Pass. Diablo 4 Season 2 Battle Pass rewards Season of the Construct’s 90-tier battle pass is stacked with rewards for players no matter what category they choose. There are 28 Free and 62 Premium tiers. The specifics of these rewards are currently under wraps but we’re sure more info is sure to come when Diablo 4’s Season 3 Battle Pass goes live. For now, here’s a general outline of what to expect: Free Battle Pass rewards 20x Smouldering Ashes – 5x Armor Transmog Pieces – 5x Weapon Transmogs – 1x Mount Trophy – 1x Title – 1x Town Portal – Premium Battle Pass rewards Everything listed in the Free tier above – 10x Armor Transmog Pieces – 21x Weapon Transmogs – 2x Headstones – 10x Emotes – 2x Mounts – 2x Mount Armors – 5x Mount Trophies – 2x Titles – 700 Platinum – 2x Town Portals – 20x Tier Skips (Accelerated Battle Pass) – 1x Emote (Accelerated Battle Pass) – Smouldering Ashes and Season Blessings Smoldering Ashes return as the primary reward throughout the Battle Pass and are available to every player throughout the season. This seasonal currency can be used to fill various Urns in exchange for powerful upgrades that will speed character progression. Season 3 adds three new urns and their corresponding powers have been revealed by Blizzard: The Urn of Aggression – Boosts experience earned from Monster kills. – The Urn of Swift Travel – Boosts how quickly your Mount recovers from sprinting. – Urn of Enduring Grace – Boost to the duration of Shrine effects. – Urn of Tuning – Chance to receive an additional Tuning Stone from Wardwoven Chests. – Urn of Whispers – Boost the chance to receive a Greater Collection from Whisper rewards. – The Battle Pass rewards a total of 20 Smoldering Ashes meaning that all Season Blessings can be maxed out. These upgrades will only be available to seasonal characters and will be negated when they are sent to the Eternal Realm when the season ends. How to earn tiers in the Season 3 Battle Pass Players progress through the Battle Pass by earning Favor. Favor can be acquired through basic gameplay like killing enemies and completing Campaign or Side Quests. Tier skips can be purchased using Diablo 4’s in-game currency Platinum. Each skip will cost 200 Platinum, but tiers in the Battle Pass that contain Smouldering Ashes are level-gated, meaning players cannot buy their way ahead of other players. Favor can also be earned by completing specific seasonal challenges that progress what Blizzard calls the Season Journey. The Season Journey: More ways to earn free rewards Players will engage with the self-contained story of Diablo 4’s Season of the Construct by progressing through the Season Journey. As you complete challenges in the game, new Chapters of the Season Journey will become available. As well as Favor to boost progression in the Diablo 4 Season 3 Battle Pass, completing Chapters of the Season Journey rewards all players with Legendary Aspects, Weapon Transmogs, Armor Transmogs, and more. That’s everything we know so far about the Diablo 4 Season 3 Battle Pass, Smoldering Ashes, and the Season Journey. Expect to find out more at the next Developer Update on January 18, 2024.

Diablo 4 Season 2’s Blood Harvest has players begging for Helltide changes Blizzard EntertainmentDiablo 4 Season 2 has brought the Blood Harvest world event with it and players are blown away by how good it is. Many are hoping Blizzard can use it as a model to improve Helltides. Diablo 4’s second season is finally upon us and despite some hiccups at launch, Season of Blood is a massive step up for the game according to players. Despite some Steam review bombing, the game’s community is now actively “rooting for Blizzard”. Changes to Mounts and new target farming mechanics are just some of the changes that Diablo 4 Season 2 has gotten very right. The biggest addition by far, and the one fans are most excited about, is the Blood Harvest world events. The game’s Subreddit is flooded with posts praising how good Blood Harvests feel to play through, particularly because of the insane quality of loot they offer. Their similarity to Helltide events has players petitioning for Blizzard to merge the two following Season 2. u/Lyioux posted a massive list of potential improvements for Helltides based on their experience with Diablo 4’s new Blood Harvests. Things like increased mob density, more elites, and the carrying over of farmable resources from one event to the next. There is almost unanimous agreement in the comments from users who cannot get enough of Blood Harvests. Some have gone as far as to call the Blood Harvest “Helltide 2.0”. “Outside of doing journey checklist stuff and the seasonal quest, I’m living in blood harvests while leveling,” one player explained. “It’s the type of content I envisioned with an open-world Diablo game.” Others have credited Diablo 4’s Blood Harvests as “the most fun mechanic in the game”. The new event’s hourly rotation has given fans a major reason to explore the game’s open world. Fortunately, Diablo 4’s development team has said previously that Seasonal mechanics that are received positively could make it into the Eternal Realm. The glowing reception for Blood Harvests could make them the first to do so. If you’re currently fighting the vampire scourge plaguing Sanctuary, or if Blood Harvests have enticed you enough to jump back into Diablo 4, we have heaps of guides to help in your adventures. Diablo 4 Review | Diablo 4: Best way to make money | Diablo 4: Fastest ways to get XP & level up | How to Transmog gear in Diablo 4: Armor, weapons & more | Best Diablo 4 Sorcerer builds | Best Diablo 4 Druid build | Best Diablo 4 Rogue build

Diablo 4’s Season 2 World Bosses are obliterating players’ new characters Blizzard EntertainmentDiablo 4 players have learned the hard way that Season 2 World Bosses like Avarice can absolutely demolish them. After wrapping up the story campaign, players can start taking on more difficult activities like battling against World Bosses. These mammoth foes are best dealt with in groups, rewarding users who slay them with rare loot items. For now, Diablo 4 plays host to three such characters, namely Ashava, Avarice, and Wandering Death. Those who battle the World Bosses on higher World Tiers can expect to unlock increasingly better loot. The pursuit of these gains in Season 2 is proving more difficult than users anticipated, though. But it seems some lessons were meant to be learned the hard way. World Bosses in Diablo 4 Season 2 aren’t playing around Redditor Barialdalaran shared a “World tier 2 world boss starter pack” screenshot in the Diablo subreddit, showing how their crew was decimated by Avarice, the Gold Cursed with ease. The boss character wiped the floor with the squad several times over, while they only managed to chip away at a sliver of his health meter. To make matters worse, the only person left standing is a low-level user who likely met their doom soon after the photo was taken. This sparked discussion in the thread about how Blizzard should start level-gating access to World Bosses in Diablo 4. As one user sees it, low-level players joining the fight makes these battles tougher on everyone else. “The world boss area needs to [be] level gated, a level 2 has no business being there, all they’re doing is buffing the boss and making it so much harder for everyone else to kill it.” Others were quick to agree with this sentiment. Someone else noted that World Tier 2 bosses are especially difficult to manage at this point. “Think I was there and after 3 deaths I rolled out lol, WBs are rough in WT2 currently.” Apparently, the World Bosses cropping up in Season 2 are giving everyone headaches. According to one player, “World bosses are super powerful this time around. Haven’t had a group kill one yet.” Another person suggested that entering the fight with at least six people over Level 25 is the ideal scenario. “That’s what’s happened to me pretty consistently,” the person claimed. Either way, it’s clear that taking on the likes of Avarice isn’t for the lower-leveled or the faint of heart.

Diablo 4 Season 2 Uniques shake-up explained: Target farming, new buffs, more BlizzardDiablo 4 devs have hit us with another Campfire Chat and it’s a big one. Outlining major changes to Season 2, they broke down a massive overhaul to Unique gear including new Uniques, buffs, and target farming. Diablo 4 Season 2 is days away from its launch on October 17 and the developers have already outlined plans for new events, content, and QoL changes. Since these announcements, players have been cautiously optimistic about a turnaround for the game. Since the launch of Diablo 4 and the game’s first Season, players have been frustrated with the game’s itemization, particularly regarding its Unique Legendary gear. Their apparent lack of impact has caused players to wonder why Diablo 4’s Uniques exist at all. In the most recent Campfire Chat on October 10, Diablo 4’s development team outlined how they plan to resolve these issues. They revealed a number of changes to Uniques in Diablo 4 including, buffs to existing Uniques, new Unique items, and a new target farming system. Here’s what we know. Contents Buffs to Uniques in Diablo 4 Season 2 During the Campfire Chat, Diablo 4’s senior development team admitted that the game’s Uniques are “generally not exciting enough”. They’ve done a “giant pass” over all the Uniques currently available and updated “nearly every one of them”. Without using specific examples of actual in-game Uniques, they outlined new strategies for improving the items. The core changes are as follows: Larger existing stat ranges: Bonus fire damage normally rolls between +15-25%, but on Unique items, that range is increased to +30-45%. – Overriding slot rules: Cooldown Reduction can’t normally roll on a Weapon, but on certain Uniques it does. – Simplified Unique effects: One Unique might normally require hitting flaming enemies from behind, but now it just works when hitting enemies. – They’ve also worked in new Skill-based stat slots for Uniques to specifically compliment the builds that the items are intended to work for. The example given for this was increased Tornado duration on a Unique for Nature Magic Druids. New Uniques in Diablo 4 Season 2 Following the release of patch 1.1.0 for Diablo 4, the developers were blasted by players for only adding a single Unique to the game. They appear to have learned their lesson since and have revealed some new Uniques coming in Season 2. While they didn’t reveal all of the new Unique items coming to Diablo 4 Season 2, they highlighted 3 in the Campfire Chat. The new Uniques revealed and their Legendary Affixes are: Flickerstep Boots (All Classes): Each enemy you evade through reduces your active Ultimate cooldown by (2.0 – 4.0) seconds, up to 10 seconds. – Scoundrel’s Leathers Chest Armor (Rogue): While you have unlimited Energy from Inner Sight, your Core skills have a 64% chance to spawn Caltrops, Poison Trap, or Death Trap. – Dolmen Stone Amulet (Druid): Casting Boulder while Hurricane is active causes your Boulders to rotate around you. – The developers have also increased the maximum item power in Diablo 4 Season 2 to 925. This means that the range for stat rolls on items will also increase across the board. Target farming Uniques in Diablo 4 Season 2 Diablo 4’s Uniques are hugely powerful and highly sought-after items but their abysmal drop rates have been maligned by players. The development team for the game aims to fix this with a heavily requested feature from the fan community. In this most recent Campfire Chat, the developers revealed target farming for Uniques in Diablo 4 Season 2. This will be achieved by adding specific uniques to the loot tables for certain bosses. The developers hope this will allow players to reduce frustrations with the random nature of the game’s loot drops. “You can still get Uniques from all content in the game, it’s just a rare chance to get any of them. You have a much higher chance to get these specific Uniques off of these specific bosses,” they qualified. Those are the currently proposed changes to Uniques for Diablo 4 Season 2. Developers have expressed hope that the updates will make the finding of Uniques “more exciting and more achievable”. If these changes have you excited to jump back into Diablo 4 and you want to be prepared for the coming Season of Blood, check out all our guides to help you become the savior of Sanctuary. Diablo 4: Best way to make money | Diablo 4: Fastest ways to get XP & level up | How to Transmog gear in Diablo 4: Armor, weapons & more | Does Diablo 4 feature followers or mercenaries to hire? | Diablo 4 couch co-op explained: | When is Diablo 4 Season 1? Possible start date, theme, & rewards | How to play Diablo 4 Early Access: Dates, times & how to preload | What is Diablo 4 Hardcore mode? | How to get a mount in Diablo 4 | Diablo 4: How to upgrade your healing potion | How to swap weapons in Diablo 4 | Diablo 4: World Tiers explained | How to use emotes in Diablo 4 | Diablo 4 review

Diablo 4 developers promise not to nerf the fun in Season 2 Blizzard EntertainmentWith the Diablo 4 community divided over the matter of difficulty in Season 2: Season of Blood, developers have promised not to nerf the fun this season. Diablo 4 Patch 1.2.0 and Season 2 brought a wide array of changes to the popular ARPG. World bosses like Avarice feel more challenging, players have been receiving better experience bonuses, and many believe the Ball-Lightning Sorcerer build is OP. In particular, discussions surrounding World Boss difficulty and the Ball-Lightning Sorc have fans divided on whether or not nerfs are necessary. While some community members beg for a balance update, others hope Blizzard won’t change a thing. Those in the latter camp will be pleased to learn what Game Director Joe Shely has to say on the matter. Diablo 4 lead says the team won’t nerf the fun in Season 2 In a recent social media post, Joe Shely addressed the ongoing talk about potential Season of Blood nerfs. The Game Director told players not to worry, writing: “We’re glad players are having fun in #DiabloIV Season of Blood and have no plans to nerf it.” Shely’s words were met with applause on Twitter/X. Diablo streamer Snuggie commented, “Thank you. Truly. THANK. YOU.” Someone else added the following to the chorus, “Funs the point so that’s appreciated.” And another reply reads, “Season 2 is a million times more fun than S1, Blood Harvest is INCREDIBLE.” While fans are happy that Diablo 4 Season 2 nerfs aren’t on the cards, some concerns still linger. A few responses to Shely’s post mention a desire for a better Season of Blood endgame. Meanwhile, other players hope more challenging content sits on the horizon. “It’s a lot better than season 1, but we need harder content….everything is WAY too easy,” reads one such comment. Another person added that Glyphs remain a “sore spot” because they “take too long to level.” A rocky launch and a few residual hiccups aside, it would seem Season 2 has been a boon for Diablo 4.

Diablo 4 Season 2: How to start the vampire quests Blizzard EntertainmentDiablo 4 Season 2 has some new content to play, get ready to slay some blood-sucking vampires. Here’s how you begin the new vampire questline. Unlike Season 1 of Diablo 4, Season 2 actually adds some new missions to play and a fun new side story. Never mind the demonic forces of Lilith and the Prime Evils, vampires have now flooded into Sanctuary on only you can stop them. However, how you approach these quests, and when, largely depends on where you are in your previous adventure and how you choose to begin Season 2. For example, when you start Season 2 you may first need to play through the campaign before jumping into the seasonal content. This will be true if it’s your first character. Or you may choose to replay the campaign to see the story from another class’s perspective. After all, every class has a different dialogue which causes subtle changes to the story. Or you could be on your second or third playthrough so are keen to skip the campaign and jump right into the vampire-slaying action. Either way, here’s what you’ll need to do: Skipping the campaign in Season 2 If you skipped the campaign, having completed it in an earlier run, then you’ll be dropped into the Season 2 game after the campaign story has been completed. All the endgame content will be available for you to access and your Renown and map progression will carry over from your previous adventure. All side quests, NPCs, and events will be reset though, and you’ll have a fresh character that you’ll need to level up past level 50 in order to get to the higher-difficulty content. However, with all the buffs and fun activities to do in Season 2, this should be a breeze. If you skipped the campaign, you’ll notice a cutscene play out starting the vampire questline and you’ll then be dropped into the town of Ked Bardu when the game begins (instead of at the Tree of Whispers or the snowy village from the campaign’s opening). To start these missions just follow the new quest known as Blood Money. This will introduce you to Season 2’s missions and mechanics such as Vampire Powers. Playing the campaign in Season 2 If this is your first playthrough of Diablo 4, or if you’d like to play through the campaign again in Season 2, then things will be similar to starting a new game with an eternal character. The campaign of Diablo 4 will begin as normal, with your hero being dropped in the snowy village sometime after Lilith corrupted it. You can play through the campaign and vampire tasks simultaneously, but you’ll need to progress in the game until you reach Ked Bardu to start the quests. You can still use the Vampire Powers and take part in the seasonal events and perks, but be aware that your waypoints from your last playthrough won’t be active. However, you can skip the campaign at any point should you wish to move faster. Even if you start a new game and start playing the quests through, the option to skip will always be there. Be sure to check our other guides and Diablo 4 content: Diablo 4 Review | Diablo 4: Best way to make money | Diablo 4: Fastest ways to get XP & level up | All Diablo 4 Gems: Types, effects, costs, more | How to Transmog gear in Diablo 4: Armor, weapons & more | Does Diablo 4 feature followers or mercenaries to hire? | Diablo 4 couch co-op explained: | When is Diablo 4 Season 1? Possible start date, theme, & rewards | How to play Diablo 4 Early Access: Dates, times & how to preload | What is Diablo 4 Hardcore mode? | How to get a mount in Diablo 4 | Diablo 4: How to upgrade your healing potion | How to swap weapons in Diablo 4 | Diablo 4: World Tiers explained | How to use emotes in Diablo 4

Diablo 4 fans optimistic as devs announce QoL changes in Season 2 stream Blizzard EntertainmentThe changes announced for Diablo 4 Season 2 have fans feeling a bit more optimistic about the future. As promised, Blizzard hosted a Developer Update stream on October 4, primarily to discuss Diablo 4 Season 2. It packed quite the punch, too. During the broadcast, the development team shared a host of quality-of-life changes that will launch alongside the Season of Blood. Adjustments to the endgame activities will see the time between Legion Events reduced from 30 to 25 minutes. Plus, players across all World Tiers will have access to the World Boss battle more frequently. Better still, Nightmare Sigils will teleport players straight into Nightmare Dungeons, rectifying the usual fuss. And five additional endgame bosses join the fray when patch 1.2.0 arrives on October 17. Thus far, the community seems pleased – for the most part. Diablo 4 players think Season 2 changes look “very promising” Following the aforementioned stream, wherein Diablo 4 received Steam news, players flocked to Reddit to share their thoughts. And much of it appears to be positive. Redditor IndependentGlum8316 said “Season 2 looks very promising,” before adding that the stream featured “W after W after W.” Another person agreed with this sentiment, writing: “I actually came here to say the same, optimism rising.” Someone else applauded the studio for directly tackling player feedback. “Every bullet point felt like they read the same reddit threads we as players did, and tried to release some kind of fix or buff to address those complaints.” While plenty of praise is being thrown Blizzard’s way, some fans lament that Patch 1.2.0 won’t include the much-coveted loot filter. One user who’s slowly coming around on Diablo 4 shared, “I’m half-way there to reinstalling. I would like itemization changes, loot filters, and more storage. The talk makes me feel hopeful about the future.” And, of course, there are those who aren’t yet ready to pat Blizzard on the back. Despite all of Diablo 4’s Season 2 changes, one Redditor wrote, “Yeah sorry this was really underwhelming. They didn’t address any of the core issues with the game (stash space, loot management, lack of content…).” A different user noted that while they eagerly anticipate the coming update and enjoyed the stream, “It’s hard to congratulate Blizzard on ‘fixing’ the game that they screwed up to begin with.” The Diablo 4 crew hasn’t fully won over the heart of the community, but Season 2 could mark a step or two in the right direction. Diablo 2 Season 2 and Patch 1.2.0 arrive on October 17.

Diablo 4 player creates helpful cheat sheet for Season 2 bosses Blizzard EntertainmentA Diablo 4 player designed a cheat sheet for Season 2 bosses that shows their locations, levels, and other bits of information. Diablo 4 Season of Blood invites players to take the fight to five different boss characters – Grigoire, Echo of Varshan, The Beast in the Ice, Dark Master, and Echo of Duriel. Of course, defeating bosses opens the door to new loot, which players across all classes should want to take advantage of. However, finding the location of all five may prove difficult for some. One player has done their fellow adventurers a great service by building a cheat sheet, filled with a few necessary details about each Season 2 boss. Diablo 4 fan drafts handy cheat sheet for the bosses in Season 2 Redditor starwsh101 recently shared a cheat sheet on the Diablo subreddit that walks players through a few basic details about every Season of Blood boss character. The sheet comes in the form of five colored boxes dedicated to each boss. Notably, every box shows an image of the menacing foe, their level, a screenshot of their location on the map, pictures of the materials needed, and pictures of the materials that should drop. Several people who responded to the thread expressed their thanks. One such comment reads, “For someone who hasn’t done a boss yet, I love this. Thanks!” Someone else said in a similar reply, “This is awesome… I always get confused on who needs [what]. This is a great reference, thanks.” But other Diablo 4 players do wish the Season 2 cheat sheet for bosses included a bit more information. Said one user, “You should add the unique drops for each boss.” Another person added, “And add where to find the items to summon the boss.” Naturally, several people chimed in with these additions on their own, effectively turning this entire thread into one big Season 2 cheat sheet for players to reference at leisure.

Diablo 4 Season 2 Battle Pass: Tiers, Rewards, price, more Blizzard EntertainmentWith Diablo 4’s Season 2 update now live, so too is the next Battle Pass. We’ve compiled everything you need to know about the Diablo 4 Season 2 Battle Pass’ 90 tiers, cosmetics, pricing, and more. Diablo 4‘s first Season has come and gone and the new Season of Blood is upon us. With this new Season comes a brand-new Battle Pass full of rewards for returning players. The Diablo 4 Season 2 Battle Pass continues Blizzard’s promise regarding no pay-to-win features. They’ve assured fans since the game’s launch that any paid content is purely cosmetic. That doesn’t mean that there’s no power to be earned from the Battle Pass for Season 2. Far from it in fact. Read on for everything we know about it. Contents Diablo 4 Season 2 Battle Pass price Diablo 4 Season 2 has three Battle Pass options that are split into categories. The most obvious one of course is the Free Battle Pass, which players will automatically begin filling as they complete various challenges throughout the Season. The Premium battle pass costs players $10 USD and includes all the rewards of the Free Battle Pass and some extra Premium rewards on top of that. The Accelerated Battle Pass ramps up in price to $25 USD. It includes all the rewards of the Premium Battle Pass, 20 tier skips, and an exclusive emote only available to those who purchase the Accelerated Battle Pass. Diablo 4 Season 2 Battle Pass rewards Season of the Blood’s 90-tier battle pass is stacked with rewards for players no matter what category they choose. There are 28 Free and 62 Premium tiers. Now that the Season is live, we’ve compiled a list of every confirmed reward, what Battle Pass tier they’re available in, and what classes can use them: Tiers 1-10 Tier 1 (Premium): Famished Thoroughbred mount & Marrow Plating (all classes) – Tier 2 (Free): Fur-Lined Gambeson chest transmog (all classes) – Tier 3 (Premium): Marrow Caduceus staff transmog (Sorcerer) – Tier 4 (Premium): Strigoi’s Bane mount trophy (all classes) – Tier 5 (Free): Embellished Cudgel two-handed sword transmog (Barbarian, Druid) – Tier 6 (Premium): Can’t Save Them All emote (Rogue) – Tier 7 (Premium): Marrow Chalice focus transmog (Necromancer, Sorcerer) – Tier 8 (Free): 1 x Smoldering Ashes, unlocks at level 28 (all classes) – Tier 9 (Premium): Marrow Short Sword one-handed sword transmog (Barbarian, Necromancer, Rogue) – Tier 10 (premium): Marrow Faulds leg transmog (all classes) – Tiers 11-20 Tier 11 (Premium): Marrow Bludgeon mace transmog (Barbarian, Druid) – Tier 12 (Free): Fur-Lined Britches leg transmog (all classes) – Tier 13 (Premium): Bloodborne Byway town portal (all classes) – Tier 14 (Premium): 60 x Platinum (all classes) – Tier 15 (Free): Embellished Arbalest crossbow transmog (Rogue) – Tier 16 (Premium): Accursed Title Prefix (all classes) – Tier 17 (Premium: Cold Blooded emote (Sorcerer) – Tier 18 (Free): 1 x Smoldering Ashes, unlocks at level 44 (all classes) – Tier 19 (Premium): Marrow Halberd polearm transmog (Barbarian) – Tier 20 (Premium): Marrow Breastplate chest transmog (all classes) – Tiers 21-30 Tier 21 (Premium): Marrow Protector shield transmog (Necromancer) – Tier 22 (Free): 1 x Smoldering Ashes, unlocks at level 49 (all classes) – Tier 23 (Free): Fur-Lined Boots feet transmog (all classes) – Tier 24 (Premium): 60 x Platinum (all classes) – Tier 25 (Free): Embellished Skeggox two-handed axe transmog (Barbarian, Druid) – Tier 26 (Premium): Marrow Poignard dagger transmog (Necromancer, Rogue, Sorcerer) – Tier 27 (Premium): Bloodied Guard mount trophy (all classes) – Tier 28 (Free): 1 x Smoldering Ashes, unlocks at level 53 (all classes) – Tier 29 (Premium): Gone Too Soon emote (Druid) – Tier 30 (Premium): Marrow Gauntlet arms transmog (all classes) – Tiers 31-40 Tier 31 (Premium): Marrow Great Sword two-handed sword transmog (Barbarian, Necromancer) – Tier 32 (Free): 1 x Smoldering Ashes, unlocks at level 55 (all classes) – Tier 33 (Premium): Marrow Greaves feet transmog (all classes) – Tier 34 (Premium): 60 x Platinum (all classes) – Tier 35 (Free): Embellished Staff transmog (Sorcerer) – Tier 36 (Free): Fur-Lined Mits hands transmog (all classes) – Tier 37 (Premium): Just Another Corpse emote (Necromancer) – Tier 38 (Free): 1 x Smoldering Ashes, unlocks at level 58 (all classes) – Tier 39 (Premium): Marrow Crossbow transmog (Rogue) – Tier 40 (Premium): Marrow Helm head transmog (all classes) – Tiers 41-50 Tier 41 (Premium): Honor The Lost emote (Barbarian) – Tier 42 (Free): Embellished Shield transmog (Necromancer) – Tier 43 (Premium): 60 x Platinum (all classes) – Tier 44 (Premium): Target Practice emote (Rogue) – Tier 45 (Free): Hunter’s Pennant mount trophy (all classes) – Tier 46 (Premium): 60 x Platinum (all classes) – Tier 47 (Premium): Bishop’s Remembrance headstone (all classes) – Tier 48 (Free): 2 x Smoldering Ashes, unlocks at level 63 (all classes) – Tier 49 (Free): Light’s Passage town portal (all classes) – Tier 50 (Premium): Awoken Marrow Gauntlets hands transmog (all classes) – Tiers 51-60 Tier 51 (Premium): Marrow Staff transmog (Druid) – Tier 52 (Free): 1 x Smoldering Ashes, unlocks at level 66 (all classes) – Tier 53 (Premium): Too Late emote (Sorcerer) – Tier 54 (Premium): 60 x Platinum (all classes) – Tier 55 (Premium): Crimson Libation mount trophy (all classes) – Tier 56 (Premium): 60 x Platinum (all classes) – Tier 57 (Premium): Ensanguined Marrow Vessel mount trophy (all classes) – Tier 58 (Free): 1 x Smoldering Ashes, unlocks at level 70 (all classes) – Tier 59 (Premium): Thirsting Title Prefix (all classes) – Tier 60 (Premium): Awoken Marrow Greaves feet transmog (all classes) – Tiers 61-70 Tier 61 (Premium): Marrow Smasher two-handed mace transmog (Barbarian, Druid) – Tier 62 (Free): 1 x Smoldering Ashes, unlocks at level 72 (all classes) – Tier 63 (Premium): Marrow Scythe two-handed scythe transmog (Necromancer) – Tier 64 (Premium): 60 x Platinum (all classes) – Tier 65 (Premium): Chiroptera Scepter mount trophy (all classes) – Tier 66 (Premium): Ensanguined Marrow Shortbow transmog (Rogue) – Tier 67 (Premium): 60 x Platinum (all classes) – Tier 68 (Free): 1 x Smoldering Ashes, unlocks at level 74 (all classes) – Tier 69 (Premium): Revitalized In Red emote (Druid) – Tier 70 (Premium): Awoken Marrow Fauds legs transmog (all classes) – Tiers 71-80 Tier 71 (Premium): Marrow Hatcher two-handed axe transmog (Barbarian, Druid) – Tier 72 (Free): 1 x Smoldering Ashes, unlocks at level 76 (all classes) – Tier 73 (Premium): Myotis Mortis Headstone (all classes) – Tier 74 (Premium): 60 x Platinum (all classes) – Tier 75 (Premium): Fur-Lined Bork head transmog (all classes) – Tier 76 (Premium): Ensanguined Marrow Vial totem transmog (Druid) – Tier 77: (Free): 1 x Smoldering Ashes, unlocks at level 78 (all classes) – Tier 78 (Free): Refined Title Prefix (all classes) – Tier 79 (Premium): Power Overflowing emote (Rogue) – Tier 80 (Premium): Awoken Marrow Brigandine chest transmog (all classes) – Tiers 81-90 Tier 81 (Premium): Marrow Wand transmog (Necromancer, Sorcerer) – Tier 82 (Free): 2 x Smoldering Ashes, unlocks at level 80 (all classes) – Tier 83 (Premium): Ensanguined Marrow Battle Axe one-handed axe transmog (Barbarian, Druid) – Tier 84 (Premium): 66 x Platinum (all classes) – Tier 85 (Premium): Corridor of Light town portal (all classes) – Tier 86 (Premium): Mid-Air Catch emote (Barbarian) – Tier 87 (Premium): Ensanguined Marrow Sickle one-handed scythe transmog (Necromancer) – Tier 88 (Free): 3 x Smoldering Ashes, unlocks at level 82 (all classes) – Tier 89 (Premium): Awoken Marrow Armet head transmog (all classes) – Tier 90 (Premium): Awoken Famished Thoroughbred mount, Awoken Marrow Plating, and Pinned Patagium mount trophy (all classes) – Smouldering Ashes and Season Blessings Smoldering Ashes return as the primary reward throughout the Battle Pass and are available to every player throughout the season. This seasonal currency can be used to fill various Urns in exchange for powerful upgrades that will speed character progression. The new Urns for Season 2 and their corresponding powers include: The Urn of Aggression – Boosts experience earned from Monster kills. – The Urn of Helltides – Chance to receive extra equipment from Helltides. The extra item will be Legendary or better. – The Urn of Swift Travel – Boosts how quickly your Mount recovers from sprinting. – The Urn of Prolonging – Boosts duration of all Elixers. – The Urn of Blood – Boosts the Hunter’s Acclaim you earn from Blood Harvest activities. – The Battle Pass rewards a total of 20 Smoldering Ashes meaning that all Season Blessings can be maxed out. These upgrades will only be available to seasonal characters and will be negated when they are sent to the Eternal Realm when the season ends. How to earn tiers in the Season 2 Battle Pass Players progress through the Battle Pass by earning Favor. Favor can be acquired through basic gameplay like killing enemies and completing Campaign or Side Quests. Tier skips can be purchased using Diablo 4’s in-game currency Platinum. Each skip will cost 200 Platinum, but certain tiers in the Battle Pass are level-gated, meaning players cannot buy their way ahead of other players. Favor can also be earned by completing specific seasonal challenges that progress what Blizzard calls the Season Journey. The Season Journey: More ways to earn free rewards Players will engage with the self-contained story of Diablo 4’s Season of the Blood by progressing through the Season Journey. As you complete challenges in the game, new Chapters of the Season Journey will become available. As well as Favor, completing Chapters of the Season Journey rewards all players with Legendary Aspects, Weapon Transmogs, Armor Transmogs, and more. That’s everything we know so far about the Diablo 4 Season 2 Battle Pass, Smoldering Ashes, and the Season Journey. For more information on Diablo 4’s second Season, why not check out everything we know about the new story updates and content?

Diablo 4 players call dev’s response to feedback about Season 1 lull a “big W” Blizzard EntertainmentPlayers call one Diablo 4 developer’s response to criticism about Season 1 a “big W,” though some fans remain skeptical. Diablo 4’s first season didn’t exactly get off to a great start. And as time goes on, many players find themselves increasingly disillusioned by Blizzard’s long-term plans to support the ARPG. Questions concerning Diablo 4’s status as a live-service experience crop up every so often, for example. Understandably, the lack of weekly events and similar content continuously sparks these conversations. And recently, a video from content creator wudijo once more got the community talking, specifically about the disappointing first season, minimal content support, and the various changes that could be implemented to improve the overall experience. It would seem Diablo 4 fans weren’t the only ones interested in what the YouTuber had to say. Diablo 4 players call dev response to Season 1 criticism a “big W” Wudijo shared a link to the Diablo 4 video in question on their Twitter page, which soon thereafter garnered the attention of Blizzard President Mike Ybarra. In thanking the YouTuber for their efforts, Ybarra claimed many team members reviewed the video, in addition to feedback from other users, and will “work hard to address the player feedback… and toss in a few surprises along the way.” Several replies to the executive’s post suggest many players are pleased to see such interaction with the community. One top comment reads, “It’s always great to hear that @Blizzard_Ent listens to feedback. Big W!” Another person thanked Ybarra “for engaging with the community…” Others are a bit more skeptical of the Season 1 plan going forward, though, especially since the much-requested Diablo 4 roadmap has yet to surface. A reply to one of the more positive posts calls the studio out. “A tweet does not constitute Blizz ‘listening’ to feedback. Implementing some of this and improving the game is [actually] listening.” Notably, a few other commenters shared this sentiment, with one writing: “We know you guys will sort it out eventually but this should not be happening. What the fans do not need is a delay in fixes, it took too long to get D3 sorted out.” While some Diablo 4 players are optimistic about Blizzard turning things around, several others believe the team still isn’t doing enough. Whether or not such division will be remedied during Season 2, which is expected to go live this fall, is anyone’s guess.

Diablo 4 Season 1 patch eviscerates key damage types to allow “more builds to flourish” Blizzard EntertainmentFolk wisdom of the Diablo 4 community is that you should load up on as much Vulnerable and Critical damage as your class will allow. Blizzard has noticed the adage and applied considerable debuffs in patch 1.0.1. Diablo 4’s Season 1 patch went live less than a day ago and developers are already facing harsh criticisms from the community. Changes to skills, leveling, and certain bug fixes are whipping fans of the game into a frenzy. One of the biggest changes, and the most contentious, is the massive nerfs to two core damage types that players rely on for endgame efficiency. A wide range of Critical Strike damage Affixes have been nerfed by between 17-50%, and all Vulnerable damage has been reduced by between 40-65%. Developer comments present in Blizzard’s own patch notes explain that the intention is to remove these damage types as mandatory inclusions and encourage build diversity. These stats, in particular, were instrumental in the creation of viral billion damage builds. “We’re seeing Critical Strike Damage and Vulnerable Damage often viewed as a hard requirement for a build’s success in Diablo 4,” Blizzard explained in developer notes. “We believe this is a step towards allowing more builds to flourish and will continue to make changes in support of this goal.” One of the biggest changes is to built-in Critical Strike and Vulnerable damage on Swords and Crossbows, respectively. Swords have lost 50% of their innate Critical Strike damage and Crossbows 60% of their Vulnerable. “Disparities in inherent affixes can rule some Weapons out before the rest of their stats are even rolled,” Blizzard said. “These are receiving harsher reductions than their normal affix counterparts to increase Weapon flexibility.” Damage nerfs across the board have been applied in an effort to reduce the effectiveness of skilled players who Blizzard has noted are taking down enemies “many levels above their own.” “We want to support this, but the current situation is beyond what we believe is correct for the long-term health of the game,” a note said. Since the patch went live, players across social media have been threatening a mass exodus from the game. Community Manager Adam Fletcher has announced a scheduled Campfire Chat to address the concerns. Diablo 4’s Season of the Malignant begins in earnest on July 20, but it remains to be seen whether players will be logging in.

Diablo 4 Season 1 new Malignant features explained: Malignant Powers, Invokers, more BlizzardDiablo 4’s first season is upon us and Blizzard has now released new information telling us everything we need to know about Malignant Hearts and more. In the Developer Update announcing Diablo 4’s Season of the Malignant, devs promised new legendary gear, new boss fights, and balance changes. On top of that, players can expect to engage with a new series of mechanics that devs describe as “a really fun and exciting way to add power to your character.” The season’s self-contained story looks to have your character(s) teaming up with Cormond, a former priest of the Cathedral of Light. You’ll work together to stop a festering curse plaguing the lands of Sanctuary. This curse is corrupting the hearts of monsters across Sanctuary twisting them into powerful savages. Cormond has found a way for you to rip the Malignant Hearts from these enemies and use them in your efforts to stop the curse. Contents Malignant Monsters – Caged Hearts & Malignant Powers explained – Infested Sockets & categories – Caged Hearts & crafting – Invokers & Malignant Tunnels – What are Malignant Monsters in Diablo 4? As players progress through Sanctuary’s Seasonal Realm, they will encounter Malignant Monsters. Elite Monsters have a chance to spawn corrupted with Malignance. These enemies will be covered with growths and have additional powers. Malignant Monsters are a multi-stage encounter and are only Partially Corrupted when they initially spawn. Upon defeat, a Partially Corrupted Malignant Monster will drop an item called a Malignant Heart. Players can use a new item called a Cage of Unbinding on a Malignant Heart to summon a more powerful Fully Corrupted version of the same Malignant Monster. When bested they will drop the true prize, a Caged Heart. Caged Hearts & Malignant Powers explained Caged Hearts are items that can be socketed into gear like Gems. Unlike Gems, however, Caged Hearts offer Malignant Powers akin to the Legendary Affixes of the base game. Devs have said in the stream that in some cases, these Malignant Powers are “more powerful than Legendary Powers.” There are 32 different types of Malignant Hearts, each with a different Malignant Power. Malignant Hearts will become more powerful as you collect them from higher-level enemies and in higher World-Tiers. They have four color-coded categories that correspond with similarly coded Infested Sockets. Infested Sockets & categories in Diablo 4 Season of the Malignant Infested Sockets on gear come in three color-coded categories corresponding to the three color-coded tiers of Caged Hearts. A fourth “very, very rare and powerful” category of Caged Heart called a Wrathful Caged Heart will slot into any Infested Socket regardless of its color. Developers have confirmed that any socket applied to gear in the seasonal realm via vendors will be randomly assigned a colored socket. The currently revealed categories and their corresponding colors are: Pink – Devious – Orange – Vicious – Blue – Brutal – White – Wrathful – Developers very specifically mentioned only Jewelry when discussing Infested Sockets. It has been confirmed that they are found on and can be applied to Rings and Amulets. A recent seasonal guide published by Blizzard shows Rings and Amulets with colored Infested Sockets and weapons and armor with standard sockets. Caged Hearts & crafting As you progress your character and they grow in power, older Caged Hearts will be outstripped by new ones you collect. You can sacrifice old or incompatible ones for a crafting resource that will allow you to create new Caged Hearts and something called Invokers. Malignant Ichor taken from salvaged Caged Hearts can be used to craft entirely new Caged Hearts of different categories. Devious, Brutal, and Vicious Caged Hearts can all be crafted using Malignant Ichor of all three types. Wrathful Caged Hearts do not appear to be craftable. Crafting of Season of the Malignants Caged Hearts and their related items can be done at a nook in Kyovashad marked with a green leaf on the minimap. It can also be done at Cormond’s workbench located south of Ked Bardu in Dry Steppes. A full list of Caged Hearts and their properties can be found here. Invokers are special items that will allow you to farm specific categories of Caged hearts in a more targeted way. This is done in special locations called Malignant Tunnels. Invokers & Malignant Tunnels: How to farm Caged Hearts in Diablo 4 Dungeons around Sanctuary will randomly be assigned the status of Malignant Tunnel. Developers have likened this mechanic to Trre of Whispers bounties. These dungeons will spawn Malignant Monsters at a higher rate but more importantly, they house something called Malignant Outgrowths. These will appear at the end of Malignant Tunnels and are colored to match the categories of Caged Hearts and Infested Sockets. In current clips from the developer stream, it appears there will be more than one color of Malignant Outgrowth per dungeon. Players can select one based on their needs and use an Invoker to summon an enemy that guarantees a Caged Heart of the Outgrowth’s color. Invokers can be found in the overworld but they can also be crafted with Malignant Ichor. Each will require a set number of materials and gold in order to do so. This is the only means of acquiring Wrathful Invokers which are not found in the overworld. Below is a list of each type of Invoker and their specific crafting requirements. Brutal Invoker: 50 Brutal Ichor – 20 Devious Ichor – 20 Vicious Ichor – 1,000 Gold – Devious Invoker: 35 Brutal Ichor – 50 Devious Ichor – 35 Vicious Ichor – 1,000 Gold – Vicious Invoker: 35 Brutal Ichor – 35 Devious Ichor – 50 Vicious Ichor – 1,000 Gold – Wrathful Invoker: 40 Brutal Ichor – 40 Devious Ichor – 40 Vicious Ichor – 1,000 Gold – Now that the Season 1 update is live, you can find a full breakdown of the patch notes here. For more Diablo content, check out some of Dexerto’s other Diablo 4 guides below: Best Diablo 4 Druid builds | Best Diablo 4 Necromancer builds | Best Diablo 4 Sorcerer builds | Will Diablo 4 be on Steam Deck? | How to get Diablo 4 beta wolf pet cosmetic | Diablo 4 system requirements | Will Diablo 4 have microtransactions & is it pay to win? | Is Diablo 4 coming to Nintendo Switch? | Diablo 4: Who is Tyrael? | Will Diablo 4 have controller support on PC?

Diablo 4 players furious as Season 1 queues are worse than expected Blizzard EntertainmentBlizzard just unleashed Diablo 4 Season 1 and players are already furious over the longer than expected queues. The days leading up to Diablo 4’s first season were full of ups and downs for both developers and the player base. Notably, the pre-season patch was met with much derision from those frustrated by class nerfs, the lack of more Uber Unique Items, and so on. These frustrations were shortly followed by Activision’s announcement that Diablo 4 is officially the fastest-selling Blizzard game to date. It’s not hard to believe, then, that players from around the world quickly piled into the Season 1 content, making for longer than usual queue times. Diablo 4 hit with “unusually long” queues as Season 1 kicks off Season 1 went live on July 20 at 10:00 AM PT, it didn’t take long for players to start noticing lengthy wait times. Fortunately, Blizzard has already addressed the issue in a post that reads in part, “We’re seeing some unusually long queue times for #DiabloIV.” The post goes on to note that developers are already working on a solution, but that hasn’t alleviated the frustration among fans. “Stuck in queue… What a surprise,” reads the start of one Reddit thread that went up shortly after Season 1’s release. Others said they’re experiencing the same trouble. “20+ minutes in a queue,” one user writes, to which someone else replied by saying they spent 40 minutes in Diablo 4’s long queues. And some have pointed out that the hiccups don’t stop upon actually entering the game. According to a different Redditor, “Even when you get past the queue, the experience in-game is laggy and bugged as hell atm. Not able [to] get out of the town (plenty of players seem to be stuck at the exit), loading screens take forever, etc.” Meanwhile, in the replies to Blizzard’s tweet, users have also reported receiving errors about account authentication. A swift response from a Blizzard representative notes that this can be solved by updating the game client. But there’s no word on when Diablo 4’s long queues will come to an end. And as for those still upset about the recent patch and Season 1 rollout, the studio plans to address as much in a Campfire Chat scheduled for Friday, July 21.

Diablo 4: Season 1 Journey, objectives, rewards & more Blizzard EntertainmentSeason 1 of Diablo 4 features its own unique rewards and mission objectives for players to complete across seven chapters. Here’s everything you need to know about the game‘s new seasonal content. The highly anticipated Season 1 of Diablo 4 has arrived and it contains its own unique set of missions for players to enjoy that are separate from the main campaign. These activities, referred to as the Season 1 Journey, can be experienced before, after, or adjacent to the game’s main story. Before you can take part in the Season 1 journey, you’ll first need to obtain the Battle Pass which can be done for free but there’s a premium option that will give you some additional cosmetics. We’ve provided a full rundown of the Diablo 4 Season 1 Journey below so you know exactly what to expect heading into the new content. Should I replay the campaign in Season 1? Whether or not you play or skip the main campaign of Diablo 4 in Season 1 depends on a few factors. First, you’ll need to have already completed the campaign with a pre-Season 1 character in order to unlock the option to skip it during Season 1. If this is the case, and if you want to jump straight into the Season 1 Journey, saving yourself many hours, then skipping the campaign may be the way to go. However, if you’ve not yet beaten Diablo 4 before Season 1 rolled around, you’ll need to play the main story campaign before you can reach the endgame. Although, if this is your first playthrough of Diablo 4, then that’s exactly what you should do anyway. You’ll also be able to build your renown this way and can always skip the campaign next Season, or should you start a second character. Don’t forget, if you play through the campaign during Season 1, you’ll be able to benefit from all the seasonal content and changes while you play. So, there’s never been a better time to play through the main story quest. Lots of people who begin Season 1 will choose not to skip the campaign for this very reason, even if they’ve already unlocked the option. Diablo 4 Season 1 Journey Here’s the Season 1 Journey of Diablo 4 in full: Chapter 1 Chapter 1 only requires you to do some basic things and won’t take long to complete, but still offers some nice rewards. This will be especially helpful to those who are new to the game. You only need to complete 7/9 objectives to finish Chapter 1. Objectives: Den of Evil – Complete any Dungeon. – Heart of Corruption – Collect your first Malignant Heart. – Into the Frozen Dark – Complete 3 Dungeons in the Fractured Peaks. – Keeper of the Keys – Collect your first Whispering Key, (sold by the Purveyor of Curiosities). – Kind Stranger – Beat 5 priority or side quests. – The Hangman’s Garden – Collect 15 Gallowvine. – Trouble in the Wilds – Complete your first World Event. – Waste Not – Salvage 10 Standard items through the Blacksmith. – What Lurks Below – Complete your first Cellar. – Rewards: First Journey Cache (contains materials and gear) – Ancestral Charge Aspect (Barbarian) – Subterranean Aspect (Druid) – Gore Quills Aspect (Necromancer) – Pestilent Points Aspect (Rogue) – Searing Wards Aspect (Sorcerer) – Chapter 2 Chapter 2 requires you to do some more difficult tasks, you’re likely to complete them all as you work through the story. But even if you skipped the campaign, you should be able to complete each of them without too much difficulty. You only need to complete 9/11 objectives to finish Chapter 2. Objectives: A Torch in the Depths – Complete 5 Malignant Tunnels (available after completing or skipping the campaign) – A Warrior of Taste – Change your gear’s appearance 5 times in the Wardrobe. – Baptized in Blood – Reach level 25. – Finer Clarity – Upgrade your potion to Minor at the Alchemist. – Gemcutter – Craft any Chipped gem at the Jeweler. – Lighting the Way – Use or activate 10 waypoints. – Ruins Reclaimed – Complete a Stronghold. – Spit and Polish – Upgrade 2 items at the Blacksmith or Jeweler. – Stopping the Spread – Collect 3 Malignant Hearts (available after completing or skipping the Campaign.) – Undertaker – Clear 10 Cellars. – Vivisector – Collect 15 Demon Hearts (found from killing Demons or in Cellars.) – Rewards: Second Journey Cache (contains Scattered Prisms and jewelry) – Bold Chieftain’s Aspect (Barbarian) – Shockwave Aspect (Druid) – Exposed Flesh Aspect (Necromancer) – Surprise Aspect (Rogue) – Frozen Orbit Aspect (Sorcerer) – Chapter 3 Chapter 3 is similar to Chapter 2, only things get slightly harder and some new tasks are added. You’ll need to complete all objectives below to finish this chapter. Objectives: A Master at Work – Complete 5 World Events with Mastery. – Champion of the Lost – Conquer 5 Stronholds. – Corruption Cleansed – Complete 5 Malignant Tunnels (available after completing or skipping the campaign). – Exceptional Potency – Upgrade your Potion to Moderate at the Alchemist. – Grim Reward – Obtain 10 Caches from the Tree of Whispers. – Hunter’s Whisper – Complete 10 Whispers (after completing or skipping the campaign). – Purging the Plague – Use a Wrathful malignant invoker in a Malignant Tunnel (after the campaign). – Risk and Reward – Buy 5 items from the Purveyor of Curiosities. – Shards of the Fiends – Collect 5 Scattered Prisms, found from killing world bosses or treasure goblins. – Steel from Iron – Upgrade two items at the Blacksmith or Jeweler. – Touching the Eternal – Unlock 4 Aspects in the Codex of Power by completing Dungeons. – Transfer of Power – Imprint an Aspect at the Occultist. – Wonders Distilled – Craft 5 Elixirs of any time at the Alchemist. – Rewards: Third Journey Cache (Contains Legendary Salvage and Jewelry), – Encroaching Wrath Aspect (Barbarian) – Dire Wolf’s Aspect (Druid) – Decay Aspect (Necromancer) – Imitated Imbuement Aspect (Rogue) – Unbroken Tether Aspect (Sorcerer) – Chapter 4 Chapter 4 will see you potentially enter the next World Tier/difficulty. Monsters will get tougher but the rewards, gold, and exp you earn will increase dramatically. You’ll need to complete 10/12 objectives to clear this chapter. Objectives: A Legend at the Forge – Upgrade an item at the Blacksmith or Jeweler. – A Trail of Mighty Corpses – Kill 100 Elite Monsters. – A World Apart – Change the World Tier. – Benevolent Wanderer – Complete 25 priority or side quests. – Gifts of the Ancients – Unlock 15 Aspects in the Codex of Power through completing Dungeons. – Hardened by Battle – Reach level 50. – Heartrender – Collect 10 Malignant Hearts (after completing or skipping the Campaign). – Legacy of the Sanctuary – Equip a Legendary item in every slot. – Miracles of Alchemy – Craft 10 Elixirs at the Alchemist. – Quelled Hatred – Purify 1,000 Seeds of Hatred in hostile areas. – The Father’s Gate – Complete the Cathedral of Light to unlock the Nightmare World Tier. – The Stuff of Legends – Collect 5 Coiling Wards, found by salvaging Legendary Armor. – Rewards: Fourth Journey Cache (contains some Malignant Hearts, Forgotten Souls, and jewelry), – Earthquake Aspect (Barbarian) – Lightning Dancer’s Aspect (Druid) – Coldbringer’s Aspect (Necromancer) – Umbrous Aspect (Rogue) – Gravitational Aspect (Sorcerer) – Chapter 5 You’ll now have reached endgame and the Paragon board, allowing you to customize your characters even further. You need to complete 9/11 objectives to clear this chapter. Objectives: A Boon in the Tide – Open 1 Tortured Gift of any time during a Helltide. – Cut the First Ear – Kill another player in PvP. – Exceeded Potential – Improve a Paragon Glyph to rank 4 after finishing Nightmare Dungeons. – Keymaster – Craft 2 Nightmare Sigils at the Occultist. – Prophecy Manifest – Open a Tortured Gift of Mysteries during a Helltide. – Restored Glory – Upgrade 2 items at the Blacksmith or Jeweler. – Scourge of the Malignant – Complete 15 Malignant Tunnels (available after completing or skipping the Campaign). – The Depths of Fear – Use 5 Nightmare Sigils to empower dungeons, and then complete them. – The Paragon’s Path – Unlock 15 Paragon nodes after reaching level 50 by using Paragon points. – Wrath’s Beating Heart – Acquire a Wrathful Malignant Heart (available after completing or skipping the campaign). – Rewards: Fifth Journey Cache (contains Nightmare Sigils and jewelry), – Craven Aspect (You gain 20-40% increased movement speed when fleeing from Slowed or Chilled monsters). – Chapter 6 All objectives are now firmly placed in endgame, if you didn’t skip the campaign, you’ll likely now have completed it and will be fully engaged in endgame content. You’ll need to complete 9/11 objectives to conclude this chapter. Objectives: A Fiend Brought Low – Kill a World Boss in Nightmare. – Ancestral Artisan – Upgrade 3 items at the Blacksmith or Jeweler. – Crown to Foot – Imprint 10 Aspects at the Occultist. – Lilith’s Undoing – Purify 5,000 Seeds of Hatred in hostile areas. Look for these on your Map. – No Mere Mortal – Unlock a Legendary Paragon node after reaching level 50 through using Paragon points. – Pilgrimage of Nightmares – Complete a Tier 15 Nightmare Dungeon. – Reaching for Greatness – Improve a Paragon Glyph to rank 20 after finishing Nightmare Dungeons. – Tempered by Hellfire – Reach level 75. – The Gathering Fires – Acquire 1,000 Cinders during Helltides in Nightmare. – Threshold of Damnation – Complete the Fallen Temple to unlock the Torment World Tier. – Wrath’s Vengeance – Defeat the Nightmare Echo of Varshan after completing the seasonal storyline. – Rewards: Sixth Journey Cache (Contains Nightmare Sigils and Jewelry). – Audacity Aspect (When there are at least 5 close enemies, Stun them for 2-4 seconds. This can only occur once every 20 seconds.) – Chapter 7 Now only the final and most difficult tasks of the Season 1 journey remain. You’ll need to complete 6/8 objectives to finish clear this chapter. Objectives: Anointed Immortal – Reach level 100. – Blessed Mother Departed – Kill the Echo of Lilith in the Archives of Issalia in Torment. – Heads of the Snake – Kill 5 Helltide Commanders during Helltides. – Lord of the Nightmares – Complete a Tier 43 Nightmare Dungeon. – Mephisto’s Bane – Purify 10,000 Seeds of Hantrd in hostile areas. Look for these on your Map. – Shattered Fiends – Kill 15 World Bosses in Torment. – The Spoils of Hell – Open 3 Tortured Gifts of Mysteries during Helltides. – Wrath’s Dying Breath – Defeat the Tormented Echo of Varshan after completing the seasonal storyline. – Rewards: Seventh Journey Cache (contains endgame resources, jewelry, and a Scroll of Amnesia, which refunds all allocated Skill and Paragon Points). – So there you have it, the full Diablo 4 Season 1 Journey. Check out some of the other Diablo 4 guides we’ve put together for you: What is Diablo 4 Hardcore mode? | How to get a mount in Diablo 4 | Diablo 4: How to upgrade your healing potion | How to swap weapons in Diablo 4 | Diablo 4: World Tiers explained | How to use emotes in Diablo 4 | Diablo 4: Fastest ways to get XP & level up | How to Transmog gear in Diablo 4: Armor, weapons & more | Does Diablo 4 feature followers or mercenaries to hire?

Diablo 4 Season 1 Hotfix addresses post-patch Nightmare Dungeon difficulty spike Blizzard EntertainmentA recently deployed Hotfix for Diablo 4 aims to soften the blow of the poorly received Season 1 patch. A reduction in enemy power for higher-tier Nightmare Dungeons is one of many improvements outlined in the Hotfix. It’s been a tumultuous week for the Diablo 4 development team following the release of Season of the Malignant. The accompanying patch that coincided with the season’s launch raised some eyebrows and some ire within the game’s community of players. Amidst a tide of backlash that included death threats and review bombing of the game, the development team responded with commendable restraint. In a Campfire Chat, the leaders of Diablo 4’s development and community engagement team took the vitriol in stride and promised to address fans’ concerns. The first steps in course correction have been taken with the recent implementation of Hotfix 3. It focuses primarily on repairing issues players had with Nightmare Dungeons following considerable nerfing to various damage types from patch 1.0.1. Before the fix, many players had complained about the drastic change in their characters’ performance in Diablo 4’s endgame Nightmare Dungeons. “I’m barely getting through tier 27 dungeons now,” a Twitter user replied when the initial patch notes went live. Community Manager Adam Fletcher outlined the reasoning behind the changes in a summary of Hotfix 3. “We are implementing a reduction to overall monster power levels in Nightmare dungeons,” he said. “The new top range for tier 100 will feel like what tier 70 was previously.” The developers achieved this by nerfing the damage output and health of enemies in Nightmare Dungeons. At the lowest tier addressed in the fix, these were small changes of 2% health and 1% damage. This increased to an 82% reduction in health and 79% in damage for tier 100. “Although these values make it appear that the higher tiers are easier than lower tiers, this is not the case because the monsters also benefit from being significantly higher level than players in higher Nightmare Dungeon tiers,” Developer notes explained. The Hotfix also outlined a significant list of bug fixes that should increase how powerful players feel during Season 1. These included fixes to new aspects for Necromancer and Druid that were dealing “far less damage than intended”. For information on how you can optimize your play in Diablo 4’s Season of the Malignant and tackle Nightmare Dungeons like a pro, check out all of our helpful guides.

Diablo 4 Season 1: Caged Hearts Tier list Blizzard EntertainmentCaged Hearts are an important part of Diablo 4 Season 1, but which ones are considered the best? Here’s a tier list ranking all the Caged Hearts in Diablo 4 Season 1. Caged Hearts can be found in the game multiple ways in Diablo 4 Season 1, but the most common method is by slaying a Malignant enemy out in the wild, then performing a ritual on its heart which leads to slaying even more Malignant monsters! Once all of them are dead, you’ll then be rewarded with a Caged Heart. These seasonal items allow you to upgrade your gear to epic proportions, making your endgame adventure easier and buffing your character further. Some Caged Hearts are incredibly helpful to specific character builds, while some can be used by any character to receive a power boost. However, some Caged Hearts are better than others in Diablo 4 Season 1. Below we’ll rank each of the Caged Hearts in Season 1 of Diablo 4 so you know which ones to seek out for your class first. Best Caged Hearts in Diablo 4 Season 1 Here are all the best Caged Hearts in Diablo 4 ranked: So that’s all the Caged Hearts you can find in Season 1. Check out some of the other Diablo 4 guides we’ve put together for you: Diablo 4 Review | Diablo 4: Best way to make money | Diablo 4: Fastest ways to get XP & level up | How to Transmog gear in Diablo 4: Armor, weapons & more | Best Diablo 4 Barbarian builds | Best Diablo 4 Sorcerer builds | Best Diablo 4 Rogue build

Diablo 4’s “save injured adventurers” event is annoying the hell out of players Blizzard EntertainmentDiablo 4 players aren’t hiding the annoyance they feel when dealing with the impossible “save three injured adventurers” event. In addition to the larger dungeons that offer class-based Aspect rewards, Diablo 4 features smaller dungeons that benefit those on the hunt for more loot. Sometimes the latter type of dungeon tasks the player with entering a space and clearing out a few waves of enemies. On other occasions, though, a group of witless explorers is in need of a rescue. The saving objective isn’t easy either, often featuring a timer, waves of monsters, and three adventurers whose survival after the ordeal grants the best reward. Apparently, Diablo 4 players have had enough of these antics. Diablo 4 fans annoyed by “save injured adventurers” event One Diablo 4 player started a Reddit thread to vent about their frustration with the in-game event in question. “I don’t know if I’ve ever come close to saving any of them,” they wrote, adding that saving the adventurers feels like an “impossible” task. It’s especially troublesome because the imperiled NPCs don’t have visible health bars and do nothing to defend themselves against foes with AOE attacks. Other Redditors agree that Diablo 4’s injured adventurers task seems undoable, particularly on Torment. “They get hit by a small poisonous spider ONCE and their entire health bar depletes,” one person wrote in the thread. Another player said, “Yeah this event is 100% not doable solo, I am convinced.” Some think the issue lies with the fact that the NPCs’ HP doesn’t scale but damage does. Meanwhile, one user said they have no sympathy for the explorers either way. “I figure if you’re outside the city walls during the apocalypse and can’t fight, then survival of the fittest…” Understandably, the Diablo 4 community doesn’t seem to have much of an affinity for Sanctuary’s more vulnerable adventurers.

Diablo 4 salvage system explained Activision BlizzardSalvaging gear in Diablo 4 is an excellent way to declutter your bag space and gain other crafting materials. So, here’s a handy guide about how the Diablo 4 salvage system works and what rewards you can get. When it comes to Diablo 4, it’s not just about the demon-slaying mayhem – but also the hoard of gear you collect along the way. Whether you’re donned in the majestic armor of a Barbarian or the mystical robes of a Sorcerer, your equipment is your lifeline. This is where salvaging items play a major role in ensuring your gear serves you well, much like Diablo 3. It not only saves your inventory space but also grants other materials to craft new and powerful gear in the game. So, here’s a handy guide explaining how to salvage gear in Diablo 4 and what rewards you may get. Contents Salvaging gear in Diablo 4: What does it do? In Diablo 4, salvaging gear breaks down items into smaller parts or crafting materials. This is particularly useful for players looking to craft powerful gear in the game, upgrade existing gear, and create looks/costumes you can transmog your other gear into. The type and amount of materials you get from salvaging will depend on the quality of the item being salvaged. Some gear will only net you a small amount of materials while salvaging some items will give you plenty more – or rarer materials. On the other hand, you could also sell gear to make more Gold if you’re running short of money. This is quite different from salvaging, and here’s our guide to the best ways to make money in Diablo 4. How to salvage gear in Diablo 4? To start salvaging gear in Diablo 4, you’ll first need to locate a blacksmith. They are typically found in towns. Here are the steps you need to follow to salvage gear in the game: Look for the Anvil icon on your map. – Head towards the location and once you’ve found the blacksmith, interact with them. – Click the first tab at the top to access the Salvage window. In the Salvage window, you have several options: Salvage all junk: Salvages gear you’ve manually marked as junk in your inventory. – Normal: Salvages common quality items, white in color. – Magic: Salvages magic quality items, blue in color. – Rare: Salvages rare quality items, yellow in color. – All items: Salvage everything except for legendary items. – Pickaxe icon: Use this option to salvage the items you’ve selected (recommended for salvaging legendary armor and weapons). – – – In the Salvage window, you have several options: – You may choose the option as per your requirement or liking. With that said, let’s have a look at the materials you can get by salvaging gear. Salvaging Gear in Diablo 4: Rewards Salvaging gear in Diablo 4 provides you with materials for crafting new items and enhancing your existing equipment. The rarities of the materials you receive will depend on the item you’re salvaging. Here are some items you can get by salvaging different types of armor, jewelry, and weapons: Normal Armor: Rawhide – Magic Armor: Superior Leather, Rawhide – Rare Armor: Superior Leather, Rawhide – Normal weapons and jewelry: Iron Chunks – Magic weapons and jewelry: Iron Chunks, Silver Ore – Rare weapons and jewelry: Iron Chunks, Silver Ore, Veiled Crystal – Lower-quality items will yield basic materials like Rawhide and Superior Leather. These materials are useful when you need to upgrade armor. On the other hand, higher-quality gear can provide materials like Iron Chunks, Silver Ore, and Veiled Crystals to craft legendary items, especially at max level. These materials are useful to upgrade weapons later in the game. Salvaging also gives you the appearance of salvaged items for use in transmogrification, allowing you to customize your character’s look. So, there you have it — that’s everything you need to know about salvaging in Diablo 4. For more about the game, be sure to check our other guides and content: Diablo 4 Review | Diablo 4: Best way to make money | Diablo 4: Fastest ways to get XP & level up | How to Transmog gear in Diablo 4: Armor, weapons & more | Diablo 4: All Stronghold Locations | Does Diablo 4 feature followers or mercenaries to hire? | Diablo 4 couch co-op explained: | When is Diablo 4 Season 1? Possible start date, theme, & rewards | How to play Diablo 4 Early Access: Dates, times & how to preload | What is Diablo 4 Hardcore mode? | How to get a mount in Diablo 4 | Diablo 4: How to upgrade your healing potion | How to swap weapons in Diablo 4 | Diablo 4: World Tiers explained | How to use emotes in Diablo 4

Diablo 4 players caught off guard by Season 4 ‘Salvage All Items’ change Blizzard EntertainmentDiablo 4 Season 4 has altered the “Salvage All Items” function, which has players mistakenly salvaging Unique and Legendary items. Salvaging and selling items in Diablo 4 are the primary ways to get rid of unwanted gear and clear out inventory space. A visit to a Blacksmith opens up the salvage option, allowing players to break down items and repurpose them for materials. The game’s “Salvage All Items” button simplifies the process by salvaging everything save for favorited pieces, Unique, and Legendaries. However, that’s no longer the case. Players have learned the hard way that Season 4: Loot Reborn changed the functionality of the “Salvage All Items” prompt. The button now breaks down everything that isn’t equipped or saved as a favorite, even items of a higher rarity. Reddit user Blubbpaule posted a PSA on the matter after they accidentally “said goodbye to 3 unique items in [their] inventory by hitting ‘all items’ as usual… I’m so used to press[ing] this button to get rid of blues and yellows.” The original poster wasn’t the only one confused by the salvage-related change to Diablo 4. One person said they mistakenly had the Blacksmith salvage two Unique items. Another claimed they were similarly caught off guard but didn’t destroy anything too valuable. Because of this change, players should start favoriting any items they’d prefer to keep. This can be done in the inventory by double-clicking the “mark as junk” option – the square button on PS5, X on Xbox, and the spacebar for mouse and keyboard users. To favorite equipped items, one press of the buttons mentioned above should do the trick. Given Diablo 4’s sweeping itemization and crafting changes, the “Salvage All Items” adjustment should feel more streamlined. But, as one person mentioned in the Reddit thread, it would be nice if players were prompted to “confirm” the action before making what could be a devastating choice.

Blizzard sheds recent disappointments with record-breaking Diablo 4 release BlizzardDespite turbulence in the Blizzard fan community, Diablo 4 sales have already made it the studio’s fastest-selling game to date. Blizzard Entertainment and its community haven’t exactly been on the same page of late. Most notably, the studio came under fire after announcing its cancellation of Overwatch 2’s much-coveted PvE mode. In the lead-up to Diablo 4’s recent release, Blizzard also faced backlash for the high price of certain in-game purchases. These upsets did little to distract from the hype surrounding the new Diablo installment, however. In fact, the latest outing has already managed to break Blizzard’s sales records. Diablo 4 sales secure it a spot as Blizzard’s fastest-selling game On June 6, just one day after launch, Blizzard confirmed Diablo 4 had become the company’s fastest-selling title of all time. Such news comes on the heels of the project’s early access release, which kicked off earlier in the month on June 1. According to details shared in a press release, Diablo 4 also enjoyed “Blizzard’s highest pre-launch unit sales ever on both console and PC.” As of writing, Blizzard Entertainment hasn’t disclosed specific sales data for Diablo 4’s evidently meteoric market performance. There’s currently no way of knowing how many millions of copies have been sold, then. Interestingly, the last time Blizzard mentioned a fastest-selling anything was following the rollout of World of Warcraft: Shadowlands. The 2020 WoW expansion completely shattered records to become the fastest-selling PC game of all time. For now, it doesn’t seem as though Diablo 4 has taken the Shadowlands crown in this regard, though Sanctuary-set adventure could be well on its way to breaking other records if this momentum persists.

Diablo 4 DLC’s Runewords will let players wield the power of other classes Blizzard EntertainmentThe Vessel of Hatred expansion will bring Runewords to Diablo 4, allowing players to harness the power of other character classes. Blizzard introduced Runewords to the world of Diablo in the second game’s Lord of Destruction expansion. As rune combinations, Runewords augmented socketed gear items with special magical properties. The system didn’t return for Diablo 3 or any of its post-launch content offerings. However, Blizzard’s August 29 Campfire Chat confirmed Runewords will hit Diablo 4 for those who purchase the Vessel of Hatred expansion. During the chat, developers confirmed the system will “retain the soul of Diablo 2 Runewords” to let users combine socketable components and craft more powerful gear. Players can expect the system to boast a few modern tweaks, though. (The Runewords Overview begins at the 1:56:40 mark in the video above.) Runewords in Diablo 4 foster the creation of spells via two types of Runes – Runes of Ritual and Runes of Invocation. Forming a Runeword requires that one of each be placed in an item with two sockets. The system also introduces a new resource named Offering, which Ritual Runes generates for linked Invocation Runes to consume. Vessel of Hatred players will be able to trade them with fellow DLC owners, as well as pick them up in loot drops from monsters. Thanks to Runewords, Diablo 4 will finally allow players to harness power belonging to other classes. For instance, combining one Ritual Rune with a Wat Invocation Run will let any class cast the Necromancer’s Horrid Decrepify. Someone who finds the Legendary Yom Invocation Run will be one step closer to evoking Druid’s Petrify. Diablo 4 developers further confirmed during the Campfire Chat that it will be possible to craft Runes for Runewords. Using three identical Runes will roll another one that is different from the three originals. They should also come in handy for crafting Mythic Uniques at the Jeweler, though the process requires a specific Rune and a Resplendent Spark. Players can test out all of the above and more for themselves when Vessel of Hatred launches on October 8.

Diablo 4 Runewords explained: Effects, crafting, more Diablo 4When Diablo 4’s 2.0 Update finally goes live, you’ll want to get a handle on the new Runewords mechanic. This guide will tell you everything you need to know. The PTR for Diablo 4’s 2.0 update has finally ended but it has given players lucky enough to participate a pretty good idea of what to expect when the Vessel of Hatred expansion launches. While it didn’t allow players to test out the new Spiritborn class, there was still a lot to play around with. Players discovered new hints about the secret cow level, potential reveals for the Season 6 theme, and some particularly overpowered builds. Key to crafting some of these builds is a mastery of Diablo 4’s new Runewords. So, what are Runewords in Diablo 4, how do you acquire them, and how many do we know of? This guide will answer these questions and help you prepare for Vessel of Hatred and Season 6. How do Runewords work in Diablo 4? Runewords require two elements known as a Rune of Ritual and a Rune of Invocation to work in tandem. The Rune of Ritual outlines an action or condition that needs to be met to trigger a specific effect governed by the Rune of Invocation. Commonly, Runes of Invocation will afford you access to a Skill used by one of Diablo 4’s five classes. For instance, with the right Runeword, you could have your Barbarian trigger the Druid’s Petrify Ultimate. The game has added a wide variety of Runewords that can be combined in a number of ways to best suit your build. Using a Rune of Invocation that has a Skill corresponding to the Class you play will cast that Skill with all of its augments applied. Runeword Offering and Overflow explained When you complete the action denoted by a Rune of Ritual, it generates a resource called Offering. Runes of Ritual will require a certain amount of offering in order to trigger their effect. One of the earliest examples given by Blizzard was how the Rune of Ritual Bac interacts with the Rune of Invocation Jah. Bac generates 50 Offering when your character moves five meters while Jah consumes 500 Offering to turn your next evade into the Sorcerer’s Teleport. With both equipped, every time your character moves 50 meters, your next evade will become a Teleport instead. There are numerous possible combinations of Runewords in Diablo 4 and this is only one of them. With two Runewords equipped, you’ll be able to monitor how much Offering you’ve generated via an icon that appears over your buff bar. When the icon fills, you’ll be able to trigger the effect of your Rune of Invocation. Certain Runewords in Diablo 4 will have what is known as an Overflow effect. If you hold off on activating your Rune of Invocation and generate more Offering than is needed to cast its associated Skill, it will gain new benefits based on the Overflow of Offering. For example, the Rune of Invocation Qax will deplete all of your primary resource to give your next non-basic Skill a 100% damage increase. Ordinarily, this requires 400 Offering but if you generate 450 Offering or more, it will increase the damage buff further. How to equip Runewords in Diablo 4 Runewords are quipped in the sockets of gear that has them available. They replace Gems so you’ll have to consider whether you want the constant buff afforded by Gems or the situational Skills that runes provide. You equip them in the same way you would slot Gems into your gear. There are some important things to keep in mind when equipping Runewords: Only gear with two sockets can hold Runeword. This means they can only be equipped to Helms, Chests, Pants, and 2-Handed Weapons. – Runewords cannot coexist with gems on the same item. – You can only equip two Runewords at a time, meaning only two pieces of gear may contain Runes. – You cannot equip the same rune twice on your gear, even on different pieces. – How to Acquire Runewords in Diablo 4 To unlock the use of Runewords in Diablo 4, you’ll need to complete a particular quest during the Vessel of Hatred expansion’s campaign. Following this, they’ll be rewarded for completing a number of different endgame activities. Runes come in three rarities that correlate to the rarity of gear in Diablo 4. These are Magic, Rare, and Legendary. Outside of being rewarded for the completion of in-game activities, you can also trade Runes with other players or craft them. Crafting Runes in Diablo 4 New Runes can be crafted at the Jeweller in Diablo 4. To do so, you can offer three of the same Rune in order to generate a new one. This new Rune will always contain a different Runeword to those you’ve sacrificed to craft it. This means you have good opportunities to get rid of Runes that are of no use to you. An added benefit of the process is that when sacrificing Rare or Magic Runes, you have the potential to craft a Legendary Rune. All Runewords and their effects in Diablo 4 Runes of Ritual Runes of Invocation With all that information, you should be ready to make use of Diablo 4’s new Runewords mechanic. It will arrive in the game officially when Vessel of Hatred and Season 6 launch on October 8, 2024.

Diablo 4 rolls back latest hotfix to correct Heart of the Barber bug BlizzardDiablo 4’s most recent hotfix has been rolled back by devs after it neutralized an auto-include Caged Heart. The massively powerful Heart of the Barber would not trigger following the update. Diablo 4’s Season of the Malignant has been marred by bugs or glitches since its launch. Some cause players joy like the ability to hop between Realms, others have been a thorn in the side of Blizzard, skewing the game’s economy. In Diablo 4’s latest hotfix, something went amiss and started interfering with the core seasonal mechanic, Malignant Hearts. These in-game items confer powerful buffs when slotted into jewelry and act similarly to Legendary Aspects. Wrathful Hearts are the most powerful of these must-have items and one of the most sought-after is the Heart of the Barber. Once this newest update went live, players swarmed the game’s Subreddit to let Blizzard know that their Hearts of the Barber weren’t working as intended. The incident caused the developer to roll back the hotfix. How the Diablo 4 Heart of the Barber stopped working The Heart of the Barber has a very specific effect that makes it so valuable to players. The in-game description for the item reads: “Critical Strikes and all subsequent damage within 2.0 and 4.0 seconds are absorbed by your target. The absorbed damage then erupts onto surrounding enemies, and store damage is increased by 10% per second.” Diablo 4 players were understandably irate when the effect wouldn’t trigger following the game’s latest hotfix. Multiple posts to the game’s Subreddit confirmed that it was a widespread issue. “Since today’s hotfix I noticed my Barber explosions not exploding anymore,” one user announced. The incident dramatically impacted players’ effectiveness with users in the thread reporting huge slowdowns in Nightmare Dungeon clear times. A community manager on the Subreddit made the announcement that Blizzard was aware of the issue and had taken steps to rectify it. “The hotfix which was released today resulted in some issues with Heart of the Barber not functioning correctly,” they said. “To resolve this issue for players we are rolling back to the previous version.” The Blizzard representative said they would notify the community “as further updates become available”. At the time of writing, no follow-up post has been made and Diablo 4 is still running on the previous version. This issue arose shortly after Blizzard announced Diablo 4’s Season of Blood at Gamescom 2023. While some players have had their excitement dampened, others are excited for the changes coming in Diablo 4 Season 2.

Diablo 4 dev explains stat scaling for Season 3 robot companion Blizzard EntertainmentA Blizzard developer has explained how stat scaling will work for Diablo 4 Season 3’s robot Seneschal Companion. Blizzard recently lifted the veil on Diablo 4 Season 3 – aka Season of the Construct. The big update will go live on January 23, introducing a new questline, dungeons in the form of Vaults, and powerful technology called the Loom. But the Loom hardly counts as the only piece of technology that will allow players to access more power. Season 3 additionally promises to usher in a robot buddy, the Seneschal Companion. Magical Governing and Tuning Stones will be used to augment the mechanical bot’s skillset. While there’s still much to be learned about the companion, one Blizzard developer has shared more insight. Diablo 4’s robot companion will scale 1:1 with player stats In response to fan questions, D4 Class Designer Sean White – Lupgaron on Twitter/X – has outlined how scaling for the Seneschal Companion will work in Season 3. The developer noted that the robot’s stats will scale 1:1 with those of the player. As such, “Your attack rating is its attack rating. Your crit is its crit, etc.” When asked if this level of scaling applies to aspects, unique damage buffs, paragon nodes, and the like, the designer explained that the Seneschal will inherit a user’s raw stat increase and damage bonus effect. White continued, “However, the Seneschal does not proc your legendary/paragon/etc. passive effects.” Replies to White’s comments show players hope Diablo 4’s necromancer minions will receive the same attention as the new robot partners. One user remarked, “Damn, give some of this love to necro minions!” Someone in a Reddit thread had the same thought, writing, “ok cool – let’s do this with necro minions so it’s a viable build path.” Given the recent upset surrounding endgame builds for the Necromancer, the advent of the Seneschal Companion could cause quite a stir. Blizzard will likely share more about Season 3 and the companion system during the next Campfire Chat on January 18.

Diablo 4 players baffled by high ring and amulet drop rates in Season 5 Blizzard EntertainmentDiablo 4 players have noticed a massive increase in ring and amulet drop rates for Season 5, which makes it harder to loot good weapons. Item drop rates in Diablo 4 have long been a contentious topic amongst community members. The discussion often revolves around higher-quality items not dropping frequently enough, either out in the open world or versus boss characters. Such talk began making the rounds yet again following the Season 5 launch, but this time it’s because players have discovered that jewelry items like rings and amulets are dropping too much. One person on Reddit said they feel as if rings and amulets have started appearing in loot way more often than other gear items, claiming, “80% of my legendary item drops are jewelry, it’s so scuffed and annoying…” Replies to the thread show the original poster isn’t alone in this line of thinking. A commenter wrote, “Jewelry went from dropping way too little to way too often.” Another person posited that Blizzard’s attempt to better balance the loot experience may have resulted in the team “over-tuning the ring and amulet drop rate.” And some Diablo 4 players believe the imbalance of ring and amulet drops has resulted in good weapons appearing less frequently. One such comment from the D4 Forums reads, “I am getting an absurd amount [of rings and amulets]. My hat and boots are still high 800s Level cause nothing is dropping lol.” At the very least, Blizzard developers are aware of the issue based on comments from Community Manager Adam Fletcher. In response to a separate Reddit post, the developer told curious fans, “We are aware of it. We got a change coming not in the next hotfix but the one after.” There is no set date in place for when the item drop adjustments will arrive in-game.

Diablo 4 review: Evil evolves for a new generation of loot chasers Diablo 4 has finally risen from the Burning Hells to once again assume the throne of the action RPG genre. However, should the devil have stayed in his pit, or is Diablo 4 the game fans have been waiting for? Blizzard has had 11 years to craft the follow-up to the excellent, yet controversial Diablo 3. That game took the series to new levels of popularity, though it alienated some purists at the same time. Despite having 29 seasons of content, and a dedicated community, that initial launch of Diablo 3 is infamous. To avoid falling into a similar trap, Diablo 4 has abandoned much of what frustrated long-time players about its predecessor whilst doubling down on most of what worked. The cartoonish elements of Diablo 3 have been replaced by a grimdark style that often feels more like Diablo 2: Resurrected than Diablo 3. Blizzard has crafted something hellishly good here, building an excellent platform for the developer to build upon. If you were worried, don’t be. Blizzard has executed on the promise of what Diablo should be in 2023. Diablo 4 key details Price: £59.99/$59.99 – Developer: Blizzard Entertainment – Release Date: June 6, 2023 – Platforms: PS4, PS5, Xbox One, Xbox Series X|S, PC – Diablo 4 trailer Grimdark never felt so good Diablo 4’s world is a depressing one. Life is a struggle for the denizens of Sanctuary and every choice has a cost. Unlike Diablo 3, humor is used sparingly. This darker tone is reflected in the art style, the story, and more subtly, through gameplay where things are less flashy and exaggerated. Those coming from Diablo Immortal may find this a little jarring too. It works, though. This is the Diablo of old in many ways, and those who enjoy the dark and morbid world of the early games will be happy to see it return. It’s not all blood rose petals though, as we miss the follower system from Diablo 3. This time, you’re unable to buddy up with an AI companion such as a Templar, Scoundrel, Enchantress, or even a hired mercenary. This was one of Diablo 3’s best features and the banter and camaraderie of having a follower is missed here. The game often pairs you with characters on story missions, but it’s not quite the same. However, this does lend itself well to Diablo 4’s darker tone, forcing you to feel more isolated, and ultimately, alone – at least when venturing solo. A silent mercenary, à la Diablo 2, wouldn’t have hurt though. The good news is Diablo 4 has been designed with multiplayer in mind, even more so than previous entries, so joining a clan of like-minded heroes may be more fun than AI ones anyway. Vast open demon-infested world The world of Sanctuary is more open-world-like than it was in previous entries. Acts are no longer bookended by a cutscene showing a journey to a new location. Instead, you can travel nearly anywhere from the start and then use the fast-travel system to warp between locations you’ve discovered. This leaves you free to carve your own path and complete missions and side missions at your leisure. You can also traverse the world on horseback, a first for the Diablo series, significantly increasing your speed. The enemies and quests, for the most part, level with you, so you can engage in side content as often or as little as you like. You’ll never become over-leveled or need to leave an area to grind experience for a few hours. If you ignore a few early side missions, they’ll still be worth completing later – they may even have better rewards! Or you can simply clear quests as you go and still find the game flows at your pace. While some fans worried that decisions made around the much-maligned Diablo Immortal would seep into Diablo 4, those fears are unfounded. If anything, Blizzard has learned from Immortal’s mistakes and seems committed to not repeating them. It leans into the live service elements of Immortal, but thankfully all microtransactions will be optional and only for cosmetic content. Diablo 4 does not offer a pay-to-win model and the premium seasonal Battle Pass won’t give players an advantage over those who choose not to part with their money. It will, however, offer some exclusive perks and rewards for committed players to enjoy. We will be keeping a keen eye on the first season releasing later this summer, as this will set the tone for the game going forward. All hail Lilith Speaking of the story, Diablo 4 manages to tell a more complicated narrative than the simple good versus evil plot of previous games. The villains can be sympathetic, making it more difficult to predict how events will unfold. Lilith represents the main antagonist of the story, but the threat of Diablo and the other Prime Evils hangs over the game like a fog. Diablo 4 is more than just angels versus demons with humanity caught in the middle. Instead, we get a twisted version of Romeo and Juliet where the two star-crossed lovers are both out for blood – including each other’s. There’s plenty of fan service for returning players, but Diablo 4 mostly feels like a new generation for the series, meaning new players won’t need to play Diablo 1, 2, and 3 to get up to speed. Once the credits roll, you’re far from done. Diablo 4 then opens up its endgame content such as the Tree of Whispers and other fun elements that are sure to keep loot-seekers entertained until Season 1 begins. While Diablo 4 does deliver a satisfying ending, we can’t help but feel that we’ve only scratched the surface of what the game will offer going forward. Modern trappings and pitfalls While Diablo 4 is excellent, elements can become repetitive. In making the game a vast open world, it loses some of the intimate attention to detail that Diablo 1 to 3 had. It falls into the same trap Elden Ring and Zelda: Breath of the Wild fell into. It’s important to point out that these two games went on to be Game of the Year classics though, even if the personal preference for curated vs. open world will vary from player to player. On this occasion, Diablo 4 is bigger, but not universally better than what’s come before. It’s just different. The developers are keen for players to make their own moments by having unparalleled freedom from the start, but this can be a double-edged sword. Many of the moments you make will feel the same as the last, and while the world is breathtaking it often lacks the curated character of previous Diablo games and set pieces. Sometimes, it’s the moments that are artfully created for us that are most memorable. While we enjoyed slaying wave after wave of demons during the plentiful World Events in Diablo 4, this repeated approach doesn’t compare to the terror of seeing the Butcher for the first time in Diablo 1, or when we were wowed by the perpetual battlefield outside Harrogoth in Diablo 2, or when we defended Bastions Keep against the army of Azmodan in Diablo 3. Verdict 5/5 Diablo 4 is a mighty sequel, but it can feel more like a grand buffet of tasty demon-slaying treats. It offers something for everyone but misses out on that acquired yet curated taste of the older entries. This doesn’t take away from Diablo 4 representing the next evolution in the series. It is a stellar sequel – and one that works hard to appeal to every fan of this beloved franchise. Diablo 4 will be supported for years, and this is a great introduction to a saga that we hope is just beginning.

Diablo 4 will keep a simple Respec System after beta despite player worries BlizzardIn response to player concerns, a Blizzard Entertainment developer promised Diablo 4’s Respec System will remain fair in the final game. Diablo 4’s recent beta sessions allowed players to test their skills across all classes. As such, a simple skill tree and respec system were a must. Blizzard provided both in spades. From the time a player reached Level 2 in the beta, they obtained the ability to respec their character. Understandably, respecting past Level 15 became more and more costly as the unlocked levels climbed higher. It proved a system that most players seemed to appreciate. However, since Blizzard previously confirmed that Diablo 4’s drop rates will be adjusted before launch, many have wondered how reallocating skill points may differ between the beta and final build. Diablo 4’s respec system won’t be too costly in final version A curious fan recently reached out to Diablo’s SVP and General Manager Rod Fergusson on Twitter (via PCGamesN), asking if players will have the ability to “easily redistribute skill points” on day one. According to Fergusson, the system in its final form shouldn’t feel “prohibitively expensive.” This suggests that even respecting at higher levels may not break the bank. In spite of Rod Fergusson’s reassurances, players remain in the dark about what form Diablo 4’s respec options will take on launch day. It seems those familiar with the beta can anticipate a similar level of simplicity, though. Technical hiccups aside, Diablo 4’s early access and open beta periods culminated in a massive success story for the franchise. Blizzard later revealed that with 62 million hours played, Diablo 4 had the “largest beta ever” in franchise history. The studio could have another historic launch on its hands, too, when the latest Diablo entry finally arrives on June 6 for PC and consoles.

Diablo 4 players call for reroll system from Diablo 3 to return Blizzard EntertainmentThe reroll system from Diablo 3: Reaper of Souls is desperately needed in Diablo 4, according to players frustrated with the endgame. Rerolling gear stats plays an integral part in Diablo 4’s endgame experience, as doing so can help fully optimize a character build. The reroll system works via Enchanting, a feature made accessible when visiting Occultists. It’s a fairly simple process that allows players to swap out an item’s preexisting stats or Affixes. Someone specializing in dealing cold damage may not care for a piece of gear’s fire damage boost and could, thus, try swapping out that particular stat for something else. But as things currently stand, the reroll options feel limited at best, especially when compared to Diablo 3. Diablo 4 players want Diablo 3’s reroll system to make a comeback Diablo 3: Reaper of Souls introduced a reroll mechanic that resurfaced in the newer title, albeit in a cruder form. Unsurprisingly, players want the previous system to return. Diablo 3’s system displays all possible Affixes in accordance with the stat being replaced. Meanwhile, the Enchanting menu in Diablo 4 merely shows a few Affixes from which users can choose. Reddit user Satokibi pointed out as much in a recent post, displaying the two menus side-by-side to emphasize their point. The thread’s 3,000-plus upvotes suggest many players agree that Diablo 3’s reroll should replace Diablo 4’s. One person in the thread pointed out the silliness of the more expansive feature’s absence in Diablo 4. Someone else responded to the comment with, “100% gonna be given to us at some point. But it is still crazy that they didn’t simply transfer this QoL feature from the get-go.” Others joked Blizzard will probably introduce a better reroll system to Diablo 4 in the future, then bill it “as a new fresh idea.” And some players are just frustrated that QoL mechanics from the previous entry didn’t make the cut at launch. “This game still needs a year of solid development to be in the realm of good. Or it needs [it’s own] Reaper of Souls 2.0 upgrade…” This isn’t the only Diablo 3 function that players have requested. The community agrees that the ability to replay campaign bosses should return as endgame content. The jury’s still out on whether or not such requests will be considered in the future.

Diablo 4: Renown explained for Season 5 Blizzard EntertainmentRenown is a rewards system in Diablo 4 that allows players to buff their character. Here’s how Renown works in Season 5 of Diablo 4. Renown is a points system in Diablo 4 which incentivizes exploring and staking your claim on each of Sanctuary’s five zones: Fractured Peaks, Scosglen, Dry Steppes, Kehjistan, and Hawezar. Through completing various activities and quests in each of these regions, you can accumulate points to unlock rewards for your character which helps them become more powerful. Most Renown in Diablo 4 Season 5 can be unlocked simply by working your way through the game‘s story, side quests, and various other activities, such as discovering new areas. Below, we’ve provided a breakdown of how you can unlock more renown in the game – and how much renown certain tasks net you. What are Diablo 4 Renown rewards? There are 5 Renown reward tiers to hit in each zone, you can earn Renown by completing quests and other tasks. The number of Renown points required to reach the next tier increases each time, but the value of each reward is as follows: How to earn Renown in Diablo 4 There are six kinds of activities you can complete in order to earn Renown. A more passive action like discovering an area is worth only 5 Renown, whereas clearing a side dungeon is worth 30 Renown. Strongholds are worth considerably more Renown points than other dungeon types in the region, as Strongholds are filled with stronger, higher-level enemies. Each region has its own areas, waypoints, and altars to be discovered, as well as its own side quests, optional dungeons, and Strongholds to conquer. The number of each of these activities varies from zone to zone, with Strongholds being the exception to this rule, as each region has three Strongholds each. Does Renown carry across to Diablo 4 Season 2? Yes, Diablo Renown rewards are account-wide. This means that once a player reaches max Renown on a character, even a non-seasonal character, all rewards are automatically unlocked and available for all future characters. Some Renown-based rewards must be completed per character, but the ones that matter the most, such as the 10 extra levels will only need to be unlocked once. For example, if you’ve already unlocked the map and found all the Altars of Lilith before, during an early season, then this Renown will carry over into Season 5. Players who’ve already completed the campaign will also be given the option to skip it, keeping all the Renown earned from an earlier playthrough. When you start a new seasonal character, the Renown you’ve unlocked in your previous character will be transferred. As will any rewards you unlocked, for example. If you unlocked the 10 extra level-ups from completing the Renown challenges in your main character, your new seasonal character will also have those 10 levels to use. Blizzard has also made it easier for Hardcore characters, if a player unlocks some Renown rewards, but dies, losing their character, all Renown will be saved and passed to the next character.

Diablo 4 release date leaked by Microsoft Store Activision BlizzardAn update to the Microsoft Store’s backend may have leaked the Diablo 4 release date, which will land next summer. Blizzard Entertainment announced the long-awaited sequel during BlizzCon 2019, the same show that featured Overwatch 2’s unveiling. At the time, the studio hadn’t offered details about Diablo 4’s release plans. But an August 2021 shakeup involving the departures of the Game Director and Lead Designer presumably impacted the internal launch schedule. Later that year, both Diablo 4 and Overwatch 2 were delayed. The latter has since gone live, of course, though details about Diablo 4’s due date remain under wraps. Microsoft Store listing outs Diablo 4 release date As spotted by Twitter user Aggiornamenti Lumia, the Microsoft Store’s backend recently received an update featuring launch details for the fourth mainline Diablo entry. According to the listing, Diablo 4 will land next summer on June 5, 2023. Further information from the backend notes the game will weigh 80GB on Xbox hardware. Apparently, customers can expect to choose from Standard, Digital Deluxe, and Ultimate Editions, as well. Whether or not this ultimately constitutes a placeholder date presently remains a mystery. However, Blizzard could share the Diablo 4 release date sooner rather than later, based on a recent tease. Earlier this week, the official Diablo Twitter account posted a 15-second clip accompanied by the following caption – “Be Warned. #LilithIsComing.” Fans and pundits believe this may point to the project’s appearance at the 2022 Game Awards, which airs Thursday, December 8 at 4:30 PM PT. Whatever the case, information about Diablo 4’s launch must be imminent, given that an open beta is scheduled for sometime in early 2023.

Diablo 4 recruits Sarah Michelle Gellar for new vampire slayer contest Twitter: Diablo 4Diablo 4 marketing team continues to reach new heights, with the newest ad recruiting Buffy the Vampire Slayer herself, Sarah Michelle Gellar for a vampire hunting contest. It’s been a little over four months since Diablo 4 arrived, and it’s been a wild rollercoaster of emotions for the team at Blizzard Entertainment. Diablo arrived hot on the scene, with rave reviews across the board. The fiery arrival died down quickly, with fans less than satisfied with various issues like endgame and loot, along with a lackluster first season of content. However, it seems Blizzard has found a bountiful infusion of goodwill, with Season of Blood landing well amongst its player base. Looking to capitalize on the goodwill, Blizzard needs for vampire hunters, and has recruited Sarah Michelle Gellar to head the search. Buffy is looking for more vampire hunters in Diablo 4 In the brief ad, Sarah Michelle Gellar is head of recruiting for vampire hunters. She knows a bit or two about the business, with her expertise on display during the televised run of Buffy the Vampire Slayer. Players need to show off how capable they are at hunting the undead. Three lucky winners will be chosen, and they will receive a plaque for their “dating profile,” Battle.net credits, and other nifty merchandise. Most of the sentiment was split down the middle. For every fan who commented “marketing W,” there’s one replied “Buy more celebrities guys, meanwhile you’re done with the new season in 2-3 days. *slow clap*.” Michelle Gellar’s appearance is another feather in the cap of Blizzard’s strange marketing tactics for Diablo 4. There was the iconic New York City billboard, and there was also Megan Fox’s roast of hardcore players who failed. Safe to say, Season of Blood and Sarah Michelle Gellar go together pretty well, in what might be the game’s best celeb pairing to date. It most certainly won’t be the last one, so here’s hoping the game improves over time to match the celebrity pull it has.

Diablo 4 might bring back Rebirth feature thanks to fan requests Blizzard EntertainmentBecause of widespread fan requests, Diablo 4 developers may bring back the Rebirth feature from Diablo 3. The Rebirth option in Diablo 3 allowed players to bring their main-game characters to the seasonal content. This worked wonders for those who simply didn’t want to create another hero at the start of a new Season. With the press of a button, users could select an existing hero and convert him or her into a Seasonal character. The option reverted the transferred character to level 1, then mailed his or her stash contents and items to the player’s non-seasonal mailbox. Players with a fondness for their Diablo 4 heroes are hoping a similar feature will eventually make its way to the newer experience. Blizzard is considering the return of the Rebirth option for Diablo 4 When Season 1 launches later this month, users will need to create a completely different character, leaving behind whomever they used in the base game. The addition of a much-coveted Rebirth feature could change this fact, and it seems Blizzard is at least considering the possibility. In response to a fan asking about Rebirth, Diablo’s Global Community Director Adam Fletcher confirmed that no such option currently exists for Diablo 4. The developer noted, however, that the studio is aware of the numerous fan requests. Fletcher’s comment has sparked hope among those who’d love for the Diablo 3 feature to make a comeback. Of course, Fletcher’s response doesn’t guarantee that Diablo 4 will get the Rebirth feature. But some may be pleased to know that the idea is at least on Blizzard’s radar, even if such a change wouldn’t take effect until long after Season 1 drops. Diablo 4 Season 1 goes live across all platforms on July 20. Referred to as the Season of the Malignant, the first seasonal update will introduce a Battle Pass, new rewards, and additional quests.

Diablo 4: How to get Ravager’s Aspect Blizzard EntertainmentRavager’s Aspect is a mobility Legendary Aspect in Diablo 4 and here is handy a guide on how to obtain it within the game. Legendary Aspects are unique upgrades in Diablo 4 that you can use to enhance the performance of a character. There are multiple Legendary Aspects that you can obtain in the game, either from the Codex of Power or from Legendary Items. One such obtainable Legendary Item is Ravager’s Aspect. The Rogue class uses this item and you may either slot it in your boots or the Amulet. So, here’s a handy guide on how you can obtain and use this Legendary Aspect in Diablo 4. Guide to Obtain Ravager’s Aspect in Diablo 4 Obtaining the Ravager’s Aspect can be a bit tricky in Diablo 4. However, if you’re unaware of the process, follow this simple set of steps below: Farm a Legendary Item that consists of Ravager’s Aspect. – Take the item to the Occultist. – Extract Ravager’s Aspect from that item. – Once you extract it, slot it into the Boots or the Amulet of your choice. It’s important to remember that the extraction can be done only once. This means, the next time you want to extract Ravager’s Aspect, you will need to find another item that comes with this buff. Lastly, it’s vital to mention that Ravager’s Aspect works only on the Rogue class. This Legendary Aspect provides one extra Shadow Step charge. Once you kill an enemy with Shadow Step, the ability is refunded and the damage is significantly increased for two seconds. This concludes our guide on how to obtain Ravager’s Aspect in Diablo 4. If you found it informative, please check out some of our other Diablo 4 guides at Dexerto: Diablo 4 Review | Diablo 4: Best way to make money | Diablo 4: Fastest ways to get XP & level up | How to Transmog gear in Diablo 4: Armor, weapons & more | Does Diablo 4 feature followers or mercenaries to hire? | Diablo 4 couch co-op explained: | When is Diablo 4 Season 1? Possible start date, theme, & rewards | How to play Diablo 4 Early Access: Dates, times & how to preload | What is Diablo 4 Hardcore mode? | How to get a mount in Diablo 4 | Diablo 4: How to upgrade your healing potion | How to swap weapons in Diablo 4 | Diablo 4: World Tiers explained | How to use emotes in Diablo 4

Bizarre Diablo 4 theory claims rats can lead you to the best loot Blizzard EntertainmentA bizarre Diablo 4 fan theory from Reddit suggests that following rats will actually lead players to much better loot. There are a few ways for Diablo 4 players to stumble across prime loot while exploring Sanctuary. Playing on higher World Tiers serves as but one option. Defeating bosses and taking down Treasure Goblins also works wonders for those hoping to access better gear. Of course, some of the dungeons make for incredible loot caves, too. But one player claims to have found another way to unearth some of Diablo 4’s finer gear items. Their expert advice? Follow the rats. Apparently, following rats in Diablo 4 results in the best loot Redditor zerger45 recently sparked an interesting discussion in the Diablo 4 community, and it’s all based on rodents. According to the Reddit user, players “need to follow the rats for good loot” instead of taking the set path when navigating dungeons. “The rats smell the cheese! I’m telling you it’s real, and I feel like I’m crazy, but I found multiple legendaries doing this within a span of maybe 10 minutes,” they added. The player went on to say that rodents basically lead the way to the perfect “pack of enemies to kill.” Naturally, some people in the thread think the original poster is jumping to wild conclusions. “This is some Pepe Silvia-level ranting… I love it,” one user wrote in reference to the popular ‘It’s Always Sunny In Philadelphia’ meme. However, several others say they’re at least willing to give the rat-following effort a try. Said one Diablo 4 player, “Ok, I know most of us are joking, but following the animals has led me to plant [materials]. Following the rats doesn’t sound that ridiculous in that context.” Another user assured they wouldn’t log in and test the theory, but ended up joining the rat race anyway. An update from this same person features a screenshot of high-quality gear they supposedly found thanks to the furry critters. Whether or not this theory has any merit will be up for players to decide – unless Blizzard offers confirmation. For now, though, it’s likely that some may fall victim to confirmation bias by following rats to enemies they would’ve dispatched regardless, only to convince themselves that vermin know best. Still, this is an especially interesting topic of conversation since players are calling for the return of a classic looting feature.

Diablo 4 quietly breaks Steam player peak cementing Season 4’s success Blizzard Entertainment/SteamDiablo 4 has achieved a new peak for concurrent players on Steam following the positive reception of Season 4. Diablo 4 Season 4 constituted a complete shift for the game with many mechanics reworked from the ground up. Beginning with some trial and error in the Season 4 PTR, Blizzard addressed several issues that players have had with the game since its release. Primarily focusing on the game’s itemization mechanics, there’s a reason this season is called Loot Reborn. New changes to Helltides, Legendary Aspects, and crafting mechanics have players singing Diablo 4’s praises. Word has gotten out because the game cracked a milestone over the weekend that has gone largely unnoticed. Diablo 4 achieved a new record for concurrent players on Steam and the timing suggests it’s because of the well-received Season 4 updates. Diablo 4 climbed to a respectable 29,035 players on Steam trouncing the previous peak of 28,836 when the game first launched on Steam back in November 2023. Sure it’s not Palworld numbers but given that the game’s primary PC offering is via Blizzard’s battle.net, and the numbers have been hovering below 10,000 since then, it’s good to see a resurgence. Players seem happy for the team behind Diablo 4 as well with many giving small congratulations in a Reddit thread announcing the new record. Many are praising Season 4 as the best the game has ever been. “They deserve this success, Season 4 is great. Hope they keep up the good work and the expansion exceeds all expectations,” one player said. “This season has been amazing. I came back to check it out on Thursday and have been super into it wishing I had more time to play. Haven’t played this much Diablo 4 since launch,” another replied. The game did sell more than 10 million copies on battle.net so it’s safe to assume that the PC player numbers are much higher than indicated on Steam. Still, a new record on Steam seems like quantifiable proof that Diablo 4 Season 4 is a step in the right direction.

Diablo 4 Q&A hosts respond to “fake” questions controversy with explanation Blizzard EntertainmentThe hosts of a Q&A with the developers of Diablo 4 have responded to suspicions that the softball questions were faked- by saying the questions were real, but the names of the people asking them had been made up to provide anonymity. Future Games Show, run by GamesRadar, hosted a Q&A with developers working on the widely-anticipated Diablo 4, in a segment called “Diablo 4 devs answer YOUR questions.” The idea behind it was to give the community a direct line to developers, and allow them to ask questions about the upcoming game. However, watchers noticed that the questions were suspiciously soft, with queries like “The cutscenes are gorgeous! How important was it to get these as high quality as they are in the game?” Another question was: “Thanks for putting co-op in the game! I imagine this makes development significantly harder, why was it so important to include this in Diablo IV?” One sleuth on Twitter decided to track down the accounts that had “asked” the questions, and found that many of the accounts hadn’t posted anything in years, and didn’t seem to be engaged with the Q&A. Twitch streamer Quin69 also reacted to the video, and pointed out that both usernames and the questions themself seemed suspicious. After looking them up, he discovered that none of the mentioned usernames were actual profiles on Reddit or Twitter. Diablo 4 Q&A hosts respond to fake questions suspicions However, the hosts of the Q and A, Future Games Show, addressed the suspicions in a pinned comment underneath the interview. They said that rather than the questions being entirely from Diablo fans, they were instead a combination of fan questions and “questions from members of the FGS editorial team”. In response to the usernames who “asked” the questions not being real, the statement said: “Some of the community users (and our team members) that submitted these questions requested to be made anonymous and so had their usernames -and the platform they were submitted on- changed for the purposes of this video. “This was not made clear in the video and we apologize for any confusion this has caused. Activision Blizzard and the Diablo 4 developers did NOT pre-approve these questions and were only made aware of them in the interview itself.” FGS also said they had changed the video’s title and thumbnail to better reflect the actual structure of the interview. It’s ultimately a small hiccup compared to the massive release of Diablo 4, but it could have been avoided with more clarity from the get-go, which FGS has acknowledged.

Diablo 4 PvP players keep getting killed by their Construct companion Blizzard EntertainmentDiablo 4 PvP players have reported an error that involves their robot companion attacking them for seemingly no reason. In rolling out Diablo 4 Season 3, Blizzard introduced players to a new AI companion, the Seneschal Construct. This helpful little bug-like robot entered the mix as a fairly underpowered sidekick before an update significantly boosted its abilities. The companion’s not totally out of the woods in terms of its functionality, though. According to some players, the Seneschal has become a hindrance when fighting others in the game’s PvP mode. Apparently, it’s gotten so bad that a number of Diablo 4 users have died from attacks by their own Construct. Diablo 4 PvP users shocked by robot companion’s betrayal A player on the Diablo 4 subreddit recently asked fellow fans if they’d been experiencing problems with their Construct in PvP. The Redditor claims their companion suddenly goes rogue and attacks them whenever they take out other players. The post reads in part, “Anytime I kill a couple players my construct just zaps the f*** out of me until I die…” When asked if the attacking Construct may have belonged to another user, the original poster insisted it was their own Seneschal landing the killing blows. Responses from other Diablo 4 PvP players indicate this particular Companion glitch isn’t unique to just one person. One reply noted that numerous PvP users have encountered the same issue, writing, “Absofknlutely it’s happening to everybody else. We (pvpers) initially thought it was a bug with tempest, but sadly that’s not the case, it does it even when you don’t have any stones in at all…” Another Redditor chimed in to say they’ve succumbed to attacks from their robot pet multiple times. The user explained, “Same story here. Killed a player, my potion was on cooldown and this continuous zapping killed my character. Happened several times, PVP is bugged. This is a joke.” As of writing, Diablo 4 developers have yet to address the seemingly PvP-exclusive companion glitch.

Diablo 4 Purveyor of Curiosities: All Locations BlizzardThe Purveyor of Curiosities is an NPC in Diablo 4 who can reward players with rare and legendary items, so here’s where you can find them. Diablo 4 is filled with plenty of unique NPCs and one of the most useful is the Purveyor of Curiosities. This shady character enables you to unlock a variety of rare and legendary items, but they can be rather tricky to locate in the game. However, if you do manage to find one, then you could end up with some incredibly powerful gear. So, if you have some Murmuring Obols and wish to gamble them for a chance to get some legendary items, then our Purveyor of Curiosities location guide has you covered. Who is the Purveyor of Curiosities in Diablo 4? The Purveyor of Curiosities is an NPC that offers players the chance to secure rare and legendary items in exchange for Murmuring Obols. It’s important to note that the item rewarded will be completely random, so you’ll want to farm up a lot of Murmuring Idols to have the best chance of getting the gear or item you want. Remember, purchasing items from the Purveyor is a gamble and may not net you anything helpful, but unlike previous Diablo games, you don’t have to spend money to gamble, just spend your horde of Obols. Whispering Keys are also obtained from the Purveyor of Curiosities, which enable you to open Silent Chests. This makes locating Purveyor of Curiosities merchants incredibly important in Diablo 4. Diablo 4 Purveyor of Curiosities locations The Purveyor of Curiosities can be found in the backstreets of various towns across the Sanctuary, so we’ve listed each location below. Be sure to use the map above to ensure you know the exact spot to go to, as this will greatly reduce the amount of time wandering through the game’s environments. The Emerald Chase – Kotama Grasslands – Untamed Scarps – Southern Expanse – Umir Plateau – Forsaken Coast – So, there you have it, that’s every Purveyor of Curiosities location and what they do in Diablo 4. Make sure you check out our Diablo page for all the latest news and guides. Diablo 4 Review | Diablo 4: Best way to make money | Diablo 4: Fastest ways to get XP & level up | How to Transmog gear in Diablo 4: Armor, weapons & more | Does Diablo 4 feature followers or mercenaries to hire? | Diablo 4 couch co-op explained: | When is Diablo 4 Season 1? Possible start date, theme, & rewards | How to play Diablo 4 Early Access: Dates, times & how to preload | What is Diablo 4 Hardcore mode? | How to get a mount in Diablo 4 | Diablo 4: How to upgrade your healing potion | How to swap weapons in Diablo 4 | Diablo 4: World Tiers explained | How to use emotes in Diablo 4

Diablo 4 Season 6 theme and details uncovered by PTR players Blizzard EntertainmentPlayers exploring Diablo 4’s 2.0 PTR have discovered early details about Season 6, including the return of a certain D3 enemy. Though Season 6 will go live in October alongside the Vessel of Hatred expansion, players still have a lot to learn about Blizzard’s plans for the new seasonal update. At the very least, Battle.net players have entered the upcoming Diablo 4 2.0 PTR to test the difficulty system changes, new Runewords, and class-based adjustments. Some users managed to dig even deeper and, in so doing, discovered the name and theme of Season 6. According to Wowhead‘s findings, Blizzard has titled the next season as follows – Season of Hatred. This is fitting since, as noted above, the Mephisto-focused expansion is called Vessel of Hatred. The studio itself has yet to corroborate these details, but the screenshot below, which comes from the PTR’s login screen, hints at what awaits Diablo 4 players in Season 6. Interestingly, the text beneath the Season of Hatred title teases that Diablo 4 players will face off against “creatures twisted by the ichor of Mephisto’s hatred.” Slaying Realmwalkers will supposedly serve as at least one of Season 6’s objectives. What’s worthy of note here is a Realmwalker last appeared in Diablo 3. Players encountered the foe in the game’s fifth act, where killing it was required to enter the Realm of the Banished. Details on the PTR’s login screen imply Realmwalkers will serve a similar purpose in Diablo 4 Season 6, acting as the last line of defense that users must pass to enter Hell Portals. Since Blizzard remains mum on the specifics, it’s best to take all of the above with a grain of salt for the time being. But with Season 6’s launch date fast approaching, more concrete information should surface sooner rather than later. Season 6 will launch alongside Vessel of Hatred on Tuesday, October 8.

Diablo 4 PTR players demand Blizzard makes one big change to lvl 60 Blizzard/DexertoDiablo 4’s PTR for the upcoming 2.0 update has players clamoring for one big change: a button to create level 60 characters instantly. Since the game’s launch, seasonal players have started fresh with level 0 characters at least five times, trudging through the same grind just to hit a certain level and access the new content. It’s no surprise they’re now calling for a faster way to skip the grind. In the buzz surrounding the 2.0 PTR for Diablo 4’s sixth season, set to fully launch in October, players have been venting their frustrations. According to a player on the Diablo 4 forum, the leveling experience in the PTR is “just bad.” They elaborated, “Why do we even need this leveling? Just make a button to create a level 60 character already.” Comments have been pouring in, and the consensus is clear. One player noted, “Starting out a character from scratch and with no seasonal questlines to break things up, I honestly don’t see anything to do except run Helltides ad nauseam.” Helltides are the go-to for farming EXP in Diablo 4, but they’ve been around since Season 4. So, Blizzard’s not exactly handing out a new early-game toy. As this player put it, “What was already a slog is just made worse by the baby steps.” Another player wasn’t impressed either: “I’m not enjoying the leveling experience of the PTR thus far. It seems really slow and dull.” Players have been testing the 2.0 PTR from September 4 to September 11. During this period, they get to experience all the new changes, including a revamped character selection screen, but no content from the Vessel of Hatred expansion. With a new difficulty system, a revamped level cap, and an overhauled paragon system, Diablo 4’s 2.0 update is shaking things up so much that it feels like a brand new game to its player base.

Diablo 4 Season 4 PTR: How to install and leave feedback Blizzard EntertainmentWith Diablo 4’s Season 4 PTR arriving on Tuesday, April 2, here’s a rundown on how to install the test build and leave feedback. The Public Test Realm (PTR) for Diablo 4 Season 4 will last one week from April 2 through April 9. During that period, a contingent of players will receive early access to the ARPG’s upcoming itemization rework. Blizzard is only making the build available to Diablo 4 players with a Battle.net account on PC. As such, the studio has provided a breakdown explaining how to install the PTR and share feedback with developers. To install Diablo 4’s PTR build, users must follow the steps below: Open the Battle.net app and select Diablo IV from the ‘Games’ list. – Select the drop-down menu above the app’s ‘Play’ button. Then click the ‘Public Test Realm’ option. – Hit the ‘Install’ prompt to install the title’s PTR client. When it’s ready, the button will become a ‘Play’ option. – Click ‘Play’ to open the PTR and choose any available Test Server. – From there, create a new test character. – Enter the game and start testing out the Season 4 content. – To leave feedback during Diablo 4’s PTR, players can either venture to the PTR forums or use the in-game feedback tool. Simply clicking the ‘Esc’ key in the in-game menu should open the ‘Report a Bug’ window. A drop-down filter will pop up, with the ‘In-game feedback tool’ in view so players can share their thoughts without exiting the title. As of writing, it’s unknown if Blizzard developers plan on hosting other Public Test Realms beyond the upcoming Season 4 build.

Diablo 4’s Profane Mindcage returns for Season 5 with huge XP boost Blizzard EntertainmentThe Profane Mindcage used in Diablo 4’s Helltides will return for Season 5, complete with a significant XP boost. Diablo 4 added the Profane Mindcage in Season 4, introducing a new elixir that boosts Helltide monster levels by 10 and increases Aberrant Cinder drop rates. The elixir, thus, makes Helltide activities feel more challenging and rewarding. Since some seasonal mechanics have been sunset in the past, players recently made a case for why Profane Mindcage should return in Season 5. According to content creator DonTheCrown, the popular mechanic will indeed stick around after the forthcoming seasonal update. DonTheCrown starts talking about Diablo 4’s Profane Mindcage around the 1:22 mark in the video above. The YouTuber interviewed developers about the upcoming changes and relayed the following to viewers: “[Blizzard is] actually keeping Profane Mindcage in the game and now they can be stacked up to three times, with each one increasing the monster level by 10 levels. [This] means you can get about 30 percent more XP just in the open world if you’re doing Helltides. So these should be pretty effective for leveling up…” In addition to cheering on the mechanic’s return, Diablo 4 players have also expressed excitement about the elixir stacking three times. One such comment beneath the video reads, “Bro, they kept Profane Mindcage and made them stack? YES!” Someone else chimed in to say, “These changes seem like a massive step in the right direction. I’m WAY more hyped for playing S5 after seeing these.” Renewed hype for the next season is similarly shared among the community on Reddit, with some people pointing out other “huge wins” mentioned in the breakdown. For one, the XP from monster levels will be uncapped come Season 5. The update will additionally boost Legendary drop rates for enemies over level 100. These adjustments and more will go live when Diablo 4 Season 5 kicks off on August 6.

How to claim Diablo 4 Prime Gaming Rewards (October 2023) Blizzard Entertainment, AmazonDiablo 4 players can claim some serious rewards if they are part of Amazon’s Prime Gaming Rewards scheme. For information on D4’s October 2023 rewards and how to them, we’ve got you covered with our guide. Amazon’s Prime Gaming Rewards allow players to secure exclusive bonuses for their favorite games. One of the latest members of the elite program is Blizzard Entertainment’s Diablo 4. The RPG loot fest is the newest entry in the long-running franchise and gives players everything they’ve come to love over years and more. To help players flesh out their Hellacious, and Heavenly, journey through Sanctuary, Prime Gaming Rewards will offer you cool, limited-time items. So let’s walk you through the service and how you can benefit from it and have greater efficiency in the game. Contents How to claim Prime Gaming Rewards in Diablo 4 – Diablo 4 Prime Gaming Pack (October 2023) – Diablo 4 Prime Gaming Rewards – How to claim Diablo 4 Prime Gaming Rewards First of all, in order to be eligible for Diablo 4 Prime Gaming Rewards, you will need a Battle.net account and an active Prime Gaming subscription. For a more detailed walkthrough of the whole process, follow our step-by-step guide: Firstly, if you haven’t already, head to Amazon Prime Gaming to subscribe to Amazon Prime. – Once your subscription is active, you’ll need to make sure you have a Battle.net account. – If you don’t, head to this link right here and sign up. – It’s now time to connect both accounts, and you’ll need to sign in to your Prime Gaming account to do so. – When that is done, head to the Prime Gaming homepage and find the Limited-time, Prime Day offers section. – Look for the latest Diablo 4 content and click Claim. – Confirm your content acquisition and it should be with you the next time you load up Diablo 4! – What’s included in the Diablo 4 Prime Gaming pack? (October 2023) Diablo 4’s Amazon Prime Gaming Rewards for October 2023 feature the Vermilion Dark Tome & Vermilion Bolt Thrower Bundle. According to Prime Gaming, to claim these items you do not need to meet any pre-requisites to obtain the bundle and use it in the game. Players have only until October 12, 2023, to redeem the reward, after which it will be replaced with another Prime Gaming reward for Diablo 4. Diablo 4 Prime Gaming Rewards During the course of Diablo 4’s lifespan, we expect Blizzard Entertainment to drop a whole host of freebies for players to claim. This will likely include new skins, mount trophies, special gear, and plenty of cosmetics. So, make sure you claim the reward each month as you only have a month to obtain them. Then, keep checking back each and every month to see what new bonuses are available for Diablo 4. In addition to our D4 rewards guide, take a look at all of our other content for the game to get the most out of your experience: Diablo 4 Review | Diablo 4: Best way to make money | Diablo 4: Fastest ways to get XP & level up | How to Transmog gear in Diablo 4: Armor, weapons & more | Does Diablo 4 feature followers or mercenaries to hire? | Diablo 4 couch co-op explained: | When is Diablo 4 Season 1? Possible start date, theme, & rewards | How to play Diablo 4 Early Access: Dates, times & how to preload | What is Diablo 4 Hardcore mode? | How to get a mount in Diablo 4 | Diablo 4: How to upgrade your healing potion | How to swap weapons in Diablo 4 | Diablo 4: World Tiers explained | How to use emotes in Diablo 4

Diablo 4 players demand pre-downloads amid frustrating Season 4 patch issues Blizzard EntertainmentThe frustrating download process for Diablo 4 Season 4 has players demanding that Blizzard developers allow for pre-downloads in future seasons. Diablo 4’s Season 4: Loot Reborn is now live, complete with a patch that introduces new crafting mechanics, sweeping itemization changes, and much more. The patch’s arrival hasn’t gone off without a hitch, though. On PC, the update weighs in at around 16GB; it approaches 13GB on Xbox Series consoles. These file sizes may seem relatively tame, but slow download speeds and Blizzard.net issues have prevented some players from jumping into Season 4 as quickly as they’d like. As such, requests for pre-downloads on future seasonal updates are at an all-time high. The community made its frustrations known in the comments of a Season 4-centric Diablo 4 Twitter post. Reads one complaint, “Guys, if you’re going to give us 16GB patches, please let us pre-download at least a portion of it. Not all of us have first world internet connections.” Another person joined the chorus and replied, “Pre-download next time please, like wtf? Lmao.” Blizzard developers have heard the complaints loud and clear, according to Community Manager Adam Fletcher. In addressing the pre-download requests from Diablo 4 fans, Fletcher said pre-download options will be considered in the future. He stated the following on his personal Twitter page: “There are a lot of talks happening with the start of this season and we will look to address it in the future seasons so there is more of a window for players to grab the patch earlier.” After a delay and PTR, Season 4: Loot Reborn went live on Tuesday, May 14. In addition to the aforementioned itemization and crafting adjustments, the new season also introduced a Helltide rework that should make the experience a bit more challenging and rewarding.

Diablo 4 players say frustrating potent blood bug needs a hotfix asap Blizzard EntertainmentSince the release of patch 1.2.2 on November 7, many Diablo 4 players haven’t been able to pick up potent blood in Season 2. Blizzard introduced potent blood as a new form of currency with the launch of Season 2: Season of Blood. Players earn the currency from slaying vampires and then use it to upgrade and unlock their own vampiric powers. Suffice it to say, potent blood is an essential part of the latest seasonal update. However, the recent rollout of Diablo 4 Patch 1.2.2 may have caused a few problems on this front. The patch went live on Tuesday, November 7, and players have already stumbled across a problem impacting their potent blood stores. Diablo 4 players report a glitch impacting potent blood currency The 1.2.2 update for Diablo 4 fixed crashing issues, added five new Malignant Rings, and, apparently, disrupted the Season 2 currency system. A number of players claim they’ve been unable to retrieve dropped potent blood since Blizzard deployed the patch. Reddit user MyMiddleground shared a screenshot of the trouble they’re facing, in which lots of potent blood sits before them but they can’t pick it up. The Redditor explained, “For the 2nd time today, when I clicked on a blood fountain all the PB spawns in the middle, where it’s impossible to pick up. Very annoying. Needs a hotfix asap!” Multiple Diablo 4 players said they’ve encountered the exact same error when playing alone or with friends. One reply reads, “Known bug, [this] happened to a bunch of buddies and myself on the new patch release.” Someone else chimed in, saying they tried several tricks to get things working in their favor to no avail. “Yeah, I played for a few hours last night and couldn’t pick up any. Tried dashing through the fountain, leaping onto the fountain, and playing ring around the rosy but didn’t get a single one.” Other Diablo 4 users shared the tactics that let them acquire the glitched potent blood. “I was able to pick them up by attacking and evading at the top of the fountain towards the middle,” wrote one person. A different player added, “As the Barbarian I used Leap to jump over the fountain and snag them.” These workarounds may or may not prove helpful. But here’s to hoping Blizzard unleashes a hotfix to solve the problem sooner rather than later, especially since Season 2 is expected to end in January.